TW202506830A - Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element - Google Patents
Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW202506830A TW202506830A TW113122904A TW113122904A TW202506830A TW 202506830 A TW202506830 A TW 202506830A TW 113122904 A TW113122904 A TW 113122904A TW 113122904 A TW113122904 A TW 113122904A TW 202506830 A TW202506830 A TW 202506830A
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- group
- formula
- resin
- resin composition
- preferred
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B15/00—Layered products comprising a layer of metal
- B32B15/04—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
- B32B15/08—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
- B32B15/088—Layered products comprising a layer of metal comprising metal as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin comprising polyamides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F290/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups
- C08F290/08—Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups on to polymers modified by introduction of unsaturated side groups
- C08F290/14—Polymers provided for in subclass C08G
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F290/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups
- C08F290/08—Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups on to polymers modified by introduction of unsaturated side groups
- C08F290/14—Polymers provided for in subclass C08G
- C08F290/145—Polyamides; Polyesteramides; Polyimides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G73/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
- C08G73/06—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G73/10—Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08K—Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
- C08K5/00—Use of organic ingredients
- C08K5/16—Nitrogen-containing compounds
- C08K5/34—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08K—Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
- C08K5/00—Use of organic ingredients
- C08K5/54—Silicon-containing compounds
- C08K5/541—Silicon-containing compounds containing oxygen
- C08K5/5415—Silicon-containing compounds containing oxygen containing at least one Si—O bond
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L79/00—Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
- C08L79/04—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
- C08L79/08—Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
- G03F7/028—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
- G03F7/032—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
- G03F7/032—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
- G03F7/037—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polyamides or polyimides
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/038—Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/038—Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
- G03F7/0387—Polyamides or polyimides
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/075—Silicon-containing compounds
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/16—Coating processes; Apparatus therefor
- G03F7/168—Finishing the coated layer, e.g. drying, baking, soaking
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/20—Exposure; Apparatus therefor
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
- Laminated Bodies (AREA)
- Macromonomer-Based Addition Polymer (AREA)
Abstract
一種樹脂組成物、使組成物硬化而成之硬化物、包含硬化物之積層體、硬化物的製造方法、積層體的製造方法,包括硬化物的製造方法之半導體元件的製造方法及包含硬化物之半導體元件,該樹脂組成物含有:樹脂A,其為聚醯亞胺且相對於樹脂A的質量以0.20~5mmol/g的量來含有由下述式(A-1)表示之結構;聚合起始劑;及聚合性化合物,其中,式(A-1)中,L A1表示單鍵或m+1價連結基,R R1分別獨立地表示氫原子或有機基,2個R R1可以連結,m表示1以上的整數,*表示與其他原子的鍵結部位。 A resin composition, a cured product obtained by curing the composition, a laminate containing the cured product, a method for producing the cured product, a method for producing the laminate, a method for producing a semiconductor device including the method for producing the cured product, and a semiconductor device containing the cured product. The resin composition comprises: a resin A which is a polyimide and contains a structure represented by the following formula (A-1) in an amount of 0.20 to 5 mmol/g relative to the mass of the resin A; a polymerization initiator; and a polymerizable compound, wherein in the formula (A-1), L A1 represents a single bond or an m+1 valent linking group, R R1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group, two R R1s may be linked, m represents an integer greater than 1, and * represents a bonding site with other atoms.
Description
本發明有關一種樹脂組成物、硬化物、積層體、硬化物的製造方法、積層體的製造方法、半導體元件的製造方法及半導體元件。The present invention relates to a resin composition, a cured product, a laminate, a method for producing the cured product, a method for producing the laminate, a method for producing a semiconductor element, and a semiconductor element.
如今,在各種領域中,正在利用由含有樹脂之樹脂組成物製造之樹脂材料之技術。 例如,作為上述樹脂材料的用途,並無特別限定,若以安裝用半導體元件為例,則可以列舉作為絕緣膜、密封件的材料或保護膜的利用。又,亦可用作可撓性基板的基膜或覆蓋膜等。 Nowadays, the technology of resin materials made of resin compositions containing resins is being used in various fields. For example, the use of the above-mentioned resin materials is not particularly limited. If semiconductor components for mounting are taken as an example, it can be listed as an insulating film, a sealing material, or a protective film. In addition, it can also be used as a base film or a cover film of a flexible substrate, etc.
樹脂組成物能夠藉由公知的塗布方法等來應用,因此,可以說例如所應用之樹脂組成物的應用時的形狀、大小、應用位置等設計自由度高等製造上的適應性優異。就此種製造上的適應性優異的方面而言,上述樹脂組成物在產業上的應用拓展越發令人期待。The resin composition can be applied by a known coating method, and therefore, it can be said that the resin composition has excellent manufacturing adaptability, such as high degree of design freedom in terms of shape, size, and application position when applied. In terms of such excellent manufacturing adaptability, the application expansion of the resin composition in the industry is increasingly expected.
例如,在專利文獻1中記載有一種感光性樹脂組成物,其含有:雙順丁烯二醯亞胺化合物(I),使衍生自二聚酸之二胺(A)、具有脂環結構之四羧酸二酐(C)及順丁烯二酸酐進行反應而獲得且具有環狀醯亞胺鍵;及光聚合起始劑(II),其中,光聚合起始劑(II)為具有肟結構或9-氧硫口山口星(thioxanthone)結構之化合物。For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a photosensitive resin composition comprising: a bis(cis-butylene)imide compound (I) obtained by reacting a diamine (A) derived from a dimer acid, a tetracarboxylic dianhydride (C) having an alicyclic structure, and maleic anhydride, and having a cyclic imide bond; and a photopolymerization initiator (II), wherein the photopolymerization initiator (II) is a compound having an oxime structure or a 9-thioxanthone structure.
[專利文獻1]日本特開2022-115907號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2022-115907
關於使樹脂組成物硬化而成之硬化物,就抑制傳輸損失等方面而言,要求降低硬化物的介電損耗正切。Regarding a cured product obtained by curing a resin composition, it is required to reduce the dielectric loss tangent of the cured product in terms of suppressing transmission loss and the like.
本發明的目的為提供一種可獲得介電損耗正切低的硬化物之樹脂組成物、使上述樹脂組成物硬化而成之硬化物、包含上述硬化物之積層體、上述硬化物的製造方法、上述積層體的製造方法、包括上述硬化物的製造方法之半導體元件的製造方法及包含上述硬化物之半導體元件。The object of the present invention is to provide a resin composition capable of obtaining a cured product having a low dielectric loss tangent, a cured product obtained by curing the resin composition, a laminate including the cured product, a method for manufacturing the cured product, a method for manufacturing the laminate, a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device including the method for manufacturing the cured product, and a semiconductor device including the cured product.
以下,示出本發明的代表性實施態樣的例子。 <1>一種樹脂組成物,其含有: 樹脂A,其為聚醯亞胺且相對於樹脂A的質量以0.20~5mmol/g的量來含有由下述式(A-1)表示之結構; 聚合起始劑;及 聚合性化合物。 [化學式1] 式(A-1)中,L A1表示單鍵或m+1價連結基,R R1分別獨立地表示氫原子或有機基,2個R R1可以連結,m表示1以上的整數,*表示與其他原子的鍵結部位。 <2>如<1>所述之樹脂組成物,其中 由上述式(A-1)表示之結構包含在樹脂A中的側鏈中。 <3>如<1>或<2>所述之樹脂組成物,其中 上述樹脂A的自由基聚合性基值為0.20~5mmol/g。 <4>如<1>至<3>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其中 式(A-1)中的L A1含有芳香族基或碳數4以上的脂肪族飽和烴基。 <5>如<1>至<4>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其進一步含有作為聚醯亞胺前驅物的樹脂A2。 <6>如<1>至<3>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其中 上述樹脂A含有由下述式(1-1)表示之重複單元。 [化學式2] 式(1-1)中,X 1表示碳數4以上的有機基,Y 1表示碳數4以上的有機基,R 1分別獨立地表示由下述式(R-1)表示之結構,m表示0~4的整數,n表示1以上的整數。 [化學式3] 式(R-1)中,L 1表示a2+1價連結基,Z 1表示芳香族基、環狀脂肪族基或直鏈狀或者支鏈狀的脂肪族飽和烴基,R R1分別獨立地表示氫原子或有機基,2個R R1可以連結,a1表示1以上且Z 1的最大取代基數以下的整數,a2表示1以上的整數,*表示與式(1-1)中的X 1或Y 1的鍵結部位。 <7>如<6>所述之樹脂組成物,其中 式(1-1)中的X 1及Y 1分別含有從由下述式(V-1)~式(V-4)中的任一個表示之結構中去除2個以上的氫原子而成之結構。 [化學式4] 式(V-2)中,R X1分別獨立地為氫原子、烷基或鹵化烷基。 式(V-3)中,R X2及R X3分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R X2與R X3可以鍵結而形成環結構。 <8>如<6>所述之樹脂組成物,其含有由式(1-1)表示之重複單元且具有選自由碳數6以上的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的一價脂肪族烴基、及1個以上的氫原子被碳數4以上的直鏈狀的脂肪族烴基取代而成之環狀的脂肪族烴基組成之群組中之至少一種基。 <9>一種樹脂組成物,其含有: 樹脂B,含有由下述式(1-1)表示之重複單元;樹脂C,含有由下述式(2-1)及下述式(3-1)表示之重複單元中的至少一者; 聚合起始劑;以及 聚合性化合物。 [化學式5] 式(1-1)中,X 1表示碳數4以上的有機基,Y 1表示碳數4以上的有機基,Y 1在重複單元外不經由連結基與氮原子鍵結,R 1分別獨立地表示由下述式(R-1)表示之結構,m表示0~4的整數,n表示1以上的整數。 [化學式6] 式(R-1)中,L 1表示a2+1價連結基,Z 1表示芳香族基、環狀脂肪族基或直鏈狀或者支鏈狀的脂肪族飽和烴基,R R1分別獨立地表示氫原子或有機基,2個R R1可以連結,a1表示1以上且Z 1的最大取代基數以下的整數,a2表示1以上的整數,*表示與式(1-1)中的X 1或Y 1的鍵結部位。 [化學式7] 式(2-1)中,X 2表示碳數4以上的有機基,Y 2表示碳數4以上的有機基,R 2分別獨立地表示由下述式(R-2)表示之基,n表示1以上的整數。 式(3-1)中,X 3表示碳數4以上的有機基,Y 3表示碳數4以上的有機基,A 3及A 4分別獨立地表示氧原子或-NR N-,R N表示氫原子或一價有機基,R 3及R 4分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價有機基,R 2分別獨立地表示由下述式(R-2)表示之基,n表示0以上的整數。 [化學式8] 式(R-2)中,L 2表示b2+1價連結基,Z 2表示b1+1價有機基,A 2表示甲基丙烯醯氧基、丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯胺基、丙烯醯胺基、乙烯基、苯乙烯基、烯丙基或乙烯基醚基,b1表示1以上且Z 2的最大取代基數以下的整數,b2表示1以上的整數,*表示與式(2-1)的Y 2或式(3-1)中的Y 3的鍵結部位。 <10>如<9>所述之樹脂組成物,其中 式(3-1)中,R 3及R 4為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基,並且X 3含有從由式(V-1)~(V-4)中的任一個表示之結構中去除2個以上的氫原子而成之結構。 <11>如<9>或<10>所述之樹脂組成物,其中 式(1-1)中的X 1及Y 1分別含有從由下述式(V-1)~式(V-4)中的任一個表示之結構中去除2個以上的氫原子而成之結構。 [化學式9] 式(V-2)中,R X1分別獨立地為氫原子、烷基或鹵化烷基。 式(V-3)中,R X2及R X3分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R X2與R X3可以鍵結而形成環結構。 <12>如<9>至<11>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其中 上述樹脂B具有選自由碳數6以上的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的一價脂肪族烴基、及1個以上的氫原子被碳數4以上的直鏈狀的脂肪族烴基取代而成之環狀的脂肪族烴基組成之群組中之至少一種基。 <13>如<1>至<12>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其中 在使用上述樹脂組成物形成膜厚10μm的膜狀的硬化物之情況下,上述硬化物在波長365nm下的透光率為15%以上。 <14>如<1>至<13>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其中 上述聚合性化合物的熔點為25℃以下。 <15>如<1>至<14>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其中 上述聚合性化合物的ClogP為3以上。 <16>如<1>至<15>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其含有唑化合物及矽烷偶合劑。 <17>如<1>至<16>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜。 <18>一種硬化物,其為使<1>至<17>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物硬化而成。 <19>一種積層體,其包含2層以上的由<18>所述之硬化物構成之層,在由上述硬化物構成之層彼此的任意層之間包含金屬層。 <20>一種硬化物的製造方法,其包括將<1>至<12>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物應用於基材上而形成膜之膜形成步驟。 <21>如<20>所述之硬化物的製造方法,其包括: 曝光步驟,選擇性地對上述膜進行曝光;及 顯影步驟,使用顯影液對上述膜進行顯影而形成圖案。 <22>如<20>或<21>所述之硬化物的製造方法,其包括在50~450℃對上述膜進行加熱之加熱步驟。 <23>一種積層體的製造方法,其包括<20>所述之硬化物的製造方法。 <24>一種半導體元件的製造方法,其包括<20>所述之硬化物的製造方法。 <25>一種半導體元件,其包含<18>所述之硬化物。 [發明效果] Representative embodiments of the present invention are shown below. <1> A resin composition comprising: a resin A which is a polyimide and contains a structure represented by the following formula (A-1) in an amount of 0.20 to 5 mmol/g relative to the mass of the resin A; a polymerization initiator; and a polymerizable compound. [Chemical Formula 1] In the formula (A-1), L A1 represents a single bond or an m+1 valent linking group, R R1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group, two R R1s may be linked, m represents an integer greater than 1, and * represents a bonding site with other atoms. <2> The resin composition as described in <1>, wherein the structure represented by the above formula (A-1) is contained in a side chain in the resin A. <3> The resin composition as described in <1> or <2>, wherein the free radical polymerizable group value of the above resin A is 0.20 to 5 mmol/g. <4> The resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <3>, wherein L A1 in the formula (A-1) contains an aromatic group or an aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms. <5> The resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <4>, further comprising a resin A2 as a polyimide precursor. <6> The resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the resin A comprises a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1-1). [Chemical Formula 2] In formula (1-1), X1 represents an organic group having 4 or more carbon atoms, Y1 represents an organic group having 4 or more carbon atoms, R1 each independently represents a structure represented by the following formula (R-1), m represents an integer of 0 to 4, and n represents an integer of 1 or more. [Chemical Formula 3] In formula (R-1), L1 represents an a2+1 valent linking group, Z1 represents an aromatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group or a linear or branched aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group, R R1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group, two R R1s may be linked, a1 represents an integer greater than 1 and less than the maximum number of substituents of Z1 , a2 represents an integer greater than 1, and * represents a bonding site with X1 or Y1 in formula (1-1). <7> The resin composition as described in <6>, wherein X1 and Y1 in formula (1-1) each contain a structure obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from a structure represented by any one of the following formulas (V-1) to (V-4). [Chemical Formula 4] In formula (V-2), RX1 is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a halogenated alkyl group. In formula (V-3), RX2 and RX3 are independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and RX2 and RX3 may be bonded to form a ring structure. <8> The resin composition described in <6>, which contains a repeating unit represented by formula (1-1) and has at least one group selected from the group consisting of a linear or branched monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbon atoms, and a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted by a linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms. <9> A resin composition comprising: a resin B comprising a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1-1); a resin C comprising at least one of the repeating units represented by the following formula (2-1) and the following formula (3-1); a polymerization initiator; and a polymerizable compound. [Chemical Formula 5] In formula (1-1), X1 represents an organic group having 4 or more carbon atoms, Y1 represents an organic group having 4 or more carbon atoms, Y1 is not bonded to the nitrogen atom via a linking group outside the repeating unit, R1 each independently represents a structure represented by the following formula (R-1), m represents an integer of 0 to 4, and n represents an integer of 1 or more. [Chemical Formula 6] In formula (R-1), L1 represents an a2+1 valent linking group, Z1 represents an aromatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group, or a linear or branched aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group, R R1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group, two R R1s may be linked, a1 represents an integer greater than 1 and less than the maximum number of substituents of Z1 , a2 represents an integer greater than 1, and * represents a bonding site with X1 or Y1 in formula (1-1). [Chemical Formula 7] In formula (2-1), X2 represents an organic group having 4 or more carbon atoms, Y2 represents an organic group having 4 or more carbon atoms, R2 each independently represents a group represented by the following formula (R-2), and n represents an integer greater than 1. In formula (3-1), X3 represents an organic group having 4 or more carbon atoms, Y3 represents an organic group having 4 or more carbon atoms, A3 and A4 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -NR N -, RN represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R3 and R4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R2 each independently represents a group represented by the following formula (R-2), and n represents an integer greater than 0. [Chemical formula 8] In the formula (R-2), L2 represents a b2+1 valent linking group, Z2 represents a b1+1 valent organic group, A2 represents a methacryloyloxy group, an acryloxy group, a methacrylamide group, an acrylamide group, a vinyl group, a styryl group, an allyl group or a vinyl ether group, b1 represents an integer greater than 1 and less than the maximum number of substituents of Z2 , b2 represents an integer greater than 1, and * represents a bonding site with Y2 in the formula (2-1) or Y3 in the formula (3-1). <10> The resin composition according to <9>, wherein in the formula (3-1), R3 and R4 are groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and X3 has a structure obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from a structure represented by any one of the formulas (V-1) to (V-4). <11> The resin composition as described in <9> or <10>, wherein X1 and Y1 in formula (1-1) each contain a structure obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from a structure represented by any one of the following formulas (V-1) to (V-4). [Chemical Formula 9] In formula (V-2), RX1 is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a halogenated alkyl group. In formula (V-3), RX2 and RX3 are independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and RX2 and RX3 may be bonded to form a ring structure. <12> The resin composition as described in any one of <9> to <11>, wherein the resin B has at least one group selected from the group consisting of a linear or branched monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbon atoms, and a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted by a linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms. <13> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <12>, wherein when the resin composition is used to form a cured film having a film thickness of 10 μm, the cured film has a light transmittance of 15% or more at a wavelength of 365 nm. <14> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <13>, wherein the melting point of the polymerizable compound is 25° C. or less. <15> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <14>, wherein the ClogP of the polymerizable compound is 3 or more. <16> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <15>, comprising an azole compound and a silane coupling agent. <17> A resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <16>, which is used to form an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer. <18> A cured product obtained by curing the resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <17>. <19> A laminate comprising two or more layers composed of the cured product as described in <18>, and a metal layer between any of the layers composed of the cured product. <20> A method for producing a cured product, comprising a film forming step of applying the resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <12> to a substrate to form a film. <21>A method for producing a hardened material as described in <20>, comprising: an exposure step of selectively exposing the above-mentioned film; and a developing step of developing the above-mentioned film using a developer to form a pattern. <22>A method for producing a hardened material as described in <20> or <21>, comprising a heating step of heating the above-mentioned film at 50 to 450°C. <23>A method for producing a laminate, comprising the method for producing a hardened material as described in <20>. <24>A method for producing a semiconductor element, comprising the method for producing a hardened material as described in <20>. <25>A semiconductor element comprising the hardened material as described in <18>. [Effect of the invention]
依據本發明,可提供一種可獲得介電損耗正切低的硬化物之樹脂組成物、使上述樹脂組成物硬化而成之硬化物、包含上述硬化物之積層體、上述硬化物的製造方法、上述積層體的製造方法、包括上述硬化物的製造方法之半導體元件的製造方法及包含上述硬化物之半導體元件。According to the present invention, there can be provided a resin composition capable of obtaining a cured product having a low dielectric loss tangent, a cured product obtained by curing the resin composition, a laminate including the cured product, a method for manufacturing the cured product, a method for manufacturing the laminate, a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device including the method for manufacturing the cured product, and a semiconductor device including the cured product.
以下,對本發明的主要實施形態進行說明。然而,本發明並不限定於所明示之實施形態。 在本說明書中,使用“~”符號表示之數值範圍係指,包括記載於“~”的前後之數值分別作為下限值及上限值之範圍。 在本說明書中,“步驟”這一用語係指,不僅包括獨立的步驟,只要能夠達成該步驟的預期作用,則亦包括無法與其他步驟明確區別之步驟。 在本說明書中的基(原子團)的標記中,未標有經取代及未經取代之標記包括不具有取代基之基(原子團)的同時亦包括具有取代基之基(原子團)。例如,“烷基”不僅包括不具有取代基之烷基(未經取代之烷基),亦包括具有取代基之烷基(經取代之烷基)。 在本說明書中,只要無特別說明,則“曝光”不僅包括利用光之曝光,亦包括利用電子束、離子束等粒子束之曝光。又,作為用於曝光之光,可以列舉水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線、電子束等活性光線或放射線。 在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示“丙烯酸酯”及“甲基丙烯酸酯”這兩者或其中任一者,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示“丙烯酸”及“甲基丙烯酸”這兩者或其中任一者,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示“丙烯醯基”及“甲基丙烯醯基”這兩者或其中任一者。 在本說明書中,結構式中的Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基,Bu表示丁基,Ph表示苯基。 在本說明書中,總固體成分係指從組成物的所有成分中去除溶劑之成分的總質量。又,在本說明書中,固體成分濃度係指除溶劑以外的其他成分相對於組成物的總質量的質量百分率。 在本說明書中,只要無特別說明,重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)為利用凝膠滲透層析(GPC)法測定之值,定義為聚苯乙烯換算值。在本說明書中,例如,利用HLC-8220GPC(TOSOH CORPORATION製造),將保護管柱HZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000及TSKgel Super HZ2000(以上為TOSOH CORPORATION製造)串聯而用作管柱,藉此能夠求出重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)。只要無特別說明,該等分子量使用THF(四氫呋喃)作為洗提液進行測定。但是,在溶解性較低的情況等,在THF不適合作為洗提液之情況下,亦能夠使用NMP(N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮)。又,只要無特別說明,GPC測定中的檢測使用波長254nm的UV射線(紫外線)檢測器。 在本說明書中,關於構成積層體之各層的位置關係,記載為“上”或“下”時,只要在所關注之複數個層中成為基準之層的上側或下側存在其他層即可。亦即,可以在成為基準之層與上述其他層之間進一步介在有第3層或要素,成為基準之層與上述其他層無需接觸。只要無特別說明,將對基材堆疊層之方向稱為“上”,或在存在樹脂組成物層的情況下,將從基材朝向樹脂組成物層的方向稱為“上”,將其相反方向稱為“下”。再者,此種上下方向的設定係為了便於說明本說明書,在實際態樣中,本說明書中的“上”方向亦有可能與鉛垂向上方向不同。 在本說明書中,只要無特別說明,組成物可以含有對應於該成分之2種以上的化合物作為組成物中所含之各成分。又,只要無特別說明,組成物中的各成分的含量係指對應於該成分之所有化合物的合計含量。 在本說明書中,只要無特別說明,溫度為23℃,氣壓為101,325Pa(1氣壓),相對濕度為50%RH。 在本說明書中,較佳態樣的組合為更佳態樣。 The main embodiments of the present invention are described below. However, the present invention is not limited to the embodiments explicitly described. In this specification, the numerical range represented by the symbol "~" means a range including the numerical values recorded before and after "~" as the lower limit and the upper limit, respectively. In this specification, the term "step" means not only independent steps, but also steps that cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps as long as the expected effect of the step can be achieved. In the marking of the base (atomic group) in this specification, the marking without substitution and unsubstituted includes the base (atomic group) without substitution and also includes the base (atomic group) with substitution. For example, "alkyl" includes not only alkyl groups without substituents (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also alkyl groups with substituents (substituted alkyl groups). In this specification, unless otherwise specified, "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also exposure using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. In addition, as light used for exposure, there can be listed active light or radiation such as the bright line spectrum of mercury lamps, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV rays), X-rays, and electron beams. In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" means both or either of "acrylate" and "methacrylate", "(meth)acrylic acid" means both or either of "acrylic acid" and "methacrylic acid", and "(meth)acryl" means both or either of "acryl" and "methacryl". In this specification, Me in the structural formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group. In this specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of the components excluding the solvent from all the components of the composition. In addition, in this specification, the solid content concentration refers to the mass percentage of the components other than the solvent relative to the total mass of the composition. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are values measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) and are defined as polystyrene conversion values. In this specification, for example, HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) is used to connect guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000, and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) in series as columns to determine weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn). Unless otherwise specified, these molecular weights are measured using THF (tetrahydrofuran) as an eluent. However, in the case of low solubility, when THF is not suitable as an eluent, NMP (N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone) can also be used. In addition, unless otherwise specified, a UV ray (ultraviolet) detector with a wavelength of 254nm is used for detection in GPC measurement. In this manual, when the positional relationship of each layer constituting the laminate is recorded as "upper" or "lower", it is sufficient as long as other layers exist on the upper side or lower side of the layer serving as the reference among the multiple layers concerned. In other words, a third layer or element may be further interposed between the layer serving as the reference and the other layers mentioned above, and the layer serving as the reference and the other layers mentioned above do not need to be in contact. Unless otherwise specified, the direction of the stacked layers to the substrate is referred to as "upper", or in the case of the presence of a resin component layer, the direction from the substrate toward the resin component layer is referred to as "upper", and the opposite direction is referred to as "lower". Furthermore, this setting of the up and down direction is for the convenience of explaining this specification. In actual forms, the "up" direction in this specification may also be different from the vertical direction. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the composition may contain two or more compounds corresponding to the component as each component contained in the composition. In addition, unless otherwise specified, the content of each component in the composition refers to the total content of all compounds corresponding to the component. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the temperature is 23°C, the air pressure is 101,325Pa (1 atmosphere), and the relative humidity is 50%RH. In this specification, the combination of the best form is the best form.
(樹脂組成物) 本發明的第一態樣之樹脂組成物(以下,亦簡稱為“第一樹脂組成物”。)含有:樹脂A,其為聚醯亞胺且相對於樹脂A的質量以0.20~5mmol/g的量來含有由式(A-1)表示之結構;聚合起始劑;及聚合性化合物。 本發明的第二態樣之樹脂組成物(以下,亦簡稱為“第二樹脂組成物”)含有:樹脂B,含有由式(1-1)表示之重複單元;樹脂C,含有由式(2-1)及式(3-1)表示之重複單元中的至少一者;聚合起始劑;以及聚合性化合物。 以下,將前述樹脂A和樹脂B亦統稱為“特定樹脂”。 (Resin composition) The resin composition of the first aspect of the present invention (hereinafter, also referred to as the "first resin composition") contains: resin A, which is a polyimide and contains a structure represented by formula (A-1) in an amount of 0.20 to 5 mmol/g relative to the mass of resin A; a polymerization initiator; and a polymerizable compound. The resin composition of the second aspect of the present invention (hereinafter, also referred to as the "second resin composition") contains: resin B, which contains a repeating unit represented by formula (1-1); resin C, which contains at least one of the repeating units represented by formula (2-1) and formula (3-1); a polymerization initiator; and a polymerizable compound. Hereinafter, the above-mentioned resin A and resin B are also collectively referred to as "specific resins".
本發明的樹脂組成物用於形成感光膜(供於曝光及顯影)為較佳,用於形成膜(供於曝光及使用含有有機溶劑之顯影液之顯影)為更佳。 本發明的樹脂組成物例如能夠用於形成半導體元件的絕緣膜、再配線層用層間絕緣膜、應力緩衝膜等,用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜為較佳。 尤其,本發明的樹脂組成物用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜亦為本發明的較佳態樣之一。 又,本發明的樹脂組成物用於形成供於負型顯影之感光膜為較佳。 在本發明中,負型顯影係指在曝光及顯影中藉由顯影去除非曝光部之顯影,正型顯影係指藉由顯影去除曝光部之顯影。 作為上述曝光方法、上述顯影液及上述顯影方法,例如,可以使用在後述硬化物的製造方法的說明中的曝光步驟中說明之曝光方法、在顯影步驟中說明之顯影液及顯影方法。 The resin composition of the present invention is preferably used to form a photosensitive film (for exposure and development), and is more preferably used to form a film (for exposure and development using a developer containing an organic solvent). The resin composition of the present invention can be used, for example, to form an insulating film for a semiconductor element, an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer, a stress buffer film, etc., and is preferably used to form an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer. In particular, the resin composition of the present invention is used to form an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer, which is also one of the better embodiments of the present invention. In addition, the resin composition of the present invention is preferably used to form a photosensitive film for negative development. In the present invention, negative development refers to development in which the non-exposed portion is removed by development during exposure and development, and positive development refers to development in which the exposed portion is removed by development. As the above-mentioned exposure method, the above-mentioned developer, and the above-mentioned developing method, for example, the exposure method described in the exposure step in the description of the method for producing a hardened product described later, and the developer and developing method described in the developing step can be used.
依據本發明的樹脂組成物,可獲得介電損耗正切低的硬化物。 獲得上述效果之機制尚不明確,但推測如下。 According to the resin composition of the present invention, a hardened material with low dielectric loss tangent can be obtained. The mechanism for achieving the above effect is not yet clear, but it is speculated as follows.
本發明的樹脂組成物的第一態樣中的作為聚醯亞胺的樹脂A,相對於樹脂A的質量,以0.20~5mmol/g的量來含有包含順丁烯二醯亞胺基之由式(A-1)表示之基。 本發明的樹脂組成物的第一態樣中的樹脂A含有由式(1-1)表示之重複單元。 以往,作為含有聚醯亞胺之樹脂組成物,藉由使用具有(甲基)丙烯醯氧基等聚合性基之樹脂、含有聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑之組成物,可以獲得耐藥品性等物性優異的硬化物。 在此,例如,由於(甲基)丙烯醯氧基中所含之羰基的部分能夠自由旋轉,因此有時在所獲得之硬化物中結構的運動自由度高,從而導致介電損耗正切增加。 認為,相對於此,順丁烯二醯亞胺基由於羰基被固定於環結構內,因此不易自由旋轉,結構容易固定,因此介電損耗正切降低。 又,認為,順丁烯二醯亞胺基除了自由基聚合以外,亦與酚性羥基的加成反應等與組成物中的各種結構反應,因此在所獲得之硬化物中,樹脂與各種成分或樹脂中的各種部位之間形成交聯。亦即,認為,在硬化物中形成牢固的交聯網路。認為,其結果,亦可以獲得藉由曝光所獲得之硬化物來提高硬化性、提高耐藥品性等效果。 此外,認為,與(甲基)丙烯酸酯中的聚合相比,順丁烯二醯亞胺基中的聚合不易因熱等而引起解聚合,因此,例如在暴露於高溫條件下、高濕條件下之情況下或經過長時間之後,亦不易導致硬化物的耐藥品性、密接性等的下降。 進而,認為,在對由本發明的樹脂組成物構成之膜進行曝光、顯影而形成圖案時,由於樹脂具有順丁烯二醯亞胺基,藉由含有有機溶劑之顯影液非圖像部的去除性得到提高,解析度亦得到提高。 In the first aspect of the resin composition of the present invention, the resin A as a polyimide contains a group represented by formula (A-1) containing a cis-butylene imide group in an amount of 0.20 to 5 mmol/g relative to the mass of the resin A. The resin A in the first aspect of the resin composition of the present invention contains a repeating unit represented by formula (1-1). Historically, as a resin composition containing polyimide, a cured product having excellent physical properties such as chemical resistance can be obtained by using a resin having a polymerizable group such as a (meth)acryloyloxy group, a composition containing a polymerizable compound and a polymerization initiator. Here, for example, since the carbonyl group contained in the (meth)acryloyloxy group can rotate freely, the degree of freedom of movement of the structure in the obtained cured product is sometimes high, resulting in an increase in the dielectric loss tangent. In contrast, it is believed that since the carbonyl group of the cis-butylene diimide group is fixed in the ring structure, it is not easy to rotate freely, and the structure is easy to be fixed, so the dielectric loss tangent is reduced. In addition, it is believed that the cis-butylene diimide group reacts with various structures in the composition, such as addition reaction with phenolic hydroxyl groups, in addition to free radical polymerization, so that in the obtained cured product, the resin and various components or various parts in the resin are cross-linked. That is, it is believed that a strong cross-linking network is formed in the cured product. As a result, it is believed that the hardening property and chemical resistance of the hardened material obtained by exposure can be improved. In addition, it is believed that the polymerization in the succinimidyl group is less likely to be depolymerized by heat, etc., compared with the polymerization in the (meth)acrylate, and therefore, for example, when exposed to high temperature conditions, high humidity conditions or after a long time, it is not easy to cause a decrease in the chemical resistance and adhesion of the hardened material. Furthermore, it is believed that when a film composed of the resin composition of the present invention is exposed and developed to form a pattern, since the resin has a succinimidyl group, the removability of the non-image part by the developer containing an organic solvent is improved, and the resolution is also improved.
在此,專利文獻1中未記載含有特定樹脂之樹脂組成物。Here, Patent Document 1 does not describe a resin composition containing a specific resin.
以下,對本發明的樹脂組成物中所含之成分詳細地進行說明。Hereinafter, the components contained in the resin composition of the present invention will be described in detail.
<特定樹脂> 〔樹脂A〕 本發明的第一樹脂組成物含有樹脂A,該樹脂A為聚醯亞胺且相對於樹脂A的質量以0.20~5mmol/g的量來含有由下述式(A-1)表示之結構。 [化學式10] 式(A-1)中,L A1表示單鍵或m+1價連結基,R R1分別獨立地表示氫原子或有機基,2個R R1可以連結,m表示1以上的整數,*表示與其他原子的鍵結部位。 <Specific resin> [Resin A] The first resin composition of the present invention contains resin A, which is a polyimide and contains a structure represented by the following formula (A-1) in an amount of 0.20 to 5 mmol/g relative to the mass of the resin A. [Chemical formula 10] In formula (A-1), L A1 represents a single bond or an m+1 valent linking group, R R1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group, two R R1 may be linked, m represents an integer greater than 1, and * represents a bonding site with other atoms.
在本發明中,將藉由下述方法測定之醯亞胺化率未達70%的樹脂稱為聚醯亞胺前驅物,將在重複單元內含有醯亞胺結構且下述醯亞胺化率為70%以上的樹脂稱為聚醯亞胺。 在本發明中,醯亞胺結構係指由*-C(=O)N(-*)C(=O)-*表示之結構,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位,與碳原子的鍵結部位為較佳,與四級碳原子的鍵結部位為更佳。 在本發明中,聚醯亞胺為在分子鏈內具有含有醯亞胺環結構之重複單元之樹脂為較佳。 又,當聚醯亞胺為直鏈狀的樹脂時,聚醯亞胺為在主鏈內具有含有醯亞胺結構之重複單元之樹脂為較佳,在主鏈內具有含有醯亞胺環結構之重複單元之樹脂為更佳。 在本發明中,“主鏈”表示樹脂分子中相對最長的鍵結鏈,“側鏈”係指除此以外的鍵結鏈。 In the present invention, a resin having an imidization rate of less than 70% as measured by the following method is referred to as a polyimide precursor, and a resin having an imide structure in a repeating unit and having an imidization rate of 70% or more as described below is referred to as a polyimide. In the present invention, an imide structure refers to a structure represented by *-C(=O)N(-*)C(=O)-*, where * represents a bonding site with other structures, preferably a bonding site with a carbon atom, and more preferably a bonding site with a quaternary carbon atom. In the present invention, a polyimide is preferably a resin having a repeating unit containing an imide ring structure in a molecular chain. Furthermore, when the polyimide is a linear resin, it is preferred that the polyimide is a resin having a repeating unit containing an imide structure in the main chain, and it is more preferred that the polyimide is a resin having a repeating unit containing an imide ring structure in the main chain. In the present invention, "main chain" refers to the longest bond chain in the resin molecule, and "side chain" refers to other bond chains.
樹脂的醯亞胺化率藉由以下方法進行測定。 測定樹脂的紅外吸收光譜,並求出源於醯亞胺結構之吸收峰亦即1377cm -1附近的峰強度P1。接著,在350℃對該特定樹脂進行1小時的熱處理之後,再度測定紅外吸收光譜,並求出1377cm -1附近的峰強度P2。能夠使用所獲得之峰強度P1、P2,並依據下述式來求出特定樹脂的醯亞胺化率。 醯亞胺化率(%)=(峰強度P1/峰強度P2)×100 The imidization rate of the resin is measured by the following method. The infrared absorption spectrum of the resin is measured, and the peak intensity P1 at around 1377 cm -1 , which is the absorption peak originating from the imide structure, is calculated. Then, after the specific resin is heat treated at 350°C for 1 hour, the infrared absorption spectrum is measured again, and the peak intensity P2 at around 1377 cm - 1 is calculated. The obtained peak intensities P1 and P2 can be used to calculate the imidization rate of the specific resin according to the following formula. Imidization rate (%) = (peak intensity P1/peak intensity P2) × 100
特定樹脂的醯亞胺化率就所獲得之有機膜的膜強度、絕緣性、平坦性等方面而言,75%以上為較佳,80%以上為更佳,90%以上為進一步較佳。上述醯亞胺化率的上限並無特別限定,100%以下即可。 又,就降低介電損耗正切之方面而言,特定樹脂中的醯亞胺結構的含量為3mmol/g以下為較佳,2.5mmol/g以下為更佳。上述含量的下限並無特別限定,但例如能夠設為0.5mmol/g以上。 The imidization rate of the specific resin is preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and even more preferably 90% or more in terms of the film strength, insulation, flatness, etc. of the obtained organic film. The upper limit of the above imidization rate is not particularly limited, and it can be 100% or less. In addition, in terms of reducing the dielectric loss tangent, the content of the imide structure in the specific resin is preferably 3mmol/g or less, and more preferably 2.5mmol/g or less. The lower limit of the above content is not particularly limited, but can be set to 0.5mmol/g or more, for example.
-式(A-1)- 由式(A-1)表示之結構包含在樹脂A中的側鏈中為較佳。 又,式(A-1)中的*為與樹脂A的主鏈中所含之原子的鍵結部位為較佳。 又,式(A-1)中的R R1中的至少一者可以為含有樹脂的主鏈之結構。 -Formula (A-1)- The structure represented by formula (A-1) is preferably contained in the side chain of resin A. In addition, * in formula (A-1) is preferably a bonding site with an atom contained in the main chain of resin A. In addition, at least one of R and R1 in formula (A-1) may be a structure contained in the main chain of the resin.
式(A-1)中,L A1含有芳香族基或碳數4以上的脂肪族飽和烴基為較佳。 上述芳香族基或上述碳數4以上的脂肪族飽和烴基不經由連結基而藉由單鍵與順丁烯二醯亞胺基(亦即,式A-1中的氮原子)鍵結為較佳。 作為上述芳香族基,可以為芳香族烴基、芳香族雜環基中的任一種,但芳香族烴基為較佳。 作為芳香族烴基,碳數6~10的芳香族烴基為較佳,碳數6的芳香族烴基為更佳。 作為芳香族雜環基中的雜原子,可以列舉氧原子、氮原子、硫原子等。芳香族雜環基中的雜原子的數量為1或2為較佳。又,作為芳香族雜環基,含有上述雜原子之5員環或6員環的基為較佳。此外,芳香族雜環基可以與其他芳香族雜環基或其他芳香族烴環基縮合。 作為碳數4以上的脂肪族飽和烴基,可以為直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀或由該等組合表示之結構中的任一種。 碳數4以上的脂肪族飽和烴基的碳數為4~20為較佳,5~10為更佳。 In formula (A-1), L A1 preferably contains an aromatic group or an aliphatic saturated alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms. It is preferred that the aromatic group or the aliphatic saturated alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms is bonded to the cis-butenediimide group (i.e., the nitrogen atom in formula A-1) by a single bond without a linking group. The aromatic group may be any of an aromatic alkyl group and an aromatic heterocyclic group, but an aromatic alkyl group is preferred. As the aromatic alkyl group, an aromatic alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, and an aromatic alkyl group having 6 carbon atoms is more preferred. As heteroatoms in the aromatic heterocyclic group, oxygen atoms, nitrogen atoms, sulfur atoms, etc. may be listed. The number of heteroatoms in the aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably 1 or 2. In addition, as the aromatic heterocyclic group, a 5-membered or 6-membered ring containing the above-mentioned heteroatoms is preferred. In addition, the aromatic heterocyclic group may be condensed with other aromatic heterocyclic groups or other aromatic alkyl ring groups. As the aliphatic saturated alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms, it may be any of a linear, branched, cyclic or a combination thereof. The aliphatic saturated alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms preferably has 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 5 to 10 carbon atoms.
又,作為L A1,亦較佳為下述式(A-1-1)或式(A-2-2)。 [化學式11] 式(A-1-1)中,Z 1表示-O-或-NR N-,R N表示氫原子或一價有機基,R A1表示芳香族基或碳數4以上的脂肪族飽和烴基,m表示1以上的整數,*的含義與式(A-1)中的*的含義相同,#表示與式(A-1)中的氮原子的鍵結部位。 式(A-1-2)中,Z 2表示-O-或-NR N-,R N表示氫原子或一價有機基,R A2表示芳香族基或碳數4以上的脂肪族飽和烴基,m表示1以上的整數,*的含義與式(A-1)中的*的含義相同,#表示與式(A-1)中的氮原子的鍵結部位。 Furthermore, L A1 is preferably the following formula (A-1-1) or formula (A-2-2). [Chemical formula 11] In formula (A-1-1), Z1 represents -O- or -NR N -, RN represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, RA1 represents an aromatic group or an aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms, m represents an integer of 1 or more, * has the same meaning as that of * in formula (A-1), and # represents a bonding site with the nitrogen atom in formula (A-1). In formula (A-1-2), Z2 represents -O- or -NR N -, RN represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, RA2 represents an aromatic group or an aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms, m represents an integer of 1 or more, * has the same meaning as that of * in formula (A-1), and # represents a bonding site with the nitrogen atom in formula (A-1).
式(A-1-1)中,Z 1為-O-為較佳。R N為氫原子或烴基為較佳,氫原子或烷基為更佳,氫原子為進一步較佳。 式(A-1-1)中,R A1表示芳香族基或碳數4以上的脂肪族飽和烴基,該等基的較佳態樣如上所述。 式(A-1-1)中,m的含義與式(A-1)中的m的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 In formula (A-1-1), Z1 is preferably -O-. RN is preferably a hydrogen atom or a alkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and still more preferably a hydrogen atom. In formula (A-1-1), RA1 represents an aromatic group or an aliphatic saturated alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms, and preferred embodiments of such groups are as described above. In formula (A-1-1), m has the same meaning as m in formula (A-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
式(A-1-2)中,Z 2為-O-為較佳。R N的較佳態樣如上所述。 式(A-1-2)中,R A2的較佳態樣與式(A-1-1)中的R A1的較佳態樣相同。 式(A-1-2)中,m的含義與式(A-1)中的m的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 In formula (A-1-2), Z2 is preferably -O-. Preferred embodiments of RN are as described above. Preferred embodiments of RA2 in formula (A-1-2) are the same as preferred embodiments of RA1 in formula (A-1-1). In formula (A-1-2), m has the same meaning as m in formula (A-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
以下示出R A1及R A2的較佳態樣,但本發明並不限定於該等。下述式中,n分別獨立地表示0以上的整數,*的含義與式(A-1)中的*的含義相同,#表示與式(A-1)中的氮原子的鍵結部位。 在此,下述式中的n為0~20的整數為較佳,0~6的整數為更佳。 [化學式12] Preferred embodiments of RA1 and RA2 are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the following formula, n independently represents an integer greater than 0, * has the same meaning as * in formula (A-1), and # represents a bonding site with the nitrogen atom in formula (A-1). In the following formula, n is preferably an integer of 0 to 20, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 6. [Chemical Formula 12]
式(A-1)中,R R1分別獨立地為氫原子或烴基為較佳,氫原子或烷基為更佳,氫原子或甲基為進一步較佳,氫原子為尤佳。 式(A-1)中,作為由2個R R1連結而形成之環結構,可以列舉環己烯環等。 In formula (A-1), R R1 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom or a alkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, further preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom. In formula (A-1), examples of the ring structure formed by two R R1s linked together include cyclohexene ring and the like.
式(A-1)中,m為1~10的整數為較佳,1~4的整數為更佳,1~3的整數為進一步較佳,1或2為尤佳。又,m為1之態樣亦為本發明的較佳態樣之一。In formula (A-1), m is preferably an integer of 1 to 10, more preferably an integer of 1 to 4, further preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and particularly preferably 1 or 2. In addition, the aspect in which m is 1 is also one of the preferred aspects of the present invention.
相對於樹脂A的質量,樹脂A以0.20~5mmol/g的量來含有由式(A-1)表示之結構,以0.30~4mmol/g的量來含有由式(A-1)表示之結構為較佳,以0.50~3mmol/g的量來含有由式(A-1)表示之結構為進一步較佳。 樹脂A中的由式(A-1)表示之結構的含量能夠藉由 1H-NMR來確認。 具體而言,能夠藉由將聚合物溶解於氘代DMSO中進行 1H-NMR(累計128次)測定,並由苯酚殘存量和用於聚合之苯酚量來算出樹脂A中的由式(A-1)表示之結構的含量。 又,樹脂A中的自由基聚合性基值(相對於樹脂A的質量之自由基聚合性基的莫耳量)為0.20~5mmol/g為較佳,0.30~4mmol/g為更佳,0.50~3mmol/g為進一步較佳。 樹脂A中的自由基聚合性基值能夠藉由 1H-NMR來確認。 樹脂A中的、由式(A-1)表示之結構的含量相對於樹脂A中的自由基聚合性基值之比例為50%以上為較佳,70%以上為更佳,90%以上為進一步較佳。上述比例的上限並無特別限定,100%以下即可。 Resin A contains the structure represented by formula (A-1) in an amount of 0.20 to 5 mmol/g, preferably 0.30 to 4 mmol/g, and more preferably 0.50 to 3 mmol/g relative to the mass of resin A. The content of the structure represented by formula (A-1) in resin A can be confirmed by 1 H-NMR. Specifically, the content of the structure represented by formula (A-1) in resin A can be calculated from the amount of phenol residue and the amount of phenol used for polymerization by dissolving the polymer in deuterated DMSO and performing 1 H-NMR (accumulated 128 times). In addition, the radical polymerizable group value (the molar amount of the radical polymerizable group relative to the mass of the resin A) in the resin A is preferably 0.20 to 5 mmol/g, more preferably 0.30 to 4 mmol/g, and even more preferably 0.50 to 3 mmol/g. The radical polymerizable group value in the resin A can be confirmed by 1 H-NMR. The content of the structure represented by the formula (A-1) in the resin A is preferably 50% or more, more preferably 70% or more, and even more preferably 90% or more relative to the radical polymerizable group value in the resin A. The upper limit of the above ratio is not particularly limited, and it can be 100% or less.
樹脂A含有由下述式(1-1)表示之重複單元為較佳。 [化學式13] 式(1-1)中,X 1表示碳數4以上的有機基,Y 1表示碳數4以上的有機基,Y 1在重複單元外不經由連結基與氮原子鍵結,R 1分別獨立地表示由下述式(R-1)表示之結構,m表示0~4的整數,n表示1以上的整數。 [化學式14] 式(R-1)中,L 1表示a2+1價連結基,Z 1表示芳香族基、環狀脂肪族基或直鏈狀或者支鏈狀的脂肪族飽和烴基,R R1分別獨立地表示氫原子或有機基,2個R R1可以連結,a1表示1以上且Z 1的最大取代基數以下的整數,a2表示1以上的整數,*表示與式(1-1)中的X 1或Y 1的鍵結部位。 The resin A preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1-1). [Chemical formula 13] In formula (1-1), X1 represents an organic group having 4 or more carbon atoms, Y1 represents an organic group having 4 or more carbon atoms, Y1 is not bonded to the nitrogen atom via a linking group outside the repeating unit, R1 each independently represents a structure represented by the following formula (R-1), m represents an integer of 0 to 4, and n represents an integer of 1 or more. [Chemical Formula 14] In the formula (R-1), L1 represents an a2+1 valent linking group, Z1 represents an aromatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group or a linear or branched aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group, R R1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group, two R R1s may be linked, a1 represents an integer greater than 1 and less than the maximum number of substituents of Z1 , a2 represents an integer greater than 1, and * represents a bonding site with X1 or Y1 in the formula (1-1).
-R 1- R 1分別獨立地表示由式(R-1)表示之結構。 -R 1 - R 1 each independently represents a structure represented by the formula (R-1).
式(R-1)中,L 1為由下述式(L-1)表示之基為較佳。 [化學式15] 式(L-1)中,Z L1表示-O-、-NR N-、-C(=O)O-或-C(=O)NR N-,R N表示氫原子或一價有機基,當a2為1時,L X表示單鍵或烴基,當a2為2以上時,L X表示烴基,Z L2表示單鍵或-O-、-NR N-、-C(=O)O-或-C(=O)NR N-,R N表示氫原子或一價有機基,*表示與式(1-1)中的X 1或Y 1的鍵結部位,#表示與式(R-1)中的Z 1的鍵結部位。 In formula (R-1), L1 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (L-1). [Chemical Formula 15] In the formula (L-1), Z L1 represents -O-, -NR N -, -C(=O)O- or -C(=O)NR N -, RN represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, when a2 is 1, L X represents a single bond or a alkyl group, when a2 is 2 or more, L X represents a alkyl group, Z L2 represents a single bond or -O-, -NR N -, -C(=O)O- or -C(=O)NR N -, RN represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, * represents a bonding site with X 1 or Y 1 in the formula (1-1), and # represents a bonding site with Z 1 in the formula (R-1).
式(L-1)中,Z L1為-O-或-C(=O)O-為較佳。Z L1為-NR N-或-C(=O)NR N-時的R N的較佳態樣如上所述。 式(L-1)中,L x為芳香族烴基、脂肪族飽和烴基或由該等的組合表示之基為較佳。作為芳香族烴基,從苯環去除2個以上的氫原子而得之基為較佳。作為脂肪族飽和烴基,碳數1~20的脂肪族飽和烴基為較佳,碳數1~10的脂肪族飽和烴基為更佳。 式(L-1)中,Z L2為-O-或-C(=O)O-為較佳。Z L2為-NR N-或-C(=O)NR N-時的R N的較佳態樣如上所述。 式(L-1)中的a2的較佳態樣與式(R-1)中的a2的較佳態樣相同。 In the formula (L-1), Z L1 is preferably -O- or -C(=O)O-. The preferred embodiment of RN when Z L1 is -NR N - or -C(=O)NR N - is as described above. In the formula (L-1), L x is preferably an aromatic alkyl group, an aliphatic saturated alkyl group, or a group represented by a combination thereof. As the aromatic alkyl group, a group obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from a benzene ring is preferred. As the aliphatic saturated alkyl group, an aliphatic saturated alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, and an aliphatic saturated alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferred. In the formula (L-1), Z L2 is preferably -O- or -C(=O)O-. When Z L2 is -NR N - or -C(=O)NR N -, the preferred embodiment of RN is as described above. The preferred embodiment of a2 in formula (L-1) is the same as the preferred embodiment of a2 in formula (R-1).
式(R-1)中,Z 1為芳香族基或碳數4以上的脂肪族飽和烴基為較佳。該等的較佳態樣與式(A-1-1)中的R A1中的該等的基的較佳態樣相同。 In the formula (R-1), Z1 is preferably an aromatic group or an aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms. The preferred embodiments are the same as those of RA1 in the formula (A-1-1).
式(R-1)中,R R1的較佳態樣與上述式(A-1)中的R R1的較佳態樣相同。 In the formula (R-1), preferred aspects of R R1 are the same as preferred aspects of R R1 in the above formula (A-1).
式(R-1)中,a1為1~4的整數為較佳,1~2的整數為更佳。又,a1為1之態樣亦為本發明的較佳態樣之一。 式(R-1)中,a2表示1以上的整數,1或2為較佳,1為進一步較佳。 In formula (R-1), a1 is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and an integer of 1 to 2 is more preferably. In addition, the embodiment in which a1 is 1 is also one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention. In formula (R-1), a2 represents an integer greater than 1, and 1 or 2 is preferably, and 1 is further preferably.
-X 1- X 1的碳數為4以上,4~50為較佳,4~40為更佳。 式(1-1)中,X 1表示含有從由下述式(V-1)~式(V-4)中的任一個表示之結構中去除2個以上的氫原子而成之結構之有機基為較佳。 由於其為含有從由式(V-1)~式(V-4)中的任一個表示之結構中去除2個以上的氫原子而成之結構之有機基,因此提高硬化物的耐藥品性及平坦性。 又,由於其為含有從由式(V-1)~式(V-4)中的任一個表示之結構中去除2個以上的氫原子而成之結構之有機基,亦可獲得抑制顯影殘渣的產生、降低硬化物的介電常數、降低熱膨脹係數等效果。 [化學式16] 式(V-2)中,R X1分別獨立地為氫原子、烷基或鹵化烷基。 式(V-3)中,R X2及R X3分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R X2與R X3可以鍵結而形成環結構。 -X 1 - The carbon number of X 1 is 4 or more, preferably 4 to 50, and more preferably 4 to 40. In formula (1-1), X 1 preferably represents an organic group having a structure formed by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from a structure represented by any one of the following formulas (V-1) to (V-4). Since it is an organic group having a structure formed by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from a structure represented by any one of the following formulas (V-1) to (V-4), the chemical resistance and flatness of the cured product are improved. Furthermore, since it is an organic group having a structure formed by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from a structure represented by any one of the following formulas (V-1) to (V-4), the generation of development residues, the dielectric constant of the cured product, and the thermal expansion coefficient can be suppressed. [Chemical Formula 16] In formula (V-2), RX1 is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a halogenated alkyl group. In formula (V-3), RX2 and RX3 are independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and RX2 and RX3 may be bonded to form a ring structure.
式(V-2)中,R X1分別獨立地為烷基或鹵化烷基為較佳,碳數1~4的烷基或碳數1~4的鹵化烷基為更佳,甲基或三氟甲基為進一步較佳。鹵化烷基係指烷基的氫原子中的至少1個被鹵素原子取代而成之基。作為鹵素原子,F或Cl為較佳,F為更佳。 式(V-3)中,R X2及R X3分別獨立地為氫原子為較佳。 當R X2與R X3鍵結而形成環結構時,R X2與R X3鍵結而形成之結構為單鍵、-O-或-C(R) 2-為較佳,-O-或-C(R) 2-為更佳,-O-為進一步較佳。R表示氫原子或一價有機基,氫原子、烷基或芳基為較佳,氫原子為進一步較佳。 In formula (V-2), RX1 is preferably independently an alkyl group or a halogenated alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group. Halogenated alkyl groups refer to groups in which at least one of the hydrogen atoms of an alkyl group is substituted with a halogen atom. As the halogen atom, F or Cl is preferred, and F is more preferred. In formula (V-3), RX2 and RX3 are preferably independently a hydrogen atom. When RX2 and RX3 are bonded to form a ring structure, the structure formed by the bond between RX2 and RX3 is preferably a single bond, -O- or -C(R) 2- , more preferably -O- or -C(R) 2- , and more preferably -O-. R represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
當X 1為含有從由式(V-1)表示之結構中去除2個以上的氫原子而成之結構之基時,X 1為由下述式(V-1-1)表示之基為較佳。下述式中,*表示與式(1-1)中的X 1所鍵結之4個羰基的鍵結部位,n1表示0~5的整數,1~5的整數亦較佳。又,下述結構中的氫原子可以進一步被烴基等公知的取代基取代。 [化學式17] When X1 is a group containing a structure obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from a structure represented by formula (V-1), X1 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (V-1-1). In the following formula, * represents the bonding site of the four carbonyl groups bonded to X1 in formula (1-1), and n1 represents an integer of 0 to 5, preferably an integer of 1 to 5. In addition, the hydrogen atoms in the following structure may be further substituted by a known substituent such as a hydroxyl group. [Chemical Formula 17]
當X 1為含有從由式(V-2)表示之結構中去除2個以上的氫原子而成之結構之基時,X 1為由下述式(V-2-1)或式(V-2-2)表示之基為較佳,就降低樹脂中的胺值等方面而言,由式(V-2-2)表示之基為較佳。在本說明書中,與環結構的邊交叉之鍵係指取代該環結構中的氫原子中的任一個。下述式中,L X1表示單鍵或-O-,*表示與式(1-1)中的X 1所鍵結之4個羰基的鍵結部位。又,R X1的定義及較佳態樣如上所述。又,該等結構中的氫原子可以進一步被烴基等公知的取代基取代。 [化學式18] When X1 is a group containing a structure obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from a structure represented by formula (V-2), X1 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (V-2-1) or formula (V-2-2). In terms of reducing the amine value in the resin, the group represented by formula (V-2-2) is preferred. In the present specification, a bond intersecting the edge of a ring structure refers to a bond that replaces any one of the hydrogen atoms in the ring structure. In the following formula, LX1 represents a single bond or -O-, and * represents the bonding site of the four carbonyl groups bonded to X1 in formula (1-1). In addition, the definition and preferred embodiment of RX1 are as described above. In addition, the hydrogen atoms in these structures can be further substituted by known substituents such as alkyl groups. [Chemical Formula 18]
當X 1為含有從由式(V-3)表示之結構中去除2個以上的氫原子而成之結構之基時,X 1為由下述式(V-3-1)或式(V-3-2)表示之基為較佳,就降低硬化物的介電常數等方面而言,由式(V-3-2)表示之基為較佳。下述式中,*表示與式(1-1)中的X 1所鍵結之4個羰基的鍵結部位。又,R X2及R X3的定義及較佳態樣如上所述。又,該等結構中的氫原子可以進一步被烴基等公知的取代基取代。 [化學式19] When X1 is a group containing a structure obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from a structure represented by formula (V-3), X1 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (V-3-1) or formula (V-3-2). In terms of reducing the dielectric constant of the cured product, the group represented by formula (V-3-2) is more preferred. In the following formula, * represents the bonding site of the four carbonyl groups bonded to X1 in formula (1-1). In addition, the definitions and preferred embodiments of RX2 and RX3 are as described above. In addition, the hydrogen atoms in these structures may be further substituted by known substituents such as alkyl groups. [Chemical Formula 19]
當X 1為含有從由式(V-4)表示之結構中去除2個以上的氫原子而成之結構之基時,X 1為由下述式(V-4-1)表示之基為較佳。下述式中,*表示與式(1-1)中的X 1所鍵結之4個羰基的鍵結部位,n1表示0~5的整數。又,下述結構中的氫原子可以進一步被烴基等公知的取代基取代。其中,由(V-4-1)表示之結構中的氫原子均未被取代亦較佳。 [化學式20] When X1 is a group containing a structure obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from a structure represented by formula (V-4), X1 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (V-4-1). In the following formula, * represents the bonding site of the four carbonyl groups bonded to X1 in formula (1-1), and n1 represents an integer from 0 to 5. In addition, the hydrogen atoms in the following structure may be further substituted by a known substituent such as a alkyl group. It is also preferred that the hydrogen atoms in the structure represented by (V-4-1) are not substituted. [Chemical Formula 20]
此外,X 1可以為日本特開2023-003421號公報的0055~0057段中所記載之從四羧酸二酐去除酸酐基之後殘存之四羧酸殘基。 Furthermore, X1 may be a tetracarboxylic acid residual group remaining after removing anhydride groups from tetracarboxylic dianhydride as described in paragraphs 0055 to 0057 of JP-A-2023-003421.
又,X 1在結構中不含醯亞胺鍵為較佳。 又,X 1在結構中不含胺基甲酸酯鍵、脲鍵及醯胺鍵為較佳。 在本發明中,胺基甲酸酯鍵係指由*-O-C(=O)-NR N-*表示之鍵,R N表示氫原子或一價有機基,*分別表示與碳原子的鍵結部位。R N為氫原子或烴基為較佳,氫原子或烷基為更佳,氫原子為進一步較佳。 在本發明中,脲鍵係指由*-NR N-C(=O)-NR N-*表示之鍵,R N分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價有機基,*分別表示與碳原子的鍵結部位。R N的較佳態樣如上所述。 此外,X 1在結構中不含酯鍵為較佳。 在本發明中,酯鍵係指由*-O-C(=O)-*表示之鍵。 在該等中,X 1不含醯亞胺鍵、胺基甲酸酯鍵、脲鍵及醯胺鍵為較佳,不含醯亞胺鍵、胺基甲酸酯鍵、脲鍵、醯胺鍵及酯鍵為更佳。 Furthermore, it is preferred that X1 does not contain an imide bond in its structure. Furthermore, it is preferred that X1 does not contain a carbamate bond, a urea bond, or an amide bond in its structure. In the present invention, a carbamate bond refers to a bond represented by *-OC(=O)-NR N -*, RN represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and * represents a bonding site with a carbon atom. RN is preferably a hydrogen atom or a alkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and further preferably a hydrogen atom. In the present invention, a urea bond refers to a bond represented by *-NR N -C(=O)-NR N -*, RN each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and * represents a bonding site with a carbon atom. Preferred aspects of RN are as described above. In addition, X1 preferably does not contain an ester bond in the structure. In the present invention, an ester bond refers to a bond represented by *-OC(=O)-*. Among them, X1 preferably does not contain an imide bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, or an amide bond, and more preferably does not contain an imide bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, an amide bond, or an ester bond.
又,X 1可以為由下述式(X-2)表示之結構、或由(X-2)表示之結構中的由X 2表示之基的氫原子或者由L 3表示之基的氫原子被由式(1-1)中的R 1表示之基取代而成之結構。 [化學式21] 式(X-2)中,X 2分別獨立地表示三價連結基,L 3表示二價連結基,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 Furthermore, X1 may be a structure represented by the following formula (X-2), or a structure in which a hydrogen atom of a group represented by X2 or a hydrogen atom of a group represented by L3 in the structure represented by (X- 2) is substituted by a group represented by R1 in formula (1-1). [Chemical Formula 21] In formula (X-2), X2 each independently represents a trivalent linking group, L3 represents a divalent linking group, and * represents a bonding site with other structures.
式(X-2)中,X 2可以例示直鏈狀或支鏈狀的脂肪族基、環狀的脂肪族基及芳香族基或藉由單鍵或者連結基將該等連結2個以上而成之基,碳數2~20的直鏈狀的脂肪族基、碳數3~20的支鏈狀的脂肪族基、碳數3~20的環狀的脂肪族基、碳數6~20的芳香族基或藉由單鍵或者連結基將該等組合2個以上而成之基為較佳,碳數6~20的芳香族基或藉由單鍵或者連結基將碳數6~20的芳香族基組合2個以上而成之基為更佳。 作為上述連結基,-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-S(=O) 2-、伸烷基、鹵化伸烷基、伸芳基或將該等鍵結2個以上而成之連結基為較佳,-O-、-S-、伸烷基、鹵化伸烷基、伸芳基或將該等鍵結2個以上而成之連結基為更佳。 作為上述伸烷基,碳數1~20的伸烷基為較佳,碳數1~10的伸烷基為更佳,碳數1~4的伸烷基為進一步較佳。 作為上述鹵化伸烷基,碳數1~20的鹵化伸烷基為較佳,碳數1~10的鹵化伸烷基為更佳,碳數1~4的鹵化伸烷基為進一步較佳。又,作為上述鹵化伸烷基中的鹵素原子,可以列舉氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等,氟原子為較佳。上述鹵化伸烷基可以具有氫原子,亦可以所有氫原子被鹵素原子取代,但所有氫原子被鹵素原子取代為較佳。作為較佳的鹵化伸烷基的例子,可以列舉(二三氟甲基)亞甲基等。 作為上述伸芳基,伸苯基或伸萘基為較佳,伸苯基為更佳,1,3-伸苯基或1,4-伸苯基為進一步較佳。 In formula (X-2), X2 can be exemplified by a linear or branched aliphatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group and an aromatic group, or a group formed by linking two or more of these groups via a single bond or a linking group. Preferably, it is a linear aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group formed by combining two or more of these groups via a single bond or a linking group. More preferably, it is an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group formed by combining two or more aromatic groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms via a single bond or a linking group. The linking group is preferably -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -S(=O) 2- , an alkylene group, a halogenated alkylene group, an arylene group, or a linking group formed by bonding two or more of these groups, and more preferably -O-, -S-, an alkylene group, a halogenated alkylene group, an arylene group, or a linking group formed by bonding two or more of these groups. The alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The halogenated alkylene group is preferably a halogenated alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a halogenated alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably a halogenated alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. In addition, as the halogen atom in the above-mentioned halogenated alkylene group, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, etc. can be listed, and fluorine atom is preferred. The above-mentioned halogenated alkylene group may have hydrogen atoms, and all hydrogen atoms may be substituted by halogen atoms, but all hydrogen atoms are preferably substituted by halogen atoms. As examples of preferred halogenated alkylene groups, (ditrifluoromethyl)methylene can be listed. As the above-mentioned arylene group, phenylene or naphthylene is preferred, phenylene is more preferred, and 1,3-phenylene or 1,4-phenylene is further preferred.
又,X 2衍生自至少1個羧基可以被鹵化之三羧酸化合物為較佳。作為上述鹵化,氯化為較佳。 在本發明中,將具有3個羧基之化合物稱為三羧酸化合物。 上述三羧酸化合物的3個羧基中的2個羧基可以被酸酐化。 作為可以被鹵化之三羧酸化合物,可以列舉支鏈狀的脂肪族、環狀的脂肪族或芳香族的三羧酸化合物等。 該等三羧酸化合物可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 In addition, X2 is preferably derived from a tricarboxylic acid compound in which at least one carboxyl group can be halogenated. As the above-mentioned halogenation, chlorination is preferred. In the present invention, a compound having three carboxyl groups is referred to as a tricarboxylic acid compound. Two of the three carboxyl groups of the above-mentioned tricarboxylic acid compound can be anhydrided. As the tricarboxylic acid compound that can be halogenated, branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic or aromatic tricarboxylic acid compounds can be listed. Such tricarboxylic acid compounds can be used only one, or two or more.
X 2在結構中不含醯亞胺結構為較佳。 又,X 2在結構中不含胺基甲酸酯鍵、脲鍵及醯胺鍵為較佳。 此外,X 2在結構中不含酯鍵為較佳。 在該等中,X 2不含醯亞胺結構、胺基甲酸酯鍵、脲鍵及醯胺鍵為較佳,不含醯亞胺結構、胺基甲酸酯鍵、脲鍵、醯胺鍵及酯鍵為更佳。 It is preferred that X2 does not contain an imide structure in its structure. It is also preferred that X2 does not contain a urethane bond, a urea bond, or an amide bond in its structure. In addition, it is preferred that X2 does not contain an ester bond in its structure. Among these, it is preferred that X2 does not contain an imide structure, a urethane bond, a urea bond, or an amide bond, and it is more preferred that X2 does not contain an imide structure, a urethane bond, a urea bond, an amide bond, or an ester bond.
具體而言,作為三羧酸化合物,含有碳數2~20的直鏈狀的脂肪族基、碳數3~20的支鏈狀的脂肪族基、碳數3~20的環狀的脂肪族基、碳數6~20的芳香族基或藉由單鍵或者連結基將該等組合2個以上而成之基之三羧酸化合物為較佳,含有碳數6~20的芳香族基或藉由單鍵或者連結基將碳數6~20的芳香族基組合2個以上而成之基之三羧酸化合物為更佳。Specifically, as the tricarboxylic acid compound, a tricarboxylic acid compound containing a linear aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group in which two or more of these groups are combined via a single bond or a linking group is preferred, and a tricarboxylic acid compound containing an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group in which two or more aromatic groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms are combined via a single bond or a linking group is more preferred.
又,作為三羧酸化合物的具體例,可以列舉1,2,3-丙烷三羧酸、1,3,5-戊烷三羧酸、檸檬酸、偏苯三甲酸、2,3,6-萘三羧酸、鄰苯二甲酸(或鄰苯二甲酸酐)與苯甲酸藉由單鍵、-O-、-CH 2-、-C(CH 3) 2-、-C(CF 3) 2-、-SO 2-或伸苯基連結而成之化合物等。 該等化合物可以為2個羧基酸酐化而成之化合物(例如,偏苯三甲酸酐),亦可以為至少1個羧基鹵化而成之化合物(例如,氯化偏苯三甲酸酐)。 Specific examples of tricarboxylic acid compounds include 1,2,3-propanetricarboxylic acid, 1,3,5-pentanetricarboxylic acid, citric acid, trimellitic acid, 2,3,6-naphthalenetricarboxylic acid, compounds in which phthalic acid (or phthalic anhydride) and benzoic acid are linked via a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -SO 2 - or phenylene groups, etc. These compounds may be compounds in which two carboxyl groups are anhydrified (e.g., trimellitic anhydride) or compounds in which at least one carboxyl group is halogenated (e.g., chlorotrimellityl anhydride).
式(X-2)中,L 3可以例示直鏈狀或支鏈狀的脂肪族基、環狀的脂肪族基、芳香族基或藉由單鍵或者連結基將該等連結2個以上而成之基,碳數2~20的直鏈狀的脂肪族基、碳數3~20的支鏈狀的脂肪族基、碳數3~20的環狀的脂肪族基、碳數6~20的芳香族基或藉由單鍵或者連結基將該等組合2個以上而成之基為較佳,碳數6~20的芳香族基或藉由單鍵或者連結基將碳數6~20的芳香族基組合2個以上而成之基為更佳。 作為上述連結基,-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-S(=O) 2-、伸烷基、鹵化伸烷基、伸芳基或將該等鍵結2個以上而成之連結基為較佳,-O-、-S-、伸烷基、鹵化伸烷基、伸芳基或將該等鍵結2個以上而成之連結基為更佳。 作為上述伸烷基,碳數1~20的伸烷基為較佳,碳數1~10的伸烷基為更佳,碳數1~4的伸烷基為進一步較佳。 作為上述鹵化伸烷基,碳數1~20的鹵化伸烷基為較佳,碳數1~10的鹵化伸烷基為更佳,碳數1~4的鹵化伸烷基為進一步較佳。又,作為上述鹵化伸烷基中的鹵素原子,可以列舉氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等,氟原子為較佳。上述鹵化伸烷基可以具有氫原子,亦可以所有氫原子被鹵素原子取代,但所有氫原子被鹵素原子取代為較佳。作為較佳的鹵化伸烷基的例子,可以列舉(二三氟甲基)亞甲基等。 作為上述伸芳基,伸苯基或伸萘基為較佳,伸苯基為更佳,1,3-伸苯基或1,4-伸苯基為進一步較佳。 In formula (X-2), L3 can be exemplified by a linear or branched aliphatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group, an aromatic group, or a group formed by linking two or more of these groups via a single bond or a linking group. Preferably, it is a linear aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group formed by combining two or more of these groups via a single bond or a linking group. More preferably, it is an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group formed by combining two or more aromatic groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms via a single bond or a linking group. The linking group is preferably -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -S(=O) 2- , an alkylene group, a halogenated alkylene group, an arylene group, or a linking group formed by bonding two or more of these groups, and more preferably -O-, -S-, an alkylene group, a halogenated alkylene group, an arylene group, or a linking group formed by bonding two or more of these groups. The alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The halogenated alkylene group is preferably a halogenated alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a halogenated alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably a halogenated alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. In addition, as the halogen atom in the above-mentioned halogenated alkylene group, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, etc. can be listed, and fluorine atom is preferred. The above-mentioned halogenated alkylene group may have hydrogen atoms, and all hydrogen atoms may be substituted by halogen atoms, but all hydrogen atoms are preferably substituted by halogen atoms. As examples of preferred halogenated alkylene groups, (ditrifluoromethyl)methylene can be listed. As the above-mentioned arylene group, phenylene or naphthylene is preferred, phenylene is more preferred, and 1,3-phenylene or 1,4-phenylene is further preferred.
又,X 1可以為由下述式(X-3)表示之結構、或由(X-3)表示之結構中的由X 2表示之基的氫原子或者由L 3表示之基的氫原子被由式(1-1)中的R 1表示之基取代而成之結構。 [化學式22] 式(X-3)中,X 2分別獨立地表示三價連結基,L 3表示二價連結基,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 式(X-3)中,X 2及L 3的較佳態樣與式(X-2)中的X 2及L 3的較佳態樣相同。 Furthermore, X1 may be a structure represented by the following formula (X-3), or a structure in which a hydrogen atom of a group represented by X2 or a hydrogen atom of a group represented by L3 in the structure represented by (X- 3) is substituted by a group represented by R1 in formula (1-1). [Chemical Formula 22] In formula (X-3), X2 independently represents a trivalent linking group, L3 represents a divalent linking group, and * represents a bonding site with other structures. In formula (X-3), preferred embodiments of X2 and L3 are the same as preferred embodiments of X2 and L3 in formula (X-2).
-Y 1- Y 1的碳數為4以上,4~50為較佳,4~40為更佳。 式(1-1)中,Y 1可以為含有從由上述式(V-1)~式(V-4)中的任一個表示之結構中去除2個以上的氫原子而成之結構之基。 由於其為含有從由式(V-1)~式(V-4)中的任一個表示之結構中去除2個以上的氫原子而成之結構之有機基,因此提高硬化物的耐藥品性及平坦性。 -Y 1 - The carbon number of Y 1 is 4 or more, preferably 4 to 50, and more preferably 4 to 40. In formula (1-1), Y 1 may be a group containing a structure formed by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from a structure represented by any one of formulas (V-1) to (V-4). Since it is an organic group containing a structure formed by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from a structure represented by any one of formulas (V-1) to (V-4), the chemical resistance and flatness of the cured product are improved.
當Y 1為含有從由式(V-1)表示之結構中去除2個以上的氫原子而成之結構之基時,Y 1為由下述式(V-1-2)表示之基為較佳。下述式中,*表示與式(1-1)中的Y 1所鍵結之2個氮原子的鍵結部位,n1表示1~5的整數。又,下述結構中的氫原子可以進一步被烴基等公知的取代基取代。 [化學式23] When Y1 is a group containing a structure obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from a structure represented by formula (V-1), Y1 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (V-1-2). In the following formula, * represents the bonding site of the two nitrogen atoms to which Y1 in formula (1-1) is bonded, and n1 represents an integer of 1 to 5. In addition, the hydrogen atom in the following structure may be further substituted by a known substituent such as a hydroxyl group. [Chemical Formula 23]
當Y 1為含有從由式(V-2)表示之結構中去除2個以上的氫原子而成之結構之基時,Y 1為由下述式(V-2-3)或式(V-2-4)表示之基為較佳,就降低硬化物的介電常數等方面而言,由式(V-2-4)表示之基為較佳。下述式中,L X1表示單鍵或-O-,*表示與式(1-1)中的Y 1所鍵結之2個氮原子的鍵結部位。又,R X1的較佳態樣如上所述。又,該等結構中的氫原子可以進一步被烴基等公知的取代基取代。 [化學式24] When Y1 is a group containing a structure obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from a structure represented by formula (V-2), Y1 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (V-2-3) or formula (V-2-4), and a group represented by formula (V-2-4) is preferably used in terms of lowering the dielectric constant of the cured product. In the following formula, LX1 represents a single bond or -O-, and * represents a bonding site to two nitrogen atoms bonded to Y1 in formula (1-1). In addition, the preferred embodiment of RX1 is as described above. In addition, the hydrogen atoms in these structures may be further substituted by known substituents such as alkyl groups. [Chemical Formula 24]
當Y 1為含有從由式(V-3)表示之結構中去除2個以上的氫原子而成之結構之基時,Y 1為由下述式(V-3-3)或式(V-3-4)表示之基為較佳,就降低硬化物的介電常數等方面而言,由式(V-3-3)表示之基為較佳。下述式中,*表示與式(1-1)中的Y 1所鍵結之2個氮原子的鍵結部位。又,該等結構中的氫原子可以進一步被烴基等公知的取代基取代。 [化學式25] When Y1 is a group containing a structure obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from a structure represented by formula (V-3), Y1 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (V-3-3) or formula (V-3-4). In terms of lowering the dielectric constant of the cured product, the group represented by formula (V-3-3) is more preferred. In the following formula, * represents the bonding site of the two nitrogen atoms bonded to Y1 in formula (1-1). In addition, the hydrogen atoms in these structures may be further substituted by known substituents such as alkyl groups. [Chemical Formula 25]
當Y 1為含有從由式(V-4)表示之結構中去除2個以上的氫原子而成之結構之基時,Y 1為由下述式(V-4-2)或式(V-4-3)表示之基為較佳。下述式中,*表示與式(1-1)中的Y 1所鍵結之2個氮原子的鍵結部位,n1表示0~5的整數。又,n1為0之態樣亦為本發明的較佳態樣之一。又,下述結構中的氫原子可以進一步被烴基等公知的取代基取代。 [化學式26] When Y1 is a group containing a structure obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from a structure represented by formula (V-4), Y1 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (V-4-2) or formula (V-4-3). In the following formula, * represents the bonding site of the two nitrogen atoms bonded to Y1 in formula (1-1), and n1 represents an integer of 0 to 5. In addition, the embodiment in which n1 is 0 is also one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention. In addition, the hydrogen atom in the following structure may be further substituted by a known substituent such as a hydroxyl group. [Chemical Formula 26]
此外,Y 1可以為日本特開2023-003421號公報的0042~0053段中所記載之基。 又,Y 1在結構中不含醯亞胺鍵為較佳。 又,Y 1在結構中不含胺基甲酸酯鍵、脲鍵及醯胺鍵為較佳。 此外,Y 1在結構中不含酯鍵為較佳。 在該等中,Y 1不含醯亞胺鍵、胺基甲酸酯鍵、脲鍵及醯胺鍵為較佳,不含醯亞胺鍵、胺基甲酸酯鍵、脲鍵、醯胺鍵及酯鍵為更佳。 In addition, Y1 may be a group described in paragraphs 0042 to 0053 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2023-003421. In addition, Y1 preferably does not contain an imide bond in the structure. In addition, Y1 preferably does not contain a carbamate bond, a urea bond, or an amide bond in the structure. In addition, Y1 preferably does not contain an ester bond in the structure. Among them, Y1 preferably does not contain an imide bond, a carbamate bond, a urea bond, or an amide bond, and more preferably does not contain an imide bond, a carbamate bond, a urea bond, an amide bond, or an ester bond.
在該等中,式(1-1)中的X 1及Y 1為分別含有從由上述式(V-1)~式(V-4)中的任一個表示之結構中去除2個以上的氫原子而成之結構之有機基為較佳。該等基的較佳態樣如上所述。 Among them, X1 and Y1 in formula (1-1) are preferably organic groups each containing a structure obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from a structure represented by any one of formulas (V-1) to (V-4). Preferred embodiments of these groups are as described above.
式(1-1)中,m為0~2的整數為較佳,0或1為更佳。又,m為0之態樣亦為本發明的較佳態樣之一。 式(1-1)中,n為1或2為較佳,2為更佳。 In formula (1-1), m is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and 0 or 1 is more preferably. In addition, the embodiment in which m is 0 is also one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention. In formula (1-1), n is preferably 1 or 2, and 2 is more preferably.
第二樹脂組成物含有樹脂B,該樹脂B含有由式(1-1)表示之重複單元。 樹脂B的較佳態樣除了必須含有由式(1-1)表示的重複單元以外,與樹脂A的較佳態樣相同。 The second resin composition contains resin B, and the resin B contains a repeating unit represented by formula (1-1). The preferred embodiment of resin B is the same as the preferred embodiment of resin A except that it must contain a repeating unit represented by formula (1-1).
樹脂A含有由式(1-1)表示之重複單元且具有選自由碳數6以上的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的一價脂肪族烴基、及1個以上的氫原子被碳數4以上的直鏈狀的脂肪族烴基取代而成之環狀的脂肪族烴基組成之群組中之至少一種基為較佳。 樹脂B具有選自由碳數6以上的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的一價脂肪族烴基、及1個以上的氫原子被碳數4以上的直鏈狀的脂肪族烴基取代而成之環狀的脂肪族烴基組成之群組中至少一種基為較佳。 以下,將選自由碳數6以上的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的一價脂肪族烴基、及1個以上的氫原子被碳數4以上的直鏈狀的脂肪族烴基取代而成之環狀的脂肪族烴基組成之群組中至少一種基亦記載為“特定取代基”,將碳數6以上的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的一價脂肪族烴基亦記載為特定取代基A、將1個以上的氫原子的被碳數4以上的直鏈狀的脂肪族烴基取代而成之環狀的脂肪族烴基亦記載為特定取代基B。 又,例如,當特定樹脂具有1個以上的氫原子被碳數6以上的直鏈狀的脂肪族烴基取代而成之、作為環狀的脂肪族烴基的取代基X時,可以說,該取代基X的碳數6以上的直鏈狀的脂肪族烴基對應於特定取代基A,亦可以說,取代基X整體對應於特定取代基B。 Resin A preferably contains a repeating unit represented by formula (1-1) and has at least one group selected from the group consisting of a linear or branched monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbon atoms, and a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms. Resin B preferably has at least one group selected from the group consisting of a linear or branched monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbon atoms, and a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms. Hereinafter, at least one group selected from the group consisting of a linear or branched monovalent aliphatic alkyl group having 6 or more carbon atoms and a cyclic aliphatic alkyl group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a linear aliphatic alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms is also described as a "specific substituent", a linear or branched monovalent aliphatic alkyl group having 6 or more carbon atoms is also described as a specific substituent A, and a cyclic aliphatic alkyl group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a linear aliphatic alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms is also described as a specific substituent B. Furthermore, for example, when the specific resin has a substituent X which is a cyclic aliphatic alkyl group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a linear aliphatic alkyl group having 6 or more carbon atoms, it can be said that the linear aliphatic alkyl group having 6 or more carbon atoms of the substituent X corresponds to the specific substituent A, and it can also be said that the substituent X as a whole corresponds to the specific substituent B.
-特定取代基A- 就解析度的方面而言,特定樹脂具有對應於特定取代基A的基為較佳。 特定樹脂具有碳數6以上的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基作為特定取代基A為較佳。 又,特定樹脂具有碳數6以上的直鏈狀的一價脂肪族烴基作為特定取代基A為較佳,具有碳數6以上的直鏈狀的烷基作為特定取代基A為更佳。 特定取代基A中的氫原子未經取代或者被鹵素原子取代為較佳。作為鹵素原子,氟原子為較佳。又,特定取代基A中的氫原子未經取代之態樣亦為本發明的較佳態樣之一。 特定取代基A的碳數為6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳。 -Specific substituent A- In terms of resolution, the specific resin preferably has a group corresponding to the specific substituent A. The specific resin preferably has a linear or branched alkyl group with 6 or more carbon atoms as the specific substituent A. Furthermore, the specific resin preferably has a linear monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group with 6 or more carbon atoms as the specific substituent A, and more preferably has a linear alkyl group with 6 or more carbon atoms as the specific substituent A. The hydrogen atom in the specific substituent A is preferably unsubstituted or substituted with a halogen atom. As the halogen atom, a fluorine atom is preferably used. Furthermore, the embodiment in which the hydrogen atom in the specific substituent A is unsubstituted is also one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention. The carbon number of the specific substituent A is preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 20.
-特定取代基B- 特定取代基B中的環狀的脂肪族烴基為環狀的脂肪族飽和烴基為較佳。 特定取代基B中的環狀的脂肪族烴基為5~10員環為較佳,5~8員環為更佳,6員環為進一步較佳。 特定取代基B中的環狀的脂肪族烴基可以與其他環結構縮合。作為上述其他環結構,烴環結構為較佳,脂肪族烴環結構為更佳。 特定取代基B中的碳數4以上的直鏈狀的脂肪族烴基為碳數4以上的直鏈狀的烷基為較佳。 特定取代基B中的碳數4以上的直鏈狀的脂肪族烴基的碳數為4~30為較佳,4~10為更佳,4~8為進一步較佳。 -Specific substituent B- The cyclic aliphatic alkyl group in the specific substituent B is preferably a cyclic aliphatic saturated alkyl group. The cyclic aliphatic alkyl group in the specific substituent B is preferably a 5-10 membered ring, more preferably a 5-8 membered ring, and even more preferably a 6 membered ring. The cyclic aliphatic alkyl group in the specific substituent B may be condensed with other ring structures. As the other ring structure, a hydrocarbon ring structure is preferred, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure is more preferred. The linear aliphatic alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms in the specific substituent B is preferably a linear alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms. The carbon number of the linear aliphatic alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms in the specific substituent B is preferably 4 to 30, more preferably 4 to 10, and even more preferably 4 to 8.
-特定取代基的含量- 相對於特定樹脂的數量平均分子量之特定取代基的莫耳量為0.01~10mmol/g為較佳,0.1~5mmol/g為更佳,0.1~2mmol/g為進一步較佳。 -Content of specific substituent- The molar amount of the specific substituent relative to the number average molecular weight of the specific resin is preferably 0.01 to 10 mmol/g, more preferably 0.1 to 5 mmol/g, and even more preferably 0.1 to 2 mmol/g.
當特定樹脂具有特定取代基時,樹脂可以含有具有特定取代基之基作為上述X 1或Y 1的取代基,但亦可以將其包含在特定樹脂的末端。 具體而言,特定樹脂具有由下述式(TA-1)~式(TA-3)中的任一個表示之結構為較佳。 [化學式27] 式(TA-1)中,X 31表示四價有機基,Y 31表示二價有機基,R 31表示具有選自由碳數6以上的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的一價脂肪族烴基及1個以上的氫原子被碳數4以上的直鏈狀的脂肪族烴基取代而成之環狀的脂肪族烴基組成之群組中之至少一種基之基,R 31為不含醯亞胺結構之基,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 式(TA-2)中,X 31表示四價有機基,Y 31表示二價有機基,R 32表示具有選自由碳數6以上的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的一價脂肪族烴基及1個以上的氫原子被碳數4以上的直鏈狀的脂肪族烴基取代而成之環狀的脂肪族烴基組成之群組中之至少一種基之基,R 32為不含醯亞胺結構之基,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 式(TA-3)中,X 31表示四價有機基,Y 31表示二價有機基,R 33及R 34分別獨立地表示-OH或一價有機基,R 33及R 34中的至少一者為具有選自由碳數6以上的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的一價脂肪族烴基及1個以上的氫原子被碳數4以上的直鏈狀的脂肪族烴基取代而成之環狀的脂肪族烴基組成之群組中之至少一種基之基,R 33及R 34為不含醯亞胺結構之基,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 When the specific resin has a specific substituent, the resin may contain a group having the specific substituent as a substituent of the above-mentioned X1 or Y1 , but it may also be contained at the end of the specific resin. Specifically, the specific resin preferably has a structure represented by any one of the following formulas (TA-1) to (TA-3). [Chemical Formula 27] In the formula (TA-1), X 31 represents a tetravalent organic group, Y 31 represents a divalent organic group, R 31 represents a group having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a linear or branched monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbon atoms and a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted by a linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms, R 31 is a group not containing an imide structure, and * represents a bonding site with other structures. In formula (TA-2), X 31 represents a tetravalent organic group, Y 31 represents a divalent organic group, R 32 represents a group having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a linear or branched monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbon atoms and a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted by a linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms, R 32 is a group not containing an imide structure, and * represents a bonding site with other structures. In the formula (TA-3), X 31 represents a tetravalent organic group, Y 31 represents a divalent organic group, R 33 and R 34 each independently represent -OH or a monovalent organic group, at least one of R 33 and R 34 is a group having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a linear or branched monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbon atoms and a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted by a linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms, R 33 and R 34 are groups not containing an imide structure, and * represents a bonding site with other structures.
特定樹脂在主鏈末端具有由式(TA-1)~式(TA-3)中的任一個表示之結構為較佳。 又,特定樹脂具有由式(TA-1)表示之結構為較佳。 The specific resin preferably has a structure represented by any one of formula (TA-1) to formula (TA-3) at the end of the main chain. In addition, the specific resin preferably has a structure represented by formula (TA-1).
式(TA-1)~式(TA-3)中,X 31及Y 31的較佳態樣與式(1-1)中的由X 1及m個R 1構成之基、以及由Y 1及n個R 1構成之基的較佳態樣相同。 式(TA-1)中,R 31為由下述式(R-31)表示之基為較佳。 [化學式28] 式(R-31)中,當a31為1時,L 31表示單鍵或a31+1價連結基,當a31為2以上時,L 31表示a31+1價連結基,Z 31表示單鍵、-O-或-NR N-,R N表示氫原子或一價有機基,A 1表示具有選自由碳數6以上的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的一價脂肪族烴基、及1個以上的氫原子被碳數4以上的直鏈狀的脂肪族烴基取代而成之環狀的脂肪族烴基組成之群組中之至少一種基之基,a31表示1以上的整數。 In formula (TA-1) to formula (TA-3), preferred embodiments of X 31 and Y 31 are the same as preferred embodiments of the group consisting of X 1 and m R 1s and the group consisting of Y 1 and n R 1s in formula (1-1). In formula (TA-1), R 31 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (R-31). [Chemical Formula 28] In formula (R-31), when a31 is 1, L 31 represents a single bond or an a31+1 valent linking group, when a31 is 2 or more, L 31 represents an a31+1 valent linking group, Z 31 represents a single bond, -O- or -NR N -, RN represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, A 1 represents a group having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a linear or branched monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbon atoms, and a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted by a linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms, and a31 represents an integer of 1 or more.
式(R-31)中,當a31為1時,L 31為單鍵為較佳。 式(R-31)中,當L 31為a31+1價連結基時,L 31為烴基或由烴基與選自由-O-、-C(=O)-及-NR N-組成之群組中之至少1個之組合表示之基為較佳。R N的較佳態樣如上所述。 式(R-31)中,Z 31為單鍵為較佳。 式(R-31)中,A 1的較佳態樣與上述式(R-1)中的A 1的較佳態樣相同。 式(R-31)中,a31為1~4的整數為較佳,1或2為更佳。又,a31為1之態樣亦為本發明的較佳態樣之一。 In formula (R-31), when a31 is 1, L 31 is preferably a single bond. In formula (R-31), when L 31 is an a31+1 valent linking group, L 31 is preferably a alkyl group or a group represented by a combination of a alkyl group and at least one selected from the group consisting of -O-, -C(=O)- and -NR N -. Preferred aspects of RN are as described above. In formula (R-31), Z 31 is preferably a single bond. In formula (R-31), preferred aspects of A 1 are the same as preferred aspects of A 1 in the above formula (R-1). In formula (R-31), a31 is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 or 2. Furthermore, the aspect in which a31 is 1 is also one of the better aspects of the present invention.
式(TA-2)中,R 32為由下述式(R-32)表示之基為較佳。 [化學式29] 式(R-32)中,R N表示氫原子或一價有機基,當a32為1時,L 32表示單鍵或a32+1價連結基,當a32為2以上時,L 32表示a32+1價連結基,Z 32表示單鍵、-O-或-NR N-,R N表示氫原子或一價有機基,A 1表示具有選自由碳數6以上的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的一價脂肪族烴基、及1個以上的氫原子被碳數4以上的直鏈狀的脂肪族烴基取代而成之環狀的脂肪族烴基組成之群組中之至少一種基之基,a32表示1以上的整數。 In the formula (TA-2), R 32 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (R-32). [Chemical Formula 29] In the formula (R-32), RN represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, when a32 is 1, L32 represents a single bond or an a32+1 valent linking group, when a32 is 2 or more, L32 represents an a32+1 valent linking group, Z32 represents a single bond, -O- or -NRN- , RN represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, A1 represents a group having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a linear or branched monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbon atoms and a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted by a linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms, and a32 represents an integer of 1 or more.
式(R-32)中,R N的較佳態樣如上所述。 式(R-32)中,L 32、Z 32、A 1及a32的較佳態樣與上述式(R-31)中的L 31、Z 31、A 1及a31的較佳態樣相同。 In the formula (R-32), preferred aspects of RN are as described above. In the formula (R-32), preferred aspects of L32 , Z32 , A1 and a32 are the same as preferred aspects of L31 , Z31 , A1 and a31 in the above formula (R-31).
式(TA-3)中,R 33及R 34中的至少一者為由下述式(R-33)表示之基為較佳。 [化學式30] 式(R-33)中,Z 33表示-O-或-NR N-,當a33為1時,L 33表示單鍵或a33+1價連結基,當a33為2以上時,L 33表示a33+1價連結基,Z 34表示單鍵、-O-或-NR N-,R N表示氫原子或一價有機基,A 1表示具有選自由碳數6以上的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的一價脂肪族烴基、及1個以上的氫原子被碳數4以上的直鏈狀的脂肪族烴基取代而成之環狀的脂肪族烴基組成之群組中之至少一種基之基,a33表示1以上的整數。 式(R-33)中,Z 33為-NR N-為較佳。R N的較佳態樣如上所述。 式(R-33)中,L 33、Z 34、A 1及a33的較佳態樣與上述式(R-31)中的L 31、Z 31、A 1及a31的較佳態樣相同。 In formula (TA-3), at least one of R 33 and R 34 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (R-33). [Chemical formula 30] In the formula (R-33), Z 33 represents -O- or -NR N -, when a33 is 1, L 33 represents a single bond or an a33+1 valent linking group, when a33 is 2 or more, L 33 represents an a33+1 valent linking group, Z 34 represents a single bond, -O- or -NR N -, RN represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, A 1 represents a group having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a linear or branched monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbon atoms, and a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted by a linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms, and a33 represents an integer greater than 1. In the formula (R-33), Z 33 is preferably -NR N -. Preferred embodiments of RN are as described above. In the formula (R-33), preferred aspects of L 33 , Z 34 , A 1 and a33 are the same as preferred aspects of L 31 , Z 31 , A 1 and a31 in the above-mentioned formula (R-31).
式(TA-3)中,R 33及R 34中的一者可以為-OH,亦可以為-OC 2H 5等不含特定取代基之烷氧基。 In formula (TA-3), one of R 33 and R 34 may be -OH, or may be an alkoxy group having no specific substituent such as -OC 2 H 5 .
特定樹脂可以含有由式(4)表示之重複單元。 與由式(1-1)表示之重複單元對應之重複單元設為與由式(4)表示之重複單元不對應。 [化學式31] 式(4)中,R 131表示二價有機基,R 132表示四價有機基。 The specific resin may contain a repeating unit represented by formula (4). The repeating unit corresponding to the repeating unit represented by formula (1-1) is set to be non-corresponding to the repeating unit represented by formula (4). [Chemical formula 31] In formula (4), R 131 represents a divalent organic group, and R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group.
R 131表示二價有機基。作為二價有機基,可以列舉日本特開2023-003421號公報的0042~0053段中所記載之基。該等記載被編入本說明書中。 R 131 represents a divalent organic group. Examples of the divalent organic group include those described in paragraphs 0042 to 0053 of JP-A-2023-003421. These descriptions are incorporated into this specification.
R 132表示四價有機基。作為R 132,可以列舉日本特開2023-003421號公報的0055~0057段中所記載之化合物。該等記載被編入本說明書中。 R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group. Examples of R 132 include compounds described in paragraphs 0055 to 0057 of JP-A-2023-003421. These descriptions are incorporated into the present specification.
相對於特定樹脂的總質量之由式(1-1)表示之重複單元的含量為30質量%以上為較佳,50質量%以上為更佳,70質量%以上為進一步較佳,80質量%以上為尤佳。上述含量的上限並無特別限定,亦可以為100質量%。 當特定樹脂為聚醯亞胺時,相對於特定樹脂的總質量之由式(1-1)表示之重複單元與由式(4)表示之重複單元的合計含量為50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,80質量%以上為進一步較佳,90質量%以上為尤佳。上述含量的上限並無特別限定,亦可以為100質量%。 又,當特定樹脂含有由式(1-1)表示之重複單元時,可以含有2種以上的結構不同的由式(1-1)表示之重複單元。此時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 當特定樹脂含有由式(4)表示之重複單元時,可以含有2種以上的結構不同的由式(4)表示之重複單元。此時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 The content of the repeating unit represented by formula (1-1) relative to the total mass of the specific resin is preferably 30 mass% or more, more preferably 50 mass% or more, further preferably 70 mass% or more, and particularly preferably 80 mass% or more. The upper limit of the above content is not particularly limited, and may also be 100 mass%. When the specific resin is polyimide, the total content of the repeating unit represented by formula (1-1) and the repeating unit represented by formula (4) relative to the total mass of the specific resin is preferably 50 mass% or more, more preferably 70 mass% or more, further preferably 80 mass% or more, and particularly preferably 90 mass% or more. The upper limit of the above content is not particularly limited, and may also be 100 mass%. Furthermore, when the specific resin contains a repeating unit represented by formula (1-1), it may contain two or more repeating units represented by formula (1-1) having different structures. In this case, the total amount is preferably within the above range. When the specific resin contains a repeating unit represented by formula (4), it may contain two or more repeating units represented by formula (4) having different structures. In this case, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
〔溶解速度〕 本發明的樹脂組成物含有膜厚為10μm的樹脂膜在環戊酮中的溶解速度為0.01~0.2μm/sec的樹脂作為特定樹脂為較佳。 上述溶解速度的下限為0.02μm/sec以上為較佳,0.05μm/sec以上為更佳。 上述溶解速度的上限為0.2μm/sec以下為較佳,0.15μm/sec以下為更佳。 [Dissolution rate] The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a resin having a dissolution rate of 0.01 to 0.2 μm/sec in cyclopentanone for a resin film having a film thickness of 10 μm as a specific resin. The lower limit of the above dissolution rate is preferably 0.02 μm/sec or more, and more preferably 0.05 μm/sec or more. The upper limit of the above dissolution rate is preferably 0.2 μm/sec or less, and more preferably 0.15 μm/sec or less.
用於測定特定樹脂的溶解速度之上述膜,例如,可以藉由如下方法來獲得:製備將特定樹脂溶解於溶劑中之溶液,並將上述溶液賦予至矽晶圓等基材上,並且依據需要進行乾燥。進行乾燥時,乾燥後的膜厚成為10μm。The above-mentioned film for measuring the dissolution rate of a specific resin can be obtained, for example, by preparing a solution in which a specific resin is dissolved in a solvent, applying the solution to a substrate such as a silicon wafer, and drying as needed. When drying is performed, the film thickness after drying becomes 10 μm.
作為溶解用於製備上述溶液之特定樹脂之溶劑,可以使用γ-丁內酯。若難以實施在γ-丁內酯中不溶解特定樹脂等,則可以將溶劑適當地變更為N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、二甲基亞碸等溶解特定樹脂之溶劑。 作為上述溶液中的特定樹脂的含量,相對於溶劑的總質量,能夠設為30質量%。但是,若以上述含量難以形成10μm的膜、特定樹脂的溶解度小而無法製備等,則上述含量例如亦可以適當地設定在10~60質量%之間。又,若無法獲得10μm的膜,則亦能夠藉由以能夠形成之膜厚進行測定,並將其換算成膜厚為10μm的情況來求出。 As a solvent for dissolving the specific resin used to prepare the above solution, γ-butyrolactone can be used. If it is difficult to implement that the specific resin is not dissolved in γ-butyrolactone, the solvent can be appropriately changed to a solvent that dissolves the specific resin, such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, dimethyl sulfoxide, etc. The content of the specific resin in the above solution can be set to 30% by mass relative to the total mass of the solvent. However, if it is difficult to form a 10μm film with the above content, or the solubility of the specific resin is small and cannot be prepared, the above content can also be appropriately set to, for example, between 10 and 60% by mass. Furthermore, if a 10μm film cannot be obtained, the value can be obtained by measuring the film thickness that can be formed and converting it to a film thickness of 10μm.
作為基材,能夠使用矽晶圓。在矽晶圓中,若難以形成膜厚為10μm的膜,則可以使用表面潤濕性等性質不同的其他基材。As a substrate, a silicon wafer can be used. If it is difficult to form a film with a thickness of 10 μm on a silicon wafer, other substrates with different properties such as surface wettability can be used.
作為將樹脂組成物賦予至基材上之方法,並無特別限定,只要為膜厚成為10μm之方法即可,能夠使用旋塗法。當藉由旋塗法難以形成膜厚為10μm的膜時,可以從浸塗法、氣刀塗布法、簾塗法、線棒塗布法、凹版塗布法、擠壓塗布法、噴塗法、狹縫塗布法及噴墨法等公知的方法中適當地選擇。There is no particular limitation on the method of applying the resin composition to the substrate, as long as the film thickness is 10 μm, and a spin coating method can be used. When it is difficult to form a film with a thickness of 10 μm by spin coating, a method can be appropriately selected from known methods such as dip coating, air knife coating, curtain coating, wire bar coating, gravure coating, extrusion coating, spray coating, slit coating, and inkjet.
乾燥進行至膜中的溶劑量成為0.1質量%以下為較佳。 作為乾燥條件,並無特別限定,能夠藉由利用加熱之乾燥來進行。又,當僅藉由加熱難以充分地進行乾燥時,可以進一步進行減壓。 乾燥可以在大氣下進行。但是,當在樹脂組成物中含有容易被氧改質之成分等時,亦能夠在氮氣等非活性氣體置換下、真空下等條件下進行。 作為乾燥方法,並無特別限定,但可以列舉如加熱板等。但是,當需要上述減壓、非活性氣體置換等時,亦能夠使用附減壓功能之烘箱、附氣體置換功能之烘箱等。 當進行利用加熱之乾燥時,可以在加熱溫度例如110℃進行乾燥。但是,當難以在110℃進行乾燥時,可以依據樹脂組成物中所含之溶劑的種類等,在70℃~130℃、較佳為90℃~120℃之間適當地變更乾燥溫度。 當進行利用加熱之乾燥時,作為乾燥時間(暴露於上述加熱溫度之時間),例如能夠進行5分鐘。但是,當難以在5分鐘內進行乾燥時,可以依據樹脂組成物中所含之溶劑的種類等,在30秒鐘~20分鐘、較佳為1分鐘~10分鐘之間適當地變更乾燥時間。 當進行利用加熱之乾燥時,加熱時的升溫速度並無特別限定,例如能夠設定為5℃/分鐘。當難以在上述升溫速度下進行乾燥時,可以依據樹脂組成物中所含之溶劑的種類等,在1~12℃/分鐘或2~10℃/分鐘之間適當地變更升溫速度。 It is preferred that the drying be performed until the amount of solvent in the film becomes 0.1 mass % or less. There are no particular restrictions on drying conditions, and drying can be performed by heating. Moreover, when sufficient drying is difficult to perform only by heating, decompression can be further performed. Drying can be performed in the atmosphere. However, when the resin composition contains components that are easily modified by oxygen, it can also be performed under conditions such as nitrogen replacement and vacuum. There are no particular restrictions on drying methods, but examples include a heating plate. However, when the above-mentioned decompression, inert gas replacement, etc. are required, an oven with a decompression function, an oven with a gas replacement function, etc. can also be used. When drying by heating is performed, drying can be performed at a heating temperature of, for example, 110°C. However, when drying at 110°C is difficult, the drying temperature can be appropriately changed between 70°C and 130°C, preferably between 90°C and 120°C, depending on the type of solvent contained in the resin composition. When drying by heating is performed, the drying time (time exposed to the above-mentioned heating temperature) can be, for example, 5 minutes. However, when drying within 5 minutes is difficult, the drying time can be appropriately changed between 30 seconds and 20 minutes, preferably between 1 minute and 10 minutes, depending on the type of solvent contained in the resin composition. When drying is performed by heating, the heating rate is not particularly limited, and can be set to 5°C/minute, for example. When drying is difficult at the above heating rate, the heating rate can be appropriately changed between 1-12°C/minute or 2-10°C/minute depending on the type of solvent contained in the resin composition.
膜在環戊酮中的溶解速度的測定能夠藉由將形成有膜之矽晶圓在環戊酮中浸漬15秒鐘,並利用橢圓偏光計測定浸漬前後的膜的膜厚來算出。 在不進行上述乾燥以外的加熱之狀態下,將膜浸漬於環戊酮中。 將用於浸漬之環戊酮的量設為膜的體積的30倍為較佳。 將浸漬時的環戊酮、膜及矽晶圓的溫度設為23℃。 若膜完全溶解或膜厚完全不變動,則可以適當地變更浸漬時間來算出溶解速度。 The dissolution rate of the film in cyclopentanone can be determined by immersing the silicon wafer with the film formed in cyclopentanone for 15 seconds and measuring the film thickness before and after immersion using an elliptical polarimeter. The film is immersed in cyclopentanone without heating other than the above drying. It is preferred that the amount of cyclopentanone used for immersion is 30 times the volume of the film. The temperature of cyclopentanone, film, and silicon wafer during immersion is set to 23°C. If the film is completely dissolved or the film thickness does not change at all, the dissolution rate can be calculated by appropriately changing the immersion time.
〔透射率〕 使用本發明的樹脂組成物來形成膜厚10μm的硬化物時的上述硬化物在波長365nm下的透光率為15%以上為較佳,20%以上為更佳,25%以上為進一步較佳。 上述透射率的上限並無特別限定,可以為100%。 上述硬化物例如能夠藉由如下方法來獲得:將本發明的樹脂組成物塗布於矽晶圓等基材上之後,進行乾燥,並以500mJ/cm 2的曝光能量利用i射線進行整面曝光之後,在氮氣環境下以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度升溫,並且在230℃加熱180分鐘。 透射率的測定能夠使用分光光度計進行測定。 此外,上述基材、將組成物賦予至基材上的賦予方法、乾燥方法等亦能夠藉由與上述溶解速度的測定相同的方法來進行,較佳態樣亦相同。 作為在230℃加熱180分鐘時的加熱方法,能夠使用與上述溶解速度的測定中的乾燥方法相同的方法。 [Transmittance] When the resin composition of the present invention is used to form a cured product with a film thickness of 10 μm, the transmittance of the cured product at a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably 15% or more, more preferably 20% or more, and even more preferably 25% or more. The upper limit of the transmittance is not particularly limited and can be 100%. The cured product can be obtained, for example, by the following method: after applying the resin composition of the present invention on a substrate such as a silicon wafer, drying it, and exposing the entire surface with i-rays at an exposure energy of 500 mJ/ cm2 , the temperature is increased at a heating rate of 10°C/min in a nitrogen environment, and heated at 230°C for 180 minutes. The transmittance can be measured using a spectrophotometer. In addition, the above-mentioned substrate, the method of applying the composition to the substrate, the drying method, etc. can also be carried out by the same method as the above-mentioned dissolution rate measurement, and the preferred embodiment is also the same. As the heating method when heating at 230°C for 180 minutes, the same method as the drying method in the above-mentioned dissolution rate measurement can be used.
特定樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)為3,000~100,000為較佳。 上述Mw的下限為5,000以上為較佳,8,000以上為更佳,10,000以上為進一步較佳。 上述Mw的上限為50,000以下為較佳,40,000以下為更佳,25,000以下為進一步較佳。 藉由將重量平均分子量設為3,000以上,能夠提高硬化後的膜的耐折性。為了獲得機械特性(例如,斷裂伸長率)優異的有機膜,重量平均分子量為5,000以上尤佳。 特定樹脂的數量平均分子量(Mn)為1,000~40,000為較佳,2,000~30,000為更佳,5,000~20,000為進一步較佳。 特定樹脂的分子量的分散度為1.5以上為較佳,1.8以上為更佳,2.0以上為進一步較佳。聚醯亞胺的分子量的分散度的上限值並無特別限定,例如,7.0以下為較佳,6.5以下為更佳,6.0以下為進一步較佳,4.5以下為更進一步較佳,3.0以下為尤佳。 在本說明書中,分子量的分散度為藉由重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量算出之值。 當樹脂組成物含有複數種樹脂作為特定樹脂時,至少1種樹脂的重量平均分子量、數量平均分子量及分散度在上述範圍內為較佳。將上述複數種樹脂作為1種樹脂而算出之重量平均分子量、數量平均分子量及分散度分別在上述範圍內亦較佳。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the specific resin is preferably 3,000 to 100,000. The lower limit of the Mw is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 8,000 or more, and even more preferably 10,000 or more. The upper limit of the Mw is preferably 50,000 or less, more preferably 40,000 or less, and even more preferably 25,000 or less. By setting the weight average molecular weight to 3,000 or more, the folding resistance of the cured film can be improved. In order to obtain an organic film with excellent mechanical properties (e.g., elongation at break), the weight average molecular weight is particularly preferably 5,000 or more. The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the specific resin is preferably 1,000 to 40,000, more preferably 2,000 to 30,000, and further preferably 5,000 to 20,000. The molecular weight dispersion of the specific resin is preferably 1.5 or more, more preferably 1.8 or more, and further preferably 2.0 or more. The upper limit of the molecular weight dispersion of the polyimide is not particularly limited, for example, preferably 7.0 or less, more preferably 6.5 or less, further preferably 6.0 or less, further preferably 4.5 or less, and particularly preferably 3.0 or less. In this specification, the molecular weight dispersion is a value calculated by weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight. When the resin composition contains multiple resins as specific resins, it is preferred that the weight average molecular weight, number average molecular weight and dispersion of at least one resin are within the above ranges. It is also preferred that the weight average molecular weight, number average molecular weight and dispersion calculated by treating the multiple resins as one resin are within the above ranges.
〔特定樹脂的製造方法〕 特定樹脂例如能夠利用如下方法獲得:在低溫中使四羧酸二酐與二胺反應之方法、在低溫中使四羧酸二酐與二胺反應來獲得聚醯胺酸並用縮合劑或烷基化劑酯化之方法、藉由四羧酸二酐及醇獲得二酯之後使其在二胺及縮合劑的存在下反應之方法、藉由四羧酸二酐及醇獲得二酯之後用鹵化劑鹵化剩餘的二羧酸並使其與二胺反應之方法等。在上述製造方法中,藉由四羧酸二酐與醇獲得二酯之後用鹵化劑鹵化剩餘的二羧酸並使其與二胺反應之方法為更佳。 作為上述縮合劑,例如可以列舉二環己基碳二亞胺、二異丙基碳二亞胺、1-乙氧基羰基-2-乙氧基-1,2-二氫喹啉、1,1-羰基二氧基-二-1,2,3-苯并三唑、N,N’-二琥珀醯亞胺碳酸酯、三氟乙酸酐等。 作為上述烷基化劑,可以列舉N,N-二甲基甲醯胺二甲基縮醛、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺二乙基縮醛、N,N-二烷基甲醯胺二烷基縮醛、原甲酸三甲酯、原甲酸三乙酯等。 作為上述鹵化劑,可以列舉亞硫醯氯、草醯氯、磷醯氯等。 又,在作為特定樹脂而欲要獲得聚醯亞胺之情況下,能夠利用如下方法進行合成:使用已知的醯亞胺化反應法將藉由上述方法獲得之樹脂完全醯亞胺化之方法;或在中途停止醯亞胺化反應,導入一部分醯亞胺結構之方法;進而藉由將完全醯亞胺化之聚合物與該聚醯亞胺前驅物進行混合,導入一部分醯亞胺結構之方法。又,亦能夠應用其他公知的聚醯亞胺的合成方法。 特定樹脂的製造方法中,進行反應時,使用有機溶劑為較佳。有機溶劑可以為1種,亦可以為2種以上。 作為有機溶劑,能夠依據原料適當確定,可例示吡啶、二乙二醇二甲醚(二甘二甲醚)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮、N-乙基吡咯啶酮、丙酸乙酯、二甲基乙醯胺、二甲基甲醯胺、四氫呋喃、γ-丁內酯等。 在特定樹脂的製造方法中,進行反應時添加鹼性化合物為較佳。鹼性化合物可以為1種,亦可以為2種以上。 鹼性化合物能夠依據原料適當確定,可以例示三乙胺、二異丙基乙胺、吡啶、1,8-二吖雙環[5.4.0]十一-7-烯、N,N-二甲基-4-胺吡啶等。 [Method for producing specific resin] The specific resin can be obtained by, for example, the following methods: a method of reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride with diamine at low temperature, a method of reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride with diamine at low temperature to obtain polyamide and esterifying with a condensation agent or an alkylating agent, a method of obtaining a diester from tetracarboxylic dianhydride and alcohol and then reacting the diester in the presence of diamine and a condensation agent, a method of obtaining a diester from tetracarboxylic dianhydride and alcohol and then halogenating the remaining dicarboxylic acid with a halogenating agent and then reacting the diester with diamine, etc. Among the above-mentioned production methods, the method of obtaining a diester from tetracarboxylic dianhydride and alcohol and then halogenating the remaining dicarboxylic acid with a halogenating agent and then reacting the diester with diamine is more preferred. Examples of the condensing agent include dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, diisopropylcarbodiimide, 1-ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethoxy-1,2-dihydroquinoline, 1,1-carbonyldioxy-di-1,2,3-benzotriazole, N,N'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, trifluoroacetic anhydride, and the like. Examples of the alkylating agent include N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diethyl acetal, N,N-dialkylformamide dialkyl acetal, trimethyl orthoformate, triethyl orthoformate, and the like. Examples of the halogenating agent include sulfinyl chloride, oxalyl chloride, phosphinoyl chloride, and the like. Furthermore, when polyimide is to be obtained as a specific resin, the following method can be used for synthesis: a method of completely imidizing the resin obtained by the above method using a known imidization reaction method; or a method of stopping the imidization reaction midway and introducing a part of the imide structure; and further a method of introducing a part of the imide structure by mixing the completely imidized polymer with the polyimide precursor. In addition, other known methods for synthesizing polyimide can also be applied. In the method for producing a specific resin, it is preferred to use an organic solvent when performing the reaction. The organic solvent may be one or more. As an organic solvent, it can be appropriately determined according to the raw material, and examples thereof include pyridine, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (DME), N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, ethyl propionate, dimethylacetamide, dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, γ-butyrolactone, etc. In the method for producing a specific resin, it is preferred to add an alkaline compound during the reaction. The alkaline compound may be one or more. The alkaline compound can be appropriately determined according to the raw material, and examples thereof include triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, N,N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine, etc.
-封端劑- 在特定樹脂的製造方法中,為了進一步提高保存穩定性,對殘存於特定樹脂的樹脂末端之羧酸酐、酸酐衍生物或者胺基進行封端為較佳。對殘存於樹脂末端之羧酸酐及酸酐衍生物進行封端時,作為封端劑,可以列舉單醇、苯酚、硫醇、苯硫酚、單胺等,從反應性、膜的穩定性而言,使用單醇、酚類、單胺為更佳。作為單醇的較佳化合物,可以列舉甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、己醇、辛醇、十二醇、苯甲醇、2-苯基乙醇、2-甲氧基乙醇、2-氯甲醇、糠醇等一級醇、異丙醇、2-丁醇、環己醇、環戊醇、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇等二級醇、三級丁醇、金剛烷醇等三級醇。作為酚類的較佳化合物,可以列舉苯酚、甲氧基苯酚、甲基苯酚、萘-1-醇、萘-2-醇、羥基苯乙烯等酚類等。又,作為單胺的較佳化合物,可以列舉苯胺、2-乙炔基苯胺、3-乙炔基苯胺、4-乙炔基苯胺、5-胺基-8-羥喹啉、1-羥基-7-胺萘、1-羥基-6-胺萘、1-羥基-5-胺萘、1-羥基-4-胺萘、2-羥基-7-胺萘、2-羥基-6-胺萘、2-羥基-5-胺萘、1-羧基-7-胺萘、1-羧基-6-胺萘、1-羧基-5-胺萘、2-羧基-7-胺萘、2-羧基-6-胺萘、2-羧基-5-胺萘、2-胺基苯甲酸、3-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基水楊酸、5-胺基水楊酸、6-胺基水楊酸、2-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基苯磺酸、4-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基-4,6-二羥基嘧啶、2-胺基苯酚、3-胺基苯酚、4-胺基苯酚、2-胺基苯硫酚、3-胺基苯硫酚、4-胺基苯硫酚等。該等可以使用2種以上,亦可以藉由使複數種封端劑反應而導入複數種不同的末端基。 又,對樹脂末端的胺基進行封端時,能夠用具有可與胺基反應之官能基之化合物進行封端。對胺基較佳的封端劑為羧酸酐、羧酸氯化物、羧酸溴化物、磺酸氯化物、磺酸酐、磺酸羧酸酐等為較佳,羧酸酐、羧酸氯化物為更佳。作為羧酸酐的較佳化合物,可以列舉乙酸酐、丙酸酐、草酸酐、琥珀酸酐、順丁烯二酸酐、鄰苯二甲酸酐、苯甲酸酐、5-降莰烯-2,3-二羧酸酐等。又,作為羧酸氯化物的較佳化合物,可以列舉乙醯氯、丙烯醯氯、丙醯氯、甲基丙烯醯氯、新戊醯氯、環己烷甲醯氯、2-乙基己醯氯、桂皮醯氯、1-金剛烷甲醯氯、七氟丁醯氯、硬脂醯氯、苯甲醯氯等。 此外,亦可以使樹脂的末端與對胺基苯酚等具有胺基和羥基之化合物中的胺基酸進行反應之後,使上述羥基與6-順丁烯二醯亞胺己醯氯等與羥基反應之化合物進行反應。藉由此種反應,亦能夠將順丁烯二醯亞胺基導入到特定樹脂的末端中。 又,藉由使用具有順丁烯二醯亞胺基等聚合性基之二胺作為聚合特定樹脂時的原料亦即二胺,亦能夠將聚合性基導入到特定樹脂中。 -Capping agent- In the method for producing a specific resin, in order to further improve the storage stability, it is preferred to cap the carboxylic anhydride, anhydride derivative or amine group remaining at the resin end of the specific resin. When capping the carboxylic anhydride and anhydride derivative remaining at the resin end, monoalcohols, phenols, thiols, thiophenols, monoamines, etc. can be listed as the capping agent. In terms of reactivity and film stability, monoalcohols, phenols, and monoamines are more preferred. Preferred monoalcohol compounds include primary alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, octanol, dodecanol, benzyl alcohol, 2-phenylethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, 2-chloromethanol, and furfuryl alcohol, secondary alcohols such as isopropanol, 2-butanol, cyclohexanol, cyclopentanol, and 1-methoxy-2-propanol, and tertiary alcohols such as tertiary butanol and adamantanol. Preferred phenol compounds include phenols such as phenol, methoxyphenol, methylphenol, naphthalene-1-ol, naphthalene-2-ol, and hydroxystyrene. Moreover, as preferred monoamine compounds, there can be mentioned aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy -7-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-amino-4,6-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol, 3-aminothiophenol, 4-aminothiophenol, etc. Two or more of these can be used, and multiple different terminal groups can be introduced by reacting multiple end-capping agents. In addition, when the amine group at the end of the resin is capped, it can be capped with a compound having a functional group that can react with the amine group. Preferable end-capping agents for amino groups are carboxylic anhydride, carboxylic acid chloride, carboxylic acid bromide, sulfonic acid chloride, sulfonic acid anhydride, sulfonic acid carboxylic anhydride, etc., and carboxylic acid anhydride and carboxylic acid chloride are more preferred. Preferable compounds of carboxylic anhydride include acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, oxalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, benzoic anhydride, 5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride, etc. Preferable compounds of carboxylic acid chloride include acetyl chloride, acryloyl chloride, propionyl chloride, methacryloyl chloride, neopentanoyl chloride, cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride, 2-ethylhexanoyl chloride, cinnamyl chloride, 1-adamantanecarbonyl chloride, heptafluorobutyl chloride, stearyl chloride, benzoyl chloride, etc. In addition, the end of the resin can be reacted with an amino acid in a compound having an amino group and a hydroxyl group, such as p-aminophenol, and then the hydroxyl group can be reacted with a compound that reacts with a hydroxyl group, such as 6-butenediimidehexyl chloride. By such a reaction, a cis-butenediimide group can be introduced into the end of a specific resin. In addition, by using a diamine having a polymerizable group such as a cis-butenediimide group as a raw material, i.e., a diamine, when polymerizing a specific resin, a polymerizable group can be introduced into the specific resin.
此外,藉由使由下述式(T-1)表示之化合物與末端為羧酸(或羧酸酐)的樹脂進行反應,能夠將由上述式(TA-1)或式(TA-3)表示之結構導入到樹脂中。 [化學式32] 式(T-1)中,當a31為1時,L 31表示單鍵或a31+1價連結基,當a31為2以上時,L 31表示a31+1價連結基,Z 31表示單鍵、-O-或-NR N-,R N表示氫原子或一價有機基,A 1表示具有選自由碳數6以上的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的一價脂肪族烴基、及1個以上的氫原子被碳數4以上的直鏈狀的脂肪族烴基取代而成之環狀的脂肪族烴基組成之群組中之至少一種基之基,a31表示1以上的整數。 式(T-1)中,L 31、Z 31、A 1及a31的較佳態樣與式(R-31)中的L 31、Z 31、A 1及a31的較佳態樣相同。 Furthermore, by reacting a compound represented by the following formula (T-1) with a resin having a carboxylic acid (or carboxylic anhydride) at the end, the structure represented by the above formula (TA-1) or formula (TA-3) can be introduced into the resin. [Chemical formula 32] In formula (T-1), when a31 is 1, L 31 represents a single bond or an a31+1 valent linking group, when a31 is 2 or more, L 31 represents an a31+1 valent linking group, Z 31 represents a single bond, -O- or -NR N -, RN represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, A 1 represents a group having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a linear or branched monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbon atoms, and a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted by a linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms, and a31 represents an integer of 1 or more. In the formula (T-1), preferred embodiments of L 31 , Z 31 , A 1 and a31 are the same as preferred embodiments of L 31 , Z 31 , A 1 and a31 in the formula (R-31).
又,藉由使由下述式(T-2)表示之化合物與末端為胺基的樹脂進行反應,能夠將由上述式(TA-2)表示之結構導入到樹脂中。 [化學式33] 式(T-2)中,R T表示氫原子或鹵素原子,R N表示氫原子或一價有機基,當a32為1時,L 32表示單鍵或a32+1價連結基,當a32為2以上時,L 32表示a32+1價連結基,Z 32表示單鍵、-O-或-NR N-,R N表示氫原子或一價有機基,A 1表示具有選自由碳數6以上的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的一價脂肪族烴基、及1個以上的氫原子被碳數4以上的直鏈狀的脂肪族烴基取代而成之環狀的脂肪族烴基組成之群組中之至少一種基之基,a32表示1以上的整數。 Furthermore, by reacting a compound represented by the following formula (T-2) with a resin having an amine group at the end, the structure represented by the above formula (TA-2) can be introduced into the resin. [Chemical formula 33] In formula (T-2), RT represents a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, RN represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, when a32 is 1, L32 represents a single bond or an a32+1 valent linking group, when a32 is 2 or more, L32 represents an a32+1 valent linking group, Z32 represents a single bond, -O- or -NRN- , RN represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, A1 represents a group having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a linear or branched monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbon atoms and a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted by a linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms, and a32 represents an integer of 1 or more.
式(T-2)中,R T為氫原子或氯原子為較佳。 式(T-2)中,L 32、Z 32、A 1及a32的較佳態樣與式(R-32)中的L 32、Z 32、A 1及a32的較佳態樣相同。 In formula (T-2), RT is preferably a hydrogen atom or a chlorine atom. In formula (T-2), preferred embodiments of L 32 , Z 32 , A 1 and a32 are the same as preferred embodiments of L 32 , Z 32 , A 1 and a32 in formula (R-32).
此外,藉由使由下述式(T-3)表示之化合物與末端為羧酸(或羧酸酐)的樹脂進行反應,能夠將由上述式(TA-3)表示之結構導入到樹脂中。 [化學式34] 式(T-3)中,當a31為1時,L 31表示單鍵或a31+1價連結基,當a31為2以上時,L 31表示a31+1價連結基,Z 31表示單鍵、-O-或-NR N-,R N表示氫原子或一價有機基,A 1表示具有選自由碳數6以上的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的一價脂肪族烴基、及1個以上的氫原子被碳數4以上的直鏈狀的脂肪族烴基取代而成之環狀的脂肪族烴基組成之群組中之至少一種基之基,a31表示1以上的整數。 式(T-3)中,L 31、Z 31、A 1及a31的較佳態樣與式(R-31)中的L 31、Z 31、A 1及a31的較佳態樣相同。 Furthermore, by reacting a compound represented by the following formula (T-3) with a resin having a carboxylic acid (or carboxylic anhydride) at the end, the structure represented by the above formula (TA-3) can be introduced into the resin. [Chemical formula 34] In formula (T-3), when a31 is 1, L 31 represents a single bond or an a31+1 valent linking group, when a31 is 2 or more, L 31 represents an a31+1 valent linking group, Z 31 represents a single bond, -O- or -NR N -, RN represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, A 1 represents a group having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a linear or branched monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbon atoms, and a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted by a linear aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms, and a31 represents an integer of 1 or more. In the formula (T-3), preferred embodiments of L 31 , Z 31 , A 1 and a31 are the same as preferred embodiments of L 31 , Z 31 , A 1 and a31 in the formula (R-31).
-固體析出- 在特定樹脂的製造方法中,可以包括析出固體之步驟。具體而言,依據需要濾取反應液中共存之脫水縮合劑的吸水副產物之後,在水、脂肪族低級醇或其混合液等不良溶劑中投入所獲得之聚合物成分並析出聚合物成分,藉此使其以固體析出並進行乾燥而能夠獲得特定樹脂。為了提高純化度,可以對特定樹脂反覆進行再溶解、再沉澱析出、乾燥等操作。亦可以進一步包括使用離子交換樹脂去除離子性雜質之步驟。 -Solid precipitation- The method for producing a specific resin may include a step of solid precipitation. Specifically, after filtering the water absorption byproduct of the dehydration condensation agent coexisting in the reaction solution as needed, the obtained polymer component is added to a poor solvent such as water, aliphatic lower alcohol or a mixture thereof to precipitate the polymer component, thereby precipitating it as a solid and drying it to obtain the specific resin. In order to increase the degree of purification, the specific resin may be repeatedly subjected to operations such as redissolution, reprecipitation, and drying. It may also further include a step of removing ionic impurities using an ion exchange resin.
〔具體例〕 作為特定樹脂的具體例,可以列舉後述之實施例中的聚醯亞胺SP-1~SP-23等,但本發明並不限定於此。 [Specific example] As specific examples of the specific resin, polyimide SP-1 to SP-23 in the embodiments described below can be cited, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
〔含量〕 相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,本發明的樹脂組成物中的特定樹脂的含量為20質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,40質量%以上為進一步較佳,50質量%以上為更進一步較佳,60質量%以上為最佳。又,相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,本發明的樹脂組成物中的樹脂的含量為99.5質量%以下為較佳,99質量%以下為更佳,98質量%以下為進一步較佳,97質量%以下為更進一步較佳,95質量%以下為再進一步較佳。 本發明的樹脂組成物可以僅含有1種特定樹脂,亦可以含有2種以上的特定樹脂。當含有2種以上時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 [Content] The content of the specific resin in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, and most preferably 60% by mass or more relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. Furthermore, the content of the resin in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, more preferably 99% by mass or less, more preferably 98% by mass or less, more preferably 97% by mass or less, and even more preferably 95% by mass or less relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. The resin composition of the present invention may contain only one specific resin, or may contain two or more specific resins. When containing two or more types, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
本發明的樹脂組成物含有至少2種樹脂亦較佳。 具體而言,本發明的樹脂組成物可以合計含有2種以上的特定樹脂和後述之其他樹脂,亦可以含有2種以上的特定樹脂,但含有2種以上的特定樹脂為較佳。 The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least two resins. Specifically, the resin composition of the present invention may contain two or more specific resins and other resins described below in total, or may contain two or more specific resins, but it is preferred to contain two or more specific resins.
<樹脂A2> 第一樹脂組成物進一步含有作為聚醯亞胺前驅物之樹脂A2為較佳。 樹脂A2含有由下述式(3-1)表示之重複單元為較佳。 [化學式35] 式(3-1)中,X 3表示碳數4以上的有機基,Y 3表示碳數4以上的有機基,A 3及A 4分別獨立地表示氧原子或-NR N-,R N表示氫原子或一價有機基,R 3及R 4分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價有機基,R 2分別獨立地表示由下述式(R-2)表示之基,n表示0以上的整數。 [化學式36] 式(R-2)中,L 2表示b2+1價連結基,Z 2表示b1+1價有機基,A 2表示甲基丙烯醯氧基、丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯胺基、丙烯醯胺基、乙烯基、苯乙烯基、烯丙基或乙烯基醚基,b1表示1以上且Z 2的最大取代基數以下的整數,b2表示1以上的整數,*表示與式(2-1)的Y 2或式(3-1)中的Y 3的鍵結部位。 <Resin A2> The first resin composition preferably further contains a resin A2 which is a polyimide precursor. Resin A2 preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3-1). [Chemical Formula 35] In formula (3-1), X 3 represents an organic group having 4 or more carbon atoms, Y 3 represents an organic group having 4 or more carbon atoms, A 3 and A 4 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -NR N -, RN each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R 2 each independently represents a group represented by the following formula (R-2), and n represents an integer greater than 0. [Chemical Formula 36] In formula (R-2), L2 represents a b2+1 valent linking group, Z2 represents a b1+1 valent organic group, A2 represents a methacryloyloxy group, an acryloxy group, a methacrylamide group, an acrylamide group, a vinyl group, a styryl group, an allyl group or a vinyl ether group, b1 represents an integer greater than 1 and less than the maximum number of substituents of Z2 , b2 represents an integer greater than 1, and * represents a bonding site with Y2 in formula (2-1) or Y3 in formula (3-1).
式(3-1)中,X 3及Y 3的較佳態樣與上述式(1-1)中的X 1及Y 1的較佳態樣相同。 In formula (3-1), preferred embodiments of X3 and Y3 are the same as preferred embodiments of X1 and Y1 in formula (1-1).
式(3-1)中,A 3及A 4均為氧原子為較佳。R N的較佳態樣如上所述。 In formula (3-1), A3 and A4 are preferably both oxygen atoms. Preferred embodiments of RN are as described above.
式(3-1)中,R 3及R 4分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價有機基。作為一價有機基,含有直鏈或支鏈的烷基、環狀烷基、芳香族基或聚伸烷氧基為較佳。又,R 3及R 4中的至少一者含有聚合性基為較佳,兩者均含有聚合性基為更佳。R 3及R 4中的至少一者含有2個以上的聚合性基亦較佳。作為聚合性基,係能夠藉由熱、自由基等的作用進行交聯反應之基,自由基聚合性基為較佳。作為聚合性基的具體例,可以列舉具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基、烷氧基甲基、羥甲基、醯氧基甲基、環氧基、氧雜環丁烷基、苯并㗁唑基、封閉異氰酸酯基、胺基。作為聚醯亞胺前驅物所具有之自由基聚合性基,具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基為較佳。 作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基,可以列舉乙烯基、烯丙基、異烯丙基、2-甲基烯丙基、具有與乙烯基直接鍵結之芳香環之基(例如乙烯基苯基等)、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、由下述式(III)表示之基等,由下述式(III)表示之基為較佳。 In formula (3-1), R3 and R4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. As the monovalent organic group, a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, an aromatic group or a polyalkylene group is preferred. Furthermore, at least one of R3 and R4 preferably contains a polymerizable group, and it is more preferred that both contain a polymerizable group. It is also preferred that at least one of R3 and R4 contains two or more polymerizable groups. As the polymerizable group, a group capable of undergoing a crosslinking reaction by the action of heat, free radicals, etc. is preferred, and a free radical polymerizable group is preferred. Specific examples of polymerizable groups include groups having ethylenic unsaturated bonds, alkoxymethyl groups, hydroxymethyl groups, acyloxymethyl groups, epoxy groups, cyclohexyl groups, benzoxazolyl groups, blocked isocyanate groups, and amino groups. As free radical polymerizable groups possessed by the polyimide precursor, groups having ethylenic unsaturated bonds are preferred. As groups having ethylenic unsaturated bonds, vinyl groups, allyl groups, isoallyl groups, 2-methylallyl groups, groups having aromatic rings directly bonded to vinyl groups (e.g., vinylphenyl groups), (meth)acrylamide groups, (meth)acryloyloxy groups, groups represented by the following formula (III), and the like are preferred. Groups represented by the following formula (III) are preferred.
[化學式37] [Chemical formula 37]
式(III)中,R 200表示氫原子、甲基、乙基或羥甲基,氫原子或甲基為較佳。 式(III)中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 式(III)中,R 201表示碳數2~12的伸烷基、-CH 2CH(OH)CH 2-、伸環烷基或聚伸烷氧基。 較佳的R 201的例子可以列舉伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基、八亞甲基、十二亞甲基等伸烷基、1,2-丁烷二基、1,3-丁烷二基、-CH 2CH(OH)CH 2-、聚伸烷氧基,伸乙基、伸丙基等伸烷基、-CH 2CH(OH)CH 2-、環己基、聚伸烷氧基為更佳,伸乙基、伸丙基等伸烷基或聚伸烷氧基為進一步較佳。 在本發明中,聚伸烷氧基係指2個以上的伸烷氧基直接鍵結而成之基。聚伸烷氧基中所含之複數個伸烷氧基中的伸烷基分別可以相同或不同。 當聚伸烷氧基包含伸烷基不同之複數種伸烷氧基時,聚伸烷氧基中的伸烷氧基的排列可以為無規排列,亦可以為具有嵌段之排列,亦可以為具有交替等圖案之排列。 上述伸烷基的碳數(伸烷基具有取代基的情況下,包括取代基的碳數)為2以上為較佳,2~10為更佳,2~6為更佳,2~5為進一步較佳,2~4為更進一步較佳,2或3為尤佳,2為最佳。 又,上述伸烷基可以具有取代基。作為較佳取代基,可以列舉烷基、芳基、鹵素原子等。 又,聚伸烷氧基中所含之伸烷氧基的數量(聚伸烷氧基的重複數)為2~20為較佳,2~10為更佳,2~6為進一步較佳。 作為聚伸烷氧基,就溶劑溶解性及耐溶劑性的方面而言,聚乙烯氧基、聚丙烯氧基、聚三亞甲氧基、聚四亞甲氧基或複數個乙烯氧基與複數個丙烯氧基鍵結之基為較佳,聚乙烯氧基或聚丙烯氧基為更佳,聚乙烯氧基為進一步較佳。在上述複數個乙烯氧基與複數個丙烯氧基鍵結而成之基中,乙烯氧基和丙烯氧基可以無規排列,亦可以形成嵌段來排列,亦可以排列成交替等圖案狀。該等基中的乙烯氧基等的重複數的較佳態樣如上所述。 In formula (III), R 200 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group or a hydroxymethyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. In formula (III), * represents a bonding site with other structures. In formula (III), R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 -, a cycloalkylene group or a polyalkylene group. Preferred examples of R 201 include alkylene groups such as ethylene, propylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, octamethylene, dodecamethylene, 1,2-butanediyl, 1,3-butanediyl, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 -, polyalkyleneoxy groups, more preferred alkylene groups such as ethylene and propylene, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 -, cyclohexyl, polyalkyleneoxy groups, and even more preferred alkylene groups such as ethylene and propylene or polyalkyleneoxy groups. In the present invention, polyalkyleneoxy groups refer to groups formed by direct bonding of two or more alkyleneoxy groups. The alkylene groups in the plurality of alkyleneoxy groups contained in the polyalkyleneoxy group may be the same or different. When the polyalkoxyl group includes a plurality of alkoxyl groups with different alkylene groups, the arrangement of the alkoxyl groups in the polyalkoxyl group may be a random arrangement, a block arrangement, or an alternating arrangement. The carbon number of the alkylene group (including the carbon number of the substituent when the alkylene group has a substituent) is preferably 2 or more, 2 to 10 is more preferred, 2 to 6 is more preferred, 2 to 5 is further preferred, 2 to 4 is further preferred, 2 or 3 is particularly preferred, and 2 is the most preferred. In addition, the alkylene group may have a substituent. As preferred substituents, alkyl groups, aryl groups, halogen atoms, etc. can be listed. In addition, the number of alkoxyl groups contained in the polyalkoxyl group (the number of repetitions of the polyalkoxyl group) is preferably 2 to 20, 2 to 10 is more preferred, and 2 to 6 is further preferred. As the polyalkyleneoxy group, polyethyleneoxy, polypropyleneoxy, polytrimethyleneoxy, polytetramethyleneoxy or a group in which a plurality of ethyleneoxy groups and a plurality of propyleneoxy groups are bonded are preferred in terms of solvent solubility and solvent resistance, polyethyleneoxy or polypropyleneoxy is more preferred, and polyethyleneoxy is further preferred. In the group in which a plurality of ethyleneoxy groups and a plurality of propyleneoxy groups are bonded, the ethyleneoxy groups and the propyleneoxy groups may be arranged randomly, may be arranged in blocks, may be arranged in alternating patterns, etc. The preferred aspect of the number of repetitions of the ethyleneoxy group and the like in these groups is as described above.
式(3-1)中,當R 3為氫原子時或R 4為氫原子時,聚醯亞胺前驅物可以與具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之三級胺化合物形成共軛鹼。作為此種具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之三級胺化合物的例子,可以列舉N,N-二甲胺基丙基甲基丙烯酸酯。 In formula (3-1), when R 3 is a hydrogen atom or R 4 is a hydrogen atom, the polyimide precursor can form a conjugate with a tertiary amine compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. An example of such a tertiary amine compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is N,N-dimethylaminopropyl methacrylate.
式(3-1)中,R 3及R 4為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基且X 3含有從由式(V-1)~(V-4)中的任一個表示之結構中去除2個以上的氫原子而成之結構為較佳。從由(V-1)~(V-4)中的任一個表示之結構中去除2個以上的氫原子而成之結構的較佳態樣如上所述。 In formula (3-1), R3 and R4 are groups having ethylenically unsaturated bonds and X3 preferably has a structure formed by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from a structure represented by any one of formulas (V-1) to (V-4). Preferred embodiments of the structure formed by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from a structure represented by any one of formulas (V-1) to (V-4) are as described above.
式(R-2)中,L 2為由下述式(L-2)表示之基為較佳。 [化學式38] 式(L-2)中,L x2表示b2+1價連結基,b2表示1以上的整數,*表示與式(1-1)中的Y 1的鍵結部位,#表示與式(R-2)中的Z 2的鍵結部位。 L x2為伸烷基為較佳,碳數1~10的伸烷基為更佳,碳數1~4的伸烷基為進一步較佳,亞甲基為尤佳。 式(L-2)中的b2的較佳態樣與式(R-2)中的b2的較佳態樣相同。 In formula (R-2), L2 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (L-2). [Chemical Formula 38] In formula (L-2), Lx2 represents a b2+1 valent linking group, b2 represents an integer greater than 1, * represents a bonding site with Y1 in formula (1-1), and # represents a bonding site with Z2 in formula (R-2). Lx2 is preferably an alkylene group, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, further preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a methylene group. Preferred aspects of b2 in formula (L-2) are the same as preferred aspects of b2 in formula (R-2).
式(R-2)中的Z 2表示b1+1價有機基,芳香族基或脂肪族烴環基為較佳,芳香族基為更佳。 作為芳香族基,可以為芳香族烴基或雜芳香環基中的任一種,但芳香族烴環基或含有氮原子作為環員之雜芳香環基為較佳。 作為芳香族烴環基中的芳香族烴環,碳數6~20的芳香族烴環為較佳,碳數6~10的芳香族烴環為更佳,苯環為進一步較佳。 作為雜芳香族環基中的雜芳香族環,例如,可以列舉呋喃環、苯并呋喃環、噻吩環、苯并噻吩環、吡咯環、咪唑環、三唑環、四唑環、㗁唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、吡𠯤環、三𠯤環、吲哚環、吲唑環、苯并咪唑環、嘌呤環等。 作為環狀脂肪族基中的脂肪族環,例如,可以列舉碳數5~20的脂肪族烴環、吡咯啶環、吡咯啉環、吡唑啶環、咪唑啶環、四氫呋喃環、四氫噻吩環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、四氫哌喃環、二㗁烷環、𠰌啉環等。 在該等中,作為Z 2,苯環、環己烷環或金剛烷環為較佳,苯環為更佳。 Z2 in the formula (R-2) represents a b1+1 valent organic group, preferably an aromatic group or an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group, and more preferably an aromatic group. The aromatic group may be any of an aromatic hydrocarbon group and a heteroaromatic ring group, but an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group or a heteroaromatic ring group containing a nitrogen atom as a ring member is preferred. As the aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferred, and a benzene ring is further preferred. Examples of the heteroaromatic ring in the heteroaromatic ring group include a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, a tetrazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridine ring, a pyridine ring, a triazole ring, an indole ring, an indazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, and a purine ring. Examples of the aliphatic ring in the cyclic aliphatic group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring having 5 to 20 carbon atoms, a pyrrolidine ring, a pyrroline ring, a pyrazolidine ring, an imidazolidinyl ring, a tetrahydrofuran ring, a tetrahydrothiophene ring, a piperidine ring, a piperidine ring, a tetrahydropyran ring, a dioxane ring, and an oxoquinoline ring. Among these, Z 2 is preferably a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring, or an adamantane ring, and more preferably a benzene ring.
式(R-2)中的A 2為甲基丙烯醯氧基、丙烯醯氧基、乙烯基或乙烯基醚基為較佳,乙烯基或乙烯基醚基為更佳,乙烯基為進一步較佳。 A2 in the formula (R-2) is preferably a methacryloyloxy group, an acryloxy group, a vinyl group or a vinyl ether group, more preferably a vinyl group or a vinyl ether group, and even more preferably a vinyl group.
式(R-2)中,b1為1~4的整數為較佳,1~2的整數為更佳。又,b1為1之態樣亦為本發明的較佳態樣之一。 式(R-2)中,b2表示1以上的整數,1或2為較佳,1為進一步較佳。 In formula (R-2), b1 is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and an integer of 1 to 2 is more preferably. In addition, the embodiment in which b1 is 1 is also one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention. In formula (R-2), b2 represents an integer greater than 1, and 1 or 2 is preferably, and 1 is further preferably.
又,式(R-2)中所包含之酯鍵的數量為1或0為較佳。Furthermore, the number of ester bonds contained in formula (R-2) is preferably 1 or 0.
式(3-1)中,n為0~4的整數為較佳,0~2的整數為更佳。In formula (3-1), n is preferably an integer from 0 to 4, and more preferably an integer from 0 to 2.
樹脂A2可以含有1種由式(3-1)表示之重複單元,亦可以含有2種以上的由式(3-1)表示之重複單元。又,可以含有由式(3-1)表示之重複單元的結構異構物。又,理所當然,樹脂A2除了含有上述式(3-1)的重複單元以外,亦可以含有其他種類的重複單元。Resin A2 may contain one or more types of repeating units represented by formula (3-1). It may also contain structural isomers of the repeating units represented by formula (3-1). Of course, resin A2 may contain other types of repeating units in addition to the repeating units of formula (3-1).
作為本發明中的樹脂A2的一實施形態,可以列舉由式(3-1)表示之重複單元的含量為所有重複單元的50莫耳%以上之態樣。上述含量為70莫耳%以上為更佳,90莫耳%以上為進一步較佳,超過90莫耳%為尤佳。上述含量的上限並無特別限定,除了末端以外的樹脂A2中的所有重複單元可以為由式(3-1)表示之重複單元。As an embodiment of the resin A2 of the present invention, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (3-1) is 50 mol% or more of all the repeating units. The above content is more preferably 70 mol% or more, more preferably 90 mol% or more, and even more preferably more than 90 mol%. The upper limit of the above content is not particularly limited, and all the repeating units in the resin A2 except the terminal can be the repeating units represented by the formula (3-1).
樹脂A2的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為5,000~100,000,更佳為10,000~50,000,進一步較佳為15,000~40,000。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為2,000~40,000,更佳為3,000~30,000,進一步較佳為4,000~20,000。 樹脂A2的分子量的分散度為1.5以上為較佳,1.8以上為更佳,2.0以上為進一步較佳。樹脂A2的分子量的分散度的上限值並無特別限定,但例如,7.0以下為較佳,6.5以下為更佳,6.0以下為進一步較佳。 又,當樹脂組成物含有複數種樹脂A2時,至少1種樹脂A2的重量平均分子量、數量平均分子量及分散度在上述範圍內為較佳。又,將上述複數種樹脂A2作為1種樹脂而算出之重量平均分子量、數量平均分子量及分散度分別在上述範圍內亦較佳。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of resin A2 is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably 10,000 to 50,000, and further preferably 15,000 to 40,000. Moreover, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 2,000 to 40,000, more preferably 3,000 to 30,000, and further preferably 4,000 to 20,000. The molecular weight dispersion of resin A2 is preferably 1.5 or more, more preferably 1.8 or more, and further preferably 2.0 or more. The upper limit of the molecular weight dispersion of resin A2 is not particularly limited, but, for example, 7.0 or less is preferably, 6.5 or less is more preferably, and 6.0 or less is further preferably. Furthermore, when the resin composition contains multiple resins A2, it is preferred that the weight average molecular weight, number average molecular weight and dispersion of at least one resin A2 are within the above ranges. Furthermore, it is also preferred that the weight average molecular weight, number average molecular weight and dispersion calculated by treating the multiple resins A2 as one resin are within the above ranges.
〔含量〕 相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,第一樹脂組成物中的樹脂A2的含量為10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳,30質量%以上為進一步較佳。又,上述含量為70質量%以下為較佳,60質量%以下為更佳。 第一樹脂組成物中的、相對於樹脂A及樹脂A2的合計含量之樹脂A的含量為5~70質量%為較佳,20~60質量%為更佳。 [Content] The content of resin A2 in the first resin composition is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, and even more preferably 30% by mass or more relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. Moreover, the above content is preferably 70% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less. The content of resin A in the first resin composition relative to the total content of resin A and resin A2 is preferably 5 to 70% by mass, and even more preferably 20 to 60% by mass.
<樹脂A3> 第一樹脂組成物可以進一步含有不對應於上述樹脂A之聚醯亞胺樹脂A3。 樹脂A3含有由下述式(2-1)表示之重複單元為較佳。 [化學式39] 式(2-1)中,X 2表示碳數4以上的有機基,Y 2表示碳數4以上的有機基,R 2分別獨立地表示由下述式(R-2)表示之基,n表示1以上的整數。 [化學式40] 式(R-2)中,L 2表示b2+1價連結基,Z 2表示b1+1價有機基,A 2表示甲基丙烯醯氧基、丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯胺基、丙烯醯胺基、乙烯基、苯乙烯基、烯丙基或乙烯基醚基,b1表示1以上且Z 2的最大取代基數以下的整數,b2表示1以上的整數,*表示與式(2-1)的Y 2或式(3-1)中的Y 3的鍵結部位。 <Resin A3> The first resin composition may further contain a polyimide resin A3 which does not correspond to the above-mentioned resin A. Preferably, the resin A3 contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2-1). [Chemical Formula 39] In formula (2-1), X2 represents an organic group having 4 or more carbon atoms, Y2 represents an organic group having 4 or more carbon atoms, R2 each independently represents a group represented by the following formula (R-2), and n represents an integer greater than 1. [Chemical formula 40] In formula (R-2), L2 represents a b2+1 valent linking group, Z2 represents a b1+1 valent organic group, A2 represents a methacryloyloxy group, an acryloxy group, a methacrylamide group, an acrylamide group, a vinyl group, a styryl group, an allyl group or a vinyl ether group, b1 represents an integer greater than 1 and less than the maximum number of substituents of Z2 , b2 represents an integer greater than 1, and * represents a bonding site with Y2 in formula (2-1) or Y3 in formula (3-1).
式(2-1)中,X 2及Y 2的較佳態樣與上述式(1-1)中的X 1及Y 1的較佳態樣相同。 In formula (2-1), preferred embodiments of X2 and Y2 are the same as preferred embodiments of X1 and Y1 in formula (1-1).
式(2-1)中,R 2中的式(R-2)的較佳態樣與上述式(3-1)中的式(R-2)的較佳態樣相同。 In the formula (2-1), the preferred embodiment of the formula (R-2) in R 2 is the same as the preferred embodiment of the formula (R-2) in the above formula (3-1).
式(2-1)中,n為1~4的整數為較佳,1或2為更佳。In formula (2-1), n is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 or 2.
樹脂A3可以含有1種由式(2-1)表示之重複單元,亦可以含有2種以上的由式(2-1)表示之重複單元。又,可以含有由式(2-1)表示之重複單元的結構異構物。又,理所當然,樹脂A3除了含有上述式(2-1)的重複單元以外,亦可以含有其他種類的重複單元。Resin A3 may contain one or more repeating units represented by formula (2-1). It may also contain structural isomers of the repeating units represented by formula (2-1). Of course, resin A3 may contain other types of repeating units in addition to the repeating units of formula (2-1).
作為本發明中的樹脂A3的一實施形態,可以列舉由式(2-1)表示之重複單元的含量為所有重複單元的30莫耳%以上之態樣。上述含量為50莫耳%以上為更佳。上述含量的上限並無特別限定,除了末端以外的樹脂A3中的所有重複單元可以為由式(2-1)表示之重複單元。As an embodiment of the resin A3 of the present invention, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (2-1) is 30 mol% or more of all the repeating units. More preferably, the content is 50 mol% or more. The upper limit of the content is not particularly limited, and all the repeating units in the resin A3 except the terminal can be the repeating units represented by the formula (2-1).
樹脂A3可以具有上述特定取代基。特定取代基的較佳態樣與樹脂A中的特定取代基的較佳態樣相同。 樹脂A3具有由上述式(TA-1)~式(TA-3)中的任一個表示之結構亦較佳。由該等式表示之結構的較佳態樣如上所述。 Resin A3 may have the above-mentioned specific substituent. The preferred embodiment of the specific substituent is the same as the preferred embodiment of the specific substituent in Resin A. Resin A3 also preferably has a structure represented by any one of the above-mentioned formulas (TA-1) to (TA-3). The preferred embodiment of the structure represented by the formula is as described above.
樹脂A3的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為5,000~100,000,更佳為10,000~50,000,進一步較佳為15,000~40,000。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為2,000~40,000,更佳為3,000~30,000,進一步較佳為4,000~20,000。 樹脂A3的分子量的分散度為1.5以上為較佳,1.8以上為更佳,2.0以上為進一步較佳。聚醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度的上限值並無特別規定,但例如為7.0以下為較佳,6.5以下為更佳,6.0以下為進一步較佳。 在本說明書中,分子量的分散度為藉由重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量算出之值。 又,當樹脂組成物含有複數種樹脂A3作為特定樹脂時,至少1種樹脂A3的重量平均分子量、數量平均分子量及分散度在上述範圍內為較佳。又,將上述複數種樹脂A3作為1種樹脂而算出之重量平均分子量、數量平均分子量及分散度分別在上述範圍內亦較佳。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of resin A3 is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably 10,000 to 50,000, and further preferably 15,000 to 40,000. Moreover, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 2,000 to 40,000, more preferably 3,000 to 30,000, and further preferably 4,000 to 20,000. The molecular weight dispersion of resin A3 is preferably 1.5 or more, more preferably 1.8 or more, and further preferably 2.0 or more. The upper limit of the molecular weight dispersion of the polyimide precursor is not particularly specified, but for example, 7.0 or less is preferably, 6.5 or less is more preferably, and 6.0 or less is further preferably. In this specification, the molecular weight dispersion is a value calculated by weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight. In addition, when the resin composition contains a plurality of resins A3 as specific resins, it is preferred that the weight average molecular weight, number average molecular weight and dispersion of at least one resin A3 are within the above ranges. In addition, it is also preferred that the weight average molecular weight, number average molecular weight and dispersion calculated by treating the plurality of resins A3 as one resin are within the above ranges.
〔含量〕 相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,第一樹脂組成物中的樹脂A3的含量為10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳,30質量%以上為進一步較佳。又,上述含量為70質量%以下為較佳,60質量%以下為更佳。 第一樹脂組成物中的、相對於樹脂A及樹脂A3的合計含量之樹脂A的含量為20~80質量%為較佳,30~70質量%為更佳。 [Content] The content of resin A3 in the first resin composition is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, and even more preferably 30% by mass or more relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. Furthermore, the above content is preferably 70% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less. The content of resin A in the first resin composition relative to the total content of resin A and resin A3 is preferably 20 to 80% by mass, and even more preferably 30 to 70% by mass.
<樹脂C> 第二樹脂組成物含有樹脂C,該樹脂C含有由式(2-1)及式(3-1)表示之重複單元中的至少一者。 樹脂C為不對應於樹脂B之樹脂。 樹脂C中的式(2-1)及式(3-1)的較佳態樣分別如上所述。 當樹脂C為含有由式(2-1)表示之重複單元之聚醯亞胺時,樹脂C的較佳態樣與上述樹脂A3的較佳態樣相同。 當樹脂C為含有由式(3-1)表示之重複單元之聚醯亞胺前驅物時,樹脂C的較佳態樣與上述樹脂A2的較佳態樣相同。 <Resin C> The second resin composition contains resin C, which contains at least one of the repeating units represented by formula (2-1) and formula (3-1). Resin C is a resin that does not correspond to resin B. The preferred embodiments of formula (2-1) and formula (3-1) in resin C are as described above. When resin C is a polyimide containing a repeating unit represented by formula (2-1), the preferred embodiment of resin C is the same as the preferred embodiment of resin A3 described above. When resin C is a polyimide precursor containing a repeating unit represented by formula (3-1), the preferred embodiment of resin C is the same as the preferred embodiment of resin A2 described above.
作為樹脂C為聚醯亞胺前驅物時的一實施形態,可以列舉由式(3-1)表示之重複單元的含量為所有重複單元的50莫耳%以上之態樣。上述合計含量為70莫耳%以上為更佳,90莫耳%以上為進一步較佳,超過90莫耳%為尤佳。上述合計含量的上限並無特別限定,除了末端以外的樹脂C中的所有重複單元可以為由式(3-1)表示之重複單元。As an embodiment when the resin C is a polyimide precursor, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (3-1) is 50 mol% or more of all the repeating units. The total content is more preferably 70 mol% or more, more preferably 90 mol% or more, and even more preferably more than 90 mol%. The upper limit of the total content is not particularly limited, and all the repeating units in the resin C except the terminal can be the repeating units represented by the formula (3-1).
樹脂C的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為5,000~100,000,更佳為10,000~50,000,進一步較佳為15,000~40,000。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為2,000~40,000,更佳為3,000~30,000,進一步較佳為4,000~20,000。 樹脂C的分子量的分散度為1.5以上為較佳,1.8以上為更佳,2.0以上為進一步較佳。聚醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度的上限值並無特別規定,但例如為7.0以下為較佳,6.5以下為更佳,6.0以下為進一步較佳。 又,當樹脂組成物含有複數種樹脂C時,至少1種樹脂C的重量平均分子量、數量平均分子量及分散度在上述範圍內為較佳。又,將上述複數種樹脂C作為1種樹脂而算出之重量平均分子量、數量平均分子量及分散度分別在上述範圍內亦較佳。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of resin C is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably 10,000 to 50,000, and further preferably 15,000 to 40,000. Moreover, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 2,000 to 40,000, more preferably 3,000 to 30,000, and further preferably 4,000 to 20,000. The molecular weight dispersion of resin C is preferably 1.5 or more, more preferably 1.8 or more, and further preferably 2.0 or more. The upper limit of the molecular weight dispersion of the polyimide precursor is not particularly specified, but for example, 7.0 or less is preferred, 6.5 or less is more preferred, and 6.0 or less is further preferred. Furthermore, when the resin composition contains multiple resins C, it is preferred that the weight average molecular weight, number average molecular weight and dispersion of at least one resin C are within the above ranges. Furthermore, it is also preferred that the weight average molecular weight, number average molecular weight and dispersion calculated by treating the multiple resins C as one resin are within the above ranges.
相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,第二樹脂組成物中的樹脂C的含量為10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳,30質量%以上為進一步較佳。又,上述含量為70質量%以下為較佳,60質量%以下為更佳。 第二樹脂組成物中的、相對於樹脂B及樹脂C的合計含量之樹脂B的含量為20~80質量%為較佳,30~70質量%為更佳。 The content of resin C in the second resin composition is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, and even more preferably 30% by mass or more relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. In addition, the above content is preferably 70% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less. The content of resin B in the second resin composition relative to the total content of resin B and resin C is preferably 20-80% by mass, and even more preferably 30-70% by mass.
<其他樹脂> 本發明的樹脂組成物可以含有與上述之特定樹脂、樹脂A2、樹脂A3及樹脂C不同的其他樹脂(以下,亦簡稱為“其他樹脂”)。 作為其他樹脂,可以列舉與特定樹脂、樹脂A2、樹脂A3及樹脂C不同且對應於聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚醯亞胺、聚苯并㗁唑前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑、聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物、聚醯胺醯亞胺、酚醛樹脂、聚醯胺、環氧樹脂、聚矽氧烷、含有矽氧烷結構之樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、(甲基)丙烯醯胺樹脂、胺酯樹脂、丁醛樹脂、苯乙烯樹脂、聚醚樹脂、聚酯樹脂之樹脂等。 作為其他聚醯亞胺前驅物、其他聚醯亞胺、聚苯并㗁唑前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑、聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物、聚醯胺醯亞胺,可以列舉國際公開第2022/145355號的0017~0138段中所記載之化合物。上述記載被編入本說明書中。 <Other resins> The resin composition of the present invention may contain other resins different from the above-mentioned specific resin, resin A2, resin A3 and resin C (hereinafter also referred to as "other resins"). As other resins, there can be listed resins that are different from the specific resin, resin A2, resin A3, and resin C and correspond to polyimide precursors, polyimide, polybenzoxazole precursors, polybenzoxazole, polyamide imide precursors, polyamide imide, phenolic resins, polyamides, epoxy resins, polysiloxanes, resins containing siloxane structures, (meth) acrylic resins, (meth) acrylamide resins, amine resins, butyral resins, styrene resins, polyether resins, polyester resins, and the like. As other polyimide precursors, other polyimides, polybenzoxazole precursors, polybenzoxazoles, polyamide imide precursors, and polyamide imide, the compounds described in paragraphs 0017 to 0138 of International Publication No. 2022/145355 can be cited. The above descriptions are incorporated into this specification.
當本發明的樹脂組成物含有其他樹脂時,相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,其他樹脂的含量為0.01質量%以上為較佳,0.05質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳,2質量%以上為進一步較佳,5質量%以上為更進一步較佳,10質量%以上為再進一步較佳。 相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,本發明的樹脂組成物中的其他樹脂的含量為80質量%以下為較佳,75質量%以下為更佳,70質量%以下為進一步較佳,60質量%以下為更進一步較佳,50質量%以下為再進一步較佳。 作為本發明的樹脂組成物的較佳的一態樣,亦能夠設定為其他樹脂的含量低的態樣。在上述態樣中,相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,其他樹脂的含量為20質量%以下為較佳,15質量%以下為更佳,10質量%以下為進一步較佳,5質量%以下為更進一步較佳,1質量%以下為再進一步較佳。上述含量的下限並無特別限定,0質量%以上即可。 又,當本發明的樹脂組成物含有其他樹脂時,相對於特定樹脂與其他樹脂的合計含量之特定樹脂的含量為10~90質量%為較佳,10~60質量%為更佳,20~50質量%為進一步較佳。 本發明的樹脂組成物可以僅含有1種其他樹脂,亦可以含有2種以上的其他樹脂。當含有2種以上時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 When the resin composition of the present invention contains other resins, the content of the other resins is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 10% by mass or more relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. Relative to the total solid content of the resin composition, the content of the other resins in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, and even more preferably 50% by mass or less. As a preferred embodiment of the resin composition of the present invention, it can also be set to an embodiment in which the content of other resins is low. In the above embodiment, relative to the total solid content of the resin composition, the content of other resins is preferably 20% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less is more preferred, 10% by mass or less is further preferred, 5% by mass or less is further preferred, and 1% by mass or less is further preferred. The lower limit of the above content is not particularly limited, and 0% by mass or more is sufficient. Furthermore, when the resin composition of the present invention contains other resins, the content of the specific resin relative to the total content of the specific resin and other resins is preferably 10 to 90 mass %, more preferably 10 to 60 mass %, and even more preferably 20 to 50 mass %. The resin composition of the present invention may contain only one other resin or may contain two or more other resins. When containing two or more, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<聚合性化合物> 本發明的樹脂組成物含有聚合性化合物。 <Polymerizable compound> The resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound.
聚合性化合物的熔點為25℃以下為較佳。 藉由將上述熔點設為25℃以下,塗布膜在乾燥時及加熱時容易流動,從而能夠提高硬化物的平坦性。 The melting point of the polymerizable compound is preferably below 25°C. By setting the melting point below 25°C, the coating film can flow easily during drying and heating, thereby improving the flatness of the cured product.
尤其,就降低硬化物的介電常數之方面而言,作為聚合性化合物,含有ClogP值為3.0以上的化合物為較佳,含有ClogP值為3.0以上且具有芳香環結構或碳數6以上的脂肪族環結構之化合物為更佳。In particular, from the perspective of reducing the dielectric constant of the cured product, it is preferred that the polymerizable compound contain a compound having a ClogP value of 3.0 or more, and it is more preferred that the compound contain a compound having a ClogP value of 3.0 or more and having an aromatic ring structure or an aliphatic ring structure having 6 or more carbon atoms.
在本說明書中,化合物的ClogP值依據下述定義。 辛醇-水分配係數(logP值)的測定通常能夠藉由JIS日本工業標準Z7260-107(2000)中所記載之燒瓶浸漬法來實施。又,辛醇-水分配係數(logP值)亦能夠藉由計算化學方法或者經驗方法來估計而代替實測。作為計算方法,已知有Crippen’s fragmentation法(J.Chem.Inf.Comput.Sci.,27,21(1987))、Viswanadhan’s fragmentation法(J.Chem.Inf.Comput.Sci.,29,163(1989))、Broto’s fragmentation法(Eur.J.Med.Chem.-Chim.Theor.,19,71(1984))等。在本發明中,使用Crippen’s fragmentation法(J.Chem.Inf.Comput.Sci.,27,21(1987))。 ClogP值係指藉由計算在1-辛醇和水中的分配係數P的常用對數logP來求出之值。關於在ClogP值的計算中使用之方法或軟體,能夠使用公知者,只要無特別說明,在本發明中使用嵌入於Daylight Chemical Information Systems公司的系統:PCModels中之ClogP程式。 In this specification, the ClogP value of a compound is defined as follows. The determination of the octanol-water partition coefficient (logP value) can usually be carried out by the flask immersion method described in JIS Japanese Industrial Standard Z7260-107 (2000). In addition, the octanol-water partition coefficient (logP value) can also be estimated by a computational chemical method or an empirical method instead of actual measurement. As calculation methods, Crippen’s fragmentation method (J. Chem. Inf. Comput. Sci., 27, 21 (1987)), Viswanadhan’s fragmentation method (J. Chem. Inf. Comput. Sci., 29, 163 (1989)), Broto’s fragmentation method (Eur. J. Med. Chem.-Chim. Theor., 19, 71 (1984)), etc. are known. In the present invention, Crippen’s fragmentation method (J. Chem. Inf. Comput. Sci., 27, 21 (1987)) is used. The ClogP value refers to a value obtained by calculating the common logarithm logP of the partition coefficient P between 1-octanol and water. Regarding the method or software used in the calculation of the ClogP value, publicly known ones can be used. Unless otherwise specified, the ClogP program embedded in the system PCModels of Daylight Chemical Information Systems is used in the present invention.
上述ClogP值為4.0以上為較佳,6.0以上為更佳。 又,上述ClogP值的上限並無特別限定,15.0以下為較佳。 The ClogP value is preferably 4.0 or more, and more preferably 6.0 or more. In addition, the upper limit of the ClogP value is not particularly limited, and is preferably 15.0 or less.
作為上述芳香環結構,可以為芳香族烴環,亦可以為芳香族雜環,但芳香族烴環為較佳,含有苯環為更佳。又,就降低硬化物的介電常數之方面而言,茀環等縮合環為較佳。 作為碳數6以上的脂肪族環結構,碳數6~30的脂肪族環結構為較佳,碳數6~20的脂肪族環結構為更佳。 作為碳數6以上的脂肪族環結構,可以列舉環己烷環等單環、二環戊烷環、三環[5.2.1.0 2,6]癸烷環等多環,多環為較佳。 The aromatic ring structure may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring, but an aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferred, and a benzene ring is more preferred. In terms of lowering the dielectric constant of the cured product, a condensed ring such as a fluorene ring is preferred. As an aliphatic ring structure having 6 or more carbon atoms, an aliphatic ring structure having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferred, and an aliphatic ring structure having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferred. As an aliphatic ring structure having 6 or more carbon atoms, monocyclic rings such as a cyclohexane ring, dicyclopentane ring, and polycyclic rings such as a tricyclic [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane ring can be cited, and polycyclic rings are preferred.
ClogP值為3.0以上的聚合性化合物(尤其,ClogP值為3.0以上且具有芳香環結構或碳數6以上的脂肪族環結構之化合物)為含有具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基之化合物為較佳,含有2個以上的具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基之化合物為更佳。又,含有2個具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基之化合物亦較佳。 又,ClogP值為3.0以上的聚合性化合物(尤其,ClogP值為3.0以上且具有芳香環結構或碳數6以上的脂肪族環結構之化合物)為對應於後述之自由基交聯劑之化合物為較佳。 The polymerizable compound having a ClogP value of 3.0 or more (especially, a compound having a ClogP value of 3.0 or more and having an aromatic ring structure or an aliphatic ring structure having 6 or more carbon atoms) is preferably a compound containing a group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond, and a compound containing two or more groups having an ethylenic unsaturated bond is more preferably. Moreover, a compound containing two groups having an ethylenic unsaturated bond is also preferably. Moreover, the polymerizable compound having a ClogP value of 3.0 or more (especially, a compound having a ClogP value of 3.0 or more and having an aromatic ring structure or an aliphatic ring structure having 6 or more carbon atoms) is preferably a compound corresponding to the free radical crosslinking agent described later.
作為ClogP值為3.0以上的聚合性化合物的具體例,可以列舉以下化合物,但並不限定於此。 [化學式41] Specific examples of polymerizable compounds having a ClogP value of 3.0 or more include the following compounds, but are not limited thereto. [Chemical Formula 41]
作為聚合性化合物,可以列舉自由基交聯劑或其他交聯劑。As the polymerizable compound, there can be mentioned free radical crosslinking agents or other crosslinking agents.
〔自由基交聯劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物含有自由基交聯劑為較佳。 自由基交聯劑為具有自由基聚合性基之化合物。作為自由基聚合性基,含乙烯性不飽和鍵之基為較佳。作為上述含乙烯性不飽和鍵之基,可以列舉乙烯基、烯丙基、乙烯基苯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、順丁烯二醯亞胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基等。 該等中,(甲基)丙烯醯基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、乙烯基苯基為較佳,就反應性的方面而言,(甲基)丙烯醯基為更佳。 [Free radical crosslinking agent] The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a free radical crosslinking agent. The free radical crosslinking agent is a compound having a free radical polymerizable group. As the free radical polymerizable group, a group containing an ethylenic unsaturated bond is preferred. As the above-mentioned group containing an ethylenic unsaturated bond, there can be listed vinyl, allyl, vinylphenyl, (meth)acryl, butylene diimide, (meth)acrylamide, etc. Among them, (meth)acryl, (meth)acrylamide, and vinylphenyl are preferred, and in terms of reactivity, (meth)acryl is more preferred.
自由基交聯劑為具有1個以上的乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為較佳,但具有2個以上的乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為更佳。自由基交聯劑可以具有3個以上的乙烯性不飽和鍵。 作為具有2個以上的上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物,具有2~15個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為較佳,具有2~10個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為更佳,具有2~6個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為進一步較佳。 就所獲得之圖案(硬化物)的膜強度的方面而言,本發明的樹脂組成物含有具有2個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物和具有3個以上的上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物亦較佳。 The free radical crosslinking agent is preferably a compound having one or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds, but a compound having two or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds is more preferred. The free radical crosslinking agent may have three or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds. As the compound having two or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds, a compound having 2 to 15 ethylenic unsaturated bonds is preferred, a compound having 2 to 10 ethylenic unsaturated bonds is more preferred, and a compound having 2 to 6 ethylenic unsaturated bonds is further preferred. In terms of the film strength of the obtained pattern (cured product), the resin composition of the present invention also preferably contains a compound having two ethylenic unsaturated bonds and a compound having three or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds.
自由基交聯劑的分子量為2,000以下為較佳,1,500以下為更佳,900以下為進一步較佳。自由基交聯劑的分子量的下限為100以上為較佳。The molecular weight of the radical crosslinking agent is preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,500 or less, and even more preferably 900 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the radical crosslinking agent is preferably 100 or more.
作為自由基交聯劑的具體例,可以列舉不飽和羧酸(例如,丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、伊康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、順丁烯二酸等)或其酯類、醯胺類,較佳為不飽和羧酸與多元醇化合物的酯類及不飽和羧酸與多價胺化合物的醯胺類。又,亦可較佳地使用具有羥基、胺基、氫硫基等親核性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能異氰酸酯類或環氧類的加成反應物、與單官能或多官能羧酸的脫水縮合反應物等。又,具有異氰酸酯基或環氧基等親電子性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能醇類、胺類、硫醇類的加成反應物,進而具有鹵素基或甲苯磺醯氧基等脫去性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能醇類、胺類、硫醇類的取代反應物亦較佳。又,作為另一例子,亦能夠替代上述不飽和羧酸而使用被不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯等乙烯基苯衍生物、乙烯基醚、烯丙基醚等取代之化合物群組。作為具體例,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0113~0122段的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。Specific examples of free radical crosslinking agents include unsaturated carboxylic acids (e.g., acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) or their esters and amides, preferably esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyol compounds and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyvalent amine compounds. In addition, addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having nucleophilic substituents such as hydroxyl groups, amino groups, thiohydrides, etc., and monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or epoxides, and dehydration condensation reaction products of monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acids, etc. can also be preferably used. Moreover, the addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides with electrophilic substituents such as isocyanate groups or epoxy groups and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols, and the substitution reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides with removable substituents such as halogen groups or tosyloxy groups and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols are also preferred. Moreover, as another example, the above-mentioned unsaturated carboxylic acids can also be replaced by unsaturated phosphonic acids, vinylbenzene derivatives such as styrene, vinyl ethers, allyl ethers, and the like. As a specific example, the description of paragraphs 0113 to 0122 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2016-027357 can be referred to, and the contents are incorporated into this specification.
自由基交聯劑為在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦較佳。作為在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物,可以列舉國際公開第2021/112189號公報的0203段中所記載之化合物等。該內容被編入本說明書中。The radical crosslinking agent is preferably a compound having a boiling point of 100° C. or higher at normal pressure. Examples of the compound having a boiling point of 100° C. or higher at normal pressure include the compounds described in paragraph 0203 of International Publication No. 2021/112189. The contents are incorporated into this specification.
作為上述以外的較佳自由基交聯劑,可以列舉國際公開第2021/112189號公報的0204~0208段中所記載之自由基聚合性化合物等。該內容被編入本說明書中。Preferred radical crosslinking agents other than those mentioned above include radical polymerizable compounds described in paragraphs 0204 to 0208 of International Publication No. 2021/112189, and the contents are incorporated into this specification.
作為自由基交聯劑,二新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(市售品為KAYARAD D-330(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造))、二新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(市售品為KAYARAD D-320(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、A-TMMT(SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL Co.,Ltd.製造))、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為KAYARAD D-310(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造))、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為KAYARAD DPHA(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、A-DPH(SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL Co.,Ltd.製造))及該等(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇殘基或丙二醇殘基鍵結之結構為較佳。亦能夠使用該等的寡聚物類型。As the radical crosslinking agent, dipentatriol triacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)), dipentatriol tetraacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-320 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), A-TMMT (manufactured by SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.)), dipentatriol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-310 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)), dipentatriol hexa(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), A-DPH (manufactured by SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.) and the structure in which the (meth)acryloyl groups are bonded via ethylene glycol residues or propylene glycol residues is preferred. These oligomer types can also be used.
作為自由基交聯劑的市售品,例如可以列舉具有4個乙烯氧基鏈之4官能丙烯酸酯SR-494、具有4個乙烯氧基鏈之2官能甲基丙烯酸酯SR-209、231、239(以上為Sartomer Company,Inc製造)、具有6個伸戊氧基鏈之6官能丙烯酸酯DPCA-60、具有3個異伸丁氧基鏈之3官能丙烯酸酯TPA-330(以上為Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、胺基甲酸酯寡聚物UAS-10、UAB-140(以上為NIPPON PAPER INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.製造)、NK ESTER M-40G、NK ESTER 4G、NK ESTER M-9300、NK ESTER A-9300、UA-7200(以上為SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL Co.,Ltd.製造)、DPHA-40H(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(以上為Kyoeisha chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、BLEMMER PME400(NOF CORPORATION.製造)等。As commercially available free radical crosslinking agents, for example, there can be mentioned tetrafunctional acrylate SR-494 having four vinyloxy chains, bifunctional methacrylate SR-209, 231, 239 having four vinyloxy chains (all manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc.), hexafunctional acrylate DPCA-60 having six pentyloxy chains, trifunctional acrylate TPA-330 having three isobutyloxy chains (all manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), urethane oligomers UAS-10 and UAB-140 (all manufactured by NIPPON PAPER INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.), NK ESTER M-40G, NK ESTER 4G, NK ESTER M-9300, NK ESTER A-9300, UA-7200 (all manufactured by SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (all manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), BLEMMER PME400 (manufactured by NOF CORPORATION.), etc.
作為自由基交聯劑,日本特公昭48-041708號公報、日本特開昭51-037193號公報、日本特公平02-032293號公報、日本特公平02-016765號公報中所記載之胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯類、日本特公昭58-049860號公報、日本特公昭56-017654號公報、日本特公昭62-039417號公報、日本特公昭62-039418號公報中所記載之具有環氧乙烷系骨架之胺基甲酸酯化合物類亦較佳。作為自由基交聯劑,亦能夠使用日本特開昭63-277653號公報、日本特開昭63-260909號公報、日本特開平01-105238號公報中所記載之在分子內具有胺基結構、硫醚結構之化合物。As free radical crosslinking agents, urethane acrylates described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Publication No. 51-037193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-032293, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-016765, and urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418 are also preferred. As the radical crosslinking agent, compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-277653, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-260909, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 01-105238 can also be used.
自由基交聯劑可以為具有羧基、磷酸基等酸基之自由基交聯劑。具有酸基之自由基交聯劑為脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯為較佳,使非芳香族羧酸酐與脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應羥基反應而使其具有酸基之自由基交聯劑為更佳。尤佳為如下化合物:使非芳香族羧酸酐與脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應羥基反應而使其具有酸基之自由基交聯劑中,脂肪族多羥基化合物為新戊四醇或二新戊四醇。作為市售品,例如,可以列舉TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造的多元酸改質丙烯酸寡聚物M-510、M-520等。The free radical crosslinking agent can be a free radical crosslinking agent having an acid group such as a carboxyl group or a phosphoric acid group. The free radical crosslinking agent having an acid group is preferably an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and a free radical crosslinking agent having an acid group by reacting a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride with an unreacted hydroxyl group of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is more preferably. The following compound is particularly preferred: in the free radical crosslinking agent having an acid group by reacting a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride with an unreacted hydroxyl group of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound, the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is neopentyl triol or dipentyl triol. As commercially available products, for example, polyacid-modified acrylic oligomers M-510 and M-520 manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. can be cited.
具有酸基之自由基交聯劑的酸值為0.1~300mgKOH/g為較佳,1~100mgKOH/g為更佳。自由基交聯劑的酸值只要在上述範圍內,則製造上的操作性優異且顯影性優異。又,聚合性良好。上述酸值按照JIS K 0070:1992的記載進行測定。The acid value of the free radical crosslinking agent having an acid group is preferably 0.1 to 300 mgKOH/g, and more preferably 1 to 100 mgKOH/g. As long as the acid value of the free radical crosslinking agent is within the above range, the operability in production is excellent and the developing property is excellent. In addition, the polymerizability is good. The above acid value is measured according to the description of JIS K 0070:1992.
就圖案的解析度和膜的伸縮性的方面而言,樹脂組成物使用2官能甲基丙烯酸酯或丙烯酸酯為較佳。 作為具體的化合物,能夠使用三乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、PEG(聚乙二醇)200二丙烯酸酯、PEG200二甲基丙烯酸酯、PEG600二丙烯酸酯、PEG600二甲基丙烯酸酯、聚四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、聚四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基-三環癸烷二丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基-三環癸烷二甲基丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO(環氧乙烷)加成物二丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO加成物二甲基丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的PO(環氧丙烷)加成物二丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的PO加成物二甲基丙烯酸酯、2-羥基-3-丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基丙烯酸酯、異氰脲酸EO改質二丙烯酸酯、異氰脲酸EO改質二甲基丙烯酸酯、其他具有胺基甲酸酯鍵之2官能丙烯酸酯、具有胺基甲酸酯鍵之2官能甲基丙烯酸酯。該等依據需要可以混合使用2種以上。 再者,例如PEG200二丙烯酸酯係指聚乙二醇鏈的式量為200左右的聚乙二醇二丙烯酸酯。 就抑制圖案(硬化物)的翹曲的方面而言,本發明的樹脂組成物能夠將單官能自由基交聯劑較佳地用作自由基交聯劑。作為單官能自由基交聯劑,可較佳地使用(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸卡必醇酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、N-羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、(甲基)丙烯酸環氧丙酯、單(甲基)丙烯酸聚乙二醇酯、單(甲基)丙烯酸聚丙二醇酯等(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、N-乙烯基己內醯胺等N-乙烯基化合物類、烯丙基環氧丙醚等。作為單官能自由基交聯劑,為了抑制曝光前的揮發,在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦較佳。 此外,作為2官能以上的自由基交聯劑,可以列舉鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯、偏苯三酸三烯丙酯等烯丙基化合物類。 In terms of pattern resolution and film stretchability, it is preferable to use a bifunctional methacrylate or acrylate as the resin composition. As specific compounds, triethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, PEG (polyethylene glycol) 200 diacrylate, PEG200 dimethacrylate, PEG600 diacrylate, PEG600 dimethacrylate, polyethylene glycol diacrylate, polyethylene glycol dimethacrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, 1,6-Hexanediol dimethacrylate, dihydroxymethyl-tricyclodecane diacrylate, dihydroxymethyl-tricyclodecane dimethacrylate, EO (ethylene oxide) adduct diacrylate of bisphenol A, EO adduct dimethacrylate of bisphenol A, PO (propylene oxide) adduct diacrylate of bisphenol A, PO adduct dimethacrylate of bisphenol A, 2-hydroxy-3-acryloyloxypropyl methacrylate, EO-modified isocyanuric acid diacrylate, EO-modified isocyanuric acid dimethacrylate, other bifunctional acrylates with urethane bonds, bifunctional methacrylates with urethane bonds. Two or more of these may be used in combination as needed. Furthermore, for example, PEG200 diacrylate refers to polyethylene glycol diacrylate having a polyethylene glycol chain weight of about 200. In terms of suppressing the warping of the pattern (cured product), the resin composition of the present invention can preferably use a monofunctional free radical crosslinking agent as a free radical crosslinking agent. As monofunctional free radical crosslinking agents, it is preferred to use n-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, carbitol (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, N-hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate and other (meth)acrylic acid derivatives, N-vinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylcaprolactam and other N-vinyl compounds, allyl glycidyl ether and the like. As monofunctional free radical crosslinking agents, compounds having a boiling point of 100°C or above at normal pressure are also preferred in order to suppress volatility before exposure. In addition, as free radical crosslinking agents with two or more functional groups, allyl compounds such as diallyl phthalate and triallyl trimellitate can be cited.
當含有自由基交聯劑時,相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,自由基交聯劑的含量超過0質量%且60質量%以下為較佳。下限為5質量%以上為更佳。上限為50質量%以下為更佳,30質量%以下為進一步較佳。When a free radical crosslinking agent is contained, the content of the free radical crosslinking agent is preferably more than 0 mass % and less than 60 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. The lower limit is more preferably 5 mass % or more. The upper limit is more preferably 50 mass % or less, and even more preferably 30 mass % or less.
自由基交聯劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以混合使用2種以上。當併用2種以上時,其合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The free radical crosslinking agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more are used in combination, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
〔其他交聯劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物含有與上述之自由基交聯劑不同的其他交聯劑亦較佳。 其他交聯劑係指上述之自由基交聯劑以外的交聯劑,在分子內具有複數個藉由上述光酸產生劑或光鹼產生劑的感光而促進在與組成物中的其他化合物或其反應生成物之間形成共價鍵之反應之基之化合物為較佳,在分子內具有複數個藉由酸或鹼的作用促進在與組成物中的其他化合物或其反應生成物之間形成共價鍵之反應之基之化合物為更佳。 上述酸或鹼為在曝光步驟中從光酸產生劑或光鹼產生劑產生之酸或鹼為較佳。 作為其他交聯劑,可以列舉國際公開第2022/145355號的0179~0207段中所記載之化合物。上述記載被編入本說明書中。 [Other crosslinking agents] The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains other crosslinking agents different from the above-mentioned free radical crosslinking agents. Other crosslinking agents refer to crosslinking agents other than the above-mentioned free radical crosslinking agents. It is preferred that the compound has multiple groups in the molecule that promote the reaction of forming covalent bonds with other compounds in the composition or their reaction products by the photosensitization of the above-mentioned photoacid generator or photoalkali generator, and it is more preferred that the compound has multiple groups in the molecule that promote the reaction of forming covalent bonds with other compounds in the composition or their reaction products by the action of acid or base. It is preferred that the above-mentioned acid or base is an acid or base generated from the photoacid generator or photoalkali generator in the exposure step. As other crosslinking agents, the compounds described in paragraphs 0179 to 0207 of International Publication No. 2022/145355 can be cited. The above description is incorporated into this specification.
〔聚合起始劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物含有聚合起始劑。聚合起始劑可以為熱聚合起始劑亦可以為光聚合起始劑,但含有光聚合起始劑為尤佳。 光聚合起始劑為光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。作為光自由基聚合起始劑,並無特別限制,能夠從公知的光自由基聚合起始劑中適當選擇。例如,對紫外線區域至可見區域的光線具有感光性之光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。又,亦可以為與被光激發之增感劑作用並生成活性自由基之活性劑。 [Polymerization initiator] The resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerization initiator. The polymerization initiator may be a thermal polymerization initiator or a photopolymerization initiator, but it is particularly preferred to contain a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator. There is no particular limitation on the photoradical polymerization initiator, and it can be appropriately selected from known photoradical polymerization initiators. For example, a photoradical polymerization initiator that is sensitive to light in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferred. In addition, it may be an activator that reacts with a photoexcited sensitizer and generates active radicals.
光自由基聚合起始劑至少含有1種在波長約240~800nm(較佳為330~500nm)的範圍內至少具有約50L・mol -1・cm -1莫耳吸光係數之化合物為較佳。化合物的莫耳吸光係數能夠利用公知的方法進行測定。例如,藉由紫外可見分光光度計(Varian公司製造Cary-5 spectrophotometer),使用乙酸乙酯溶劑,在0.01g/L的濃度下進行測定為較佳。 The photo-radical polymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar absorption coefficient of at least about 50 L·mol -1 ·cm -1 in the wavelength range of about 240 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured by a known method. For example, it is preferably measured by an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,能夠任意使用公知的化合物。例如,可以列舉鹵化烴衍生物(例如具有三𠯤骨架之化合物、具有㗁二唑骨架之化合物、具有三鹵甲基之化合物等)、醯基膦氧化物等醯基膦化合物、六芳基雙咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮等α-胺基酮化合物、羥基苯乙酮等α-羥基酮化合物、偶氮系化合物、疊氮化合物、茂金屬化合物、有機硼化合物、鐵芳烴錯合物等。關於該等的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0165~0182段、國際公開第2015/199219號的0138~0151段的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,可以列舉日本特開2014-130173號公報的0065~0111段、日本專利第6301489號公報中所記載之化合物、MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p,vol.19,No.3,2019中所記載之過氧化物系光聚合起始劑、國際公開第2018/221177號中所記載之光聚合起始劑、國際公開第2018/110179號中所記載之光聚合起始劑、日本特開2019-043864號公報中所記載之光聚合起始劑、日本特開2019-044030號公報中所記載之光聚合起始劑、日本特開2019-167313號公報中所記載之過氧化物系起始劑,該等內容被編入本說明書中。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, any known compound can be used. For example, alkyl halides derivatives (e.g., compounds having a trioxane skeleton, compounds having a diazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl group, etc.), acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxides, hexaarylbiimidazoles, oxime compounds such as oxime derivatives, organic peroxides, sulfur compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, α-aminoketone compounds such as aminoacetophenone, α-hydroxyketone compounds such as hydroxyacetophenone, azo compounds, azide compounds, metallocene compounds, organic boron compounds, iron aromatic complexes, etc. can be listed. For details of the above, please refer to paragraphs 0165 to 0182 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2016-027357 and paragraphs 0138 to 0151 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, which are incorporated into this specification. In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2014-130173 and Japanese Patent No. 6301489, MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p, vol.19, No.3, 2019, the photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/221177, the photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/110179, the photopolymerization initiator described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2019-043864, the photopolymerization initiator described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2019-044030, and the peroxide-based initiator described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2019-167313, the contents of which are incorporated into this specification.
作為酮化合物,例如,可以例示日本特開2015-087611號公報的0087段中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。在市售品中,亦可較佳地使用KAYACURE DETX-S(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)。Examples of the ketone compound include compounds described in paragraph 0087 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-087611, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Among commercially available products, KAYACURE DETX-S (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) can also be preferably used.
在本發明的一實施態樣中,作為光自由基聚合起始劑,能夠較佳地使用羥基苯乙酮化合物、胺基苯乙酮化合物及醯基膦化合物。更具體而言,例如,能夠使用日本特開平10-291969號公報中所記載之胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、日本專利第4225898號中所記載之醯基氧化膦系起始劑,該內容被編入本說明書中。In one embodiment of the present invention, hydroxyacetophenone compounds, aminoacetophenone compounds and acylphosphine compounds can be preferably used as photoradical polymerization initiators. More specifically, for example, aminoacetophenone-based initiators described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-291969 and acylphosphine oxide-based initiators described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can be used, and the contents are incorporated into this specification.
作為α-羥基酮系起始劑,能夠使用Omnirad 184、Omnirad 1173、Omnirad 2959、Omnirad 127(以上為IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)、IRGACURE 184(IRGACURE為註冊商標)、DAROCUR 1173、IRGACURE 500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE 127(以上為BASF公司製造)。As the α-hydroxyketone-based initiator, Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), IRGACURE 184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR 1173, IRGACURE 500, IRGACURE-2959, IRGACURE 127 (all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
作為α-胺基酮系起始劑,能夠使用Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369、Omnirad 369E、Omnirad 379EG(以上為IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)、IRGACURE 907、IRGACURE 369及IRGACURE 379(以上為BASF公司製造)。As the α-aminoketone-based initiator, Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, and IRGACURE 379 (all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、醯基氧化膦系起始劑、茂金屬化合物,例如,亦能夠較佳地使用國際公開第2021/112189號的0161~0163段中所記載之化合物。該內容被編入本說明書中。As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, the acylphosphine oxide-based initiator, and the metallocene compound, for example, the compounds described in paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of International Publication No. 2021/112189 can also be preferably used. The contents are incorporated into this specification.
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,可以更佳地列舉肟化合物。藉由使用肟化合物,能夠更有效地提高曝光寬容度。肟化合物的曝光寬容度(曝光餘裕度)較廣且亦起到作為光硬化促進劑的作用,因此尤佳。As the photo-radical polymerization initiator, oxime compounds can be preferably cited. By using oxime compounds, the exposure tolerance can be more effectively improved. Oxime compounds have a wider exposure tolerance (exposure margin) and also function as a photohardening accelerator, so they are particularly preferred.
作為肟化合物的具體例,可以列舉日本特開2001-233842號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2000-080068號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報中所記載之化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年,第1653-1660頁)中所記載之化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年,第156-162頁)中記載之化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年,第202-232頁)中所記載之化合物、日本特開2000-066385號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特表2004-534797號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-019766號公報中所記載之化合物、日本專利第6065596號公報中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/152153號中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/051680號中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-198865號公報中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/164127號的0025~0038段中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2013/167515號中所記載之化合物等,該內容被編入本說明書中。Specific examples of oxime compounds include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2001-233842, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-080068, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-342166, compounds described in J.C.S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660), compounds described in J.C.S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), and compounds described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology. The compounds described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Application (1995, pp. 202-232), the compounds described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Application No. 2000-066385, the compounds described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Application No. 2004-534797, the compounds described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Application No. 2017-019766, the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6065596, the compounds described in International Publication No. 20 The compounds described in 15/152153, the compounds described in International Publication No. 2017/051680, the compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2017-198865, the compounds described in paragraphs 0025 to 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/164127, the compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/167515, etc., the contents of which are incorporated into this specification.
作為較佳之肟化合物,例如,可以列舉下述結構的化合物、3-(苯甲醯氧基(亞胺基))丁-2-酮、3-(乙醯氧基(亞胺基))丁-2-酮、3-(丙醯氧基(亞胺基))丁-2-酮、2-(乙醯氧基(亞胺基))戊-3-酮、2-(乙醯氧基(亞胺基))-1-苯基丙-1-酮、2-(苯甲醯氧基(亞胺基))-1-苯基丙-1-酮、3-((4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基)丁-2-酮以及2-(乙氧基羰氧基(亞胺基))-1-苯基丙-1-酮等。在樹脂組成物中,尤其較佳為使用肟化合物作為光自由基聚合起始劑。作為光自由基聚合起始劑的肟化合物在分子內具有連結基>C=N-O-C(=O)-。Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, compounds having the following structures: 3-(benzoyloxy(imino))butan-2-one, 3-(acetyloxy(imino))butan-2-one, 3-(propionyloxy(imino))butan-2-one, 2-(acetyloxy(imino))pentan-3-one, 2-(acetyloxy(imino))-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-(benzoyloxy(imino))-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-((4-toluenesulfonyloxy)imino)butan-2-one, and 2-(ethoxycarbonyloxy(imino))-1-phenylpropan-1-one. In the resin composition, it is particularly preferred to use the oxime compound as a photoradical polymerization initiator. The oxime compound used as a photoradical polymerization initiator has a linking group >C=N-O-C(=O)- in the molecule.
[化學式42] [Chemical formula 42]
作為肟化合物的市售品,可以列舉IRGACURE OXE 01、IRGACURE OXE 02、IRGACURE OXE 03、IRGACURE OXE 04(以上為BASF公司製造)、Adeka OptomerN-1919(ADEKA CORPORATION製造,日本特開2012-014052號公報中所記載之光自由基聚合起始劑2)、TR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-305(Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製造)、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-730、NCI-831及ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)、DFI-091(Daito Chemix Corporation製造)、SpeedCure PDO(SARTOMER ARKEMA製造)。又,亦能夠使用下述結構的肟化合物。 [化學式43] Commercially available products of oxime compounds include IRGACURE OXE 01, IRGACURE OXE 02, IRGACURE OXE 03, and IRGACURE OXE 04 (all manufactured by BASF), Adeka Optomer N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION, photoradical polymerization initiator 2 described in JP-A-2012-014052), TR-PBG-304 and TR-PBG-305 (manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO., LTD.), ADEKA ARKLS NCI-730, NCI-831, and ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), DFI-091 (manufactured by Daito Chemix Corporation), and SpeedCure PDO (manufactured by SARTOMER ARKEMA). In addition, an oxime compound having the following structure can also be used. [Chemical Formula 43]
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如,亦能夠使用國際公開第2021/112189號的0169~0171段中所記載之具有茀環之肟化合物、具有咔唑環的至少1個苯環成為萘環之骨架之肟化合物、具有氟原子之肟化合物。 又,亦能夠使用國際公開第2021/020359號的0208~0210段中所記載之具有硝基之肟化合物、具有苯并呋喃骨架之肟化合物、在咔唑骨架上鍵結了具有羥基之取代基之肟化合物。該等內容被編入本說明書中。 As a photoradical polymerization initiator, for example, an oxime compound having a fluorene ring described in paragraphs 0169 to 0171 of International Publication No. 2021/112189, an oxime compound having a carbazole ring and at least one benzene ring being a naphthalene ring, and an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used. In addition, an oxime compound having a nitro group described in paragraphs 0208 to 0210 of International Publication No. 2021/020359, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton, and an oxime compound having a hydroxyl substituent bonded to the carbazole skeleton can also be used. These contents are incorporated into this specification.
此外,作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2023-058585號公報的0113~0117段中所記載之化合物。該記載被編入本申請說明書中。In addition, as the photopolymerization initiator, the compounds described in paragraphs 0113 to 0117 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2023-058585 can also be used. This description is incorporated into the present application specification.
當樹脂組成物含有光聚合起始劑時,相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,其含量為0.1~30質量%為較佳,0.1~20質量%為更佳,0.5~15質量%為進一步較佳,1.0~10質量%為更進一步較佳。光聚合起始劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。當含有2種以上的光聚合起始劑時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 再者,由於光聚合起始劑有時亦會作為熱聚合起始劑發揮作用,因此有時會藉由烘箱、加熱板等的加熱來進一步促進利用光聚合起始劑之交聯。 When the resin composition contains a photopolymerization initiator, the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass %, more preferably 0.5 to 15 mass %, and even more preferably 1.0 to 10 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. The photopolymerization initiator may contain only one type or two or more types. When two or more photopolymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range. Furthermore, since the photopolymerization initiator sometimes also acts as a thermal polymerization initiator, the crosslinking using the photopolymerization initiator is sometimes further promoted by heating with an oven, a heating plate, etc.
〔增感劑〕 樹脂組成物可以含有增感劑。增感劑吸收特定的活性放射線而成為電子激發狀態。成為電子激發狀態之增感劑與熱自由基聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑等接觸而產生電子轉移、能量轉移、發熱等作用。藉此,熱自由基聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑引起化學變化而分解,並生成自由基、酸或鹼。 作為能夠使用之增感劑,能夠使用二苯甲酮系、米其勒酮系、香豆素系、吡唑偶氮系、苯胺基偶氮系、三苯甲烷系、蒽醌系、蒽系、蒽吡啶酮系、苯亞甲基系、氧雜菁系、吡唑并三唑偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、花青系、啡噻𠯤系、吡咯并吡唑偶氮次甲基系、口山口星系、酞菁系、苯并哌喃系、靛藍系等化合物。 作為增感劑,例如,可以列舉米其勒酮、4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)二苯甲酮、2,5-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)環戊烷、2,6-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)環己酮、2,6-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)-4-甲基環己酮、4,4’-雙(二甲胺基)查耳酮、4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)查耳酮、對二甲胺基苯亞烯丙基二氫茚酮、對二甲胺基苯亞甲基二氫茚酮、2-(對二甲胺基苯基聯苯)-苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯基伸乙烯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯基伸乙烯基)異萘基噻唑、1,3-雙(4’-二甲胺基亞苄基)丙酮、1,3-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)丙酮、3,3’-羰基-雙(7-二乙胺基香豆素)、3-乙醯基-7-二甲胺基香豆素、3-乙氧基羰基-7-二甲胺基香豆素、3-苄氧基羰基-7-二甲胺基香豆素、3-甲氧基羰基-7-二乙胺基香豆素、3-乙氧基羰基-7-二乙胺基香豆素(7-(二乙胺基)香豆素-3-羧酸乙酯)、N-苯基-N’-乙基乙醇胺、N-苯基二乙醇胺、N-對甲苯二乙醇胺、N-苯基乙醇胺、4-𠰌啉基二苯甲酮、二甲胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、二乙胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、2-巰基苯并咪唑、1-苯基-5-巰基四唑、2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯乙烯)苯并㗁唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯乙烯)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯乙烯)萘(1,2-d)噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯甲醯基)苯乙烯、二苯乙醯胺、苯甲醯苯胺、N-甲基乙醯苯胺、3’,4’-二甲基乙醯苯胺等。 又,可以使用其他增感色素。 關於增感色素的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0161~0163段的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。 [Sensitizer] The resin composition may contain a sensitizer. The sensitizer absorbs specific active radiation and becomes an electronically excited state. The electronically excited sensitizer comes into contact with a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a photoradical polymerization initiator, etc., and produces electron transfer, energy transfer, heat, etc. As a result, the thermal radical polymerization initiator and the photoradical polymerization initiator cause chemical changes and decompose, and generate free radicals, acids or bases. As the sensitizers that can be used, compounds such as benzophenone series, michler's ketone series, coumarin series, pyrazole azo series, anilino azo series, triphenylmethane series, anthraquinone series, anthracene series, anthrapyridone series, benzylidene series, oxycyanine series, pyrazolotriazole azo series, pyridone azo series, cyanine series, phenathiophene series, pyrrolopyrazole azo methine series, phthalocyanine series, benzopyran series, indigo series, etc. can be used. As the sensitizer, for example, michler's ketone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2,5-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)cyclopentane, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)cyclohexanone, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)-4-methylcyclohexanone, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)chalcone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)chalcone, p-dimethylaminophenylallylidenedihydroindanone, p- Dimethylaminobenzylene dihydroindanone, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylbiphenyl)-benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)isonaphthylthiazole, 1,3-bis(4'-dimethylaminobenzylidene)acetone, 1,3-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)acetone, 3,3'-carbonyl-bis(7-diethylaminocoumarin), 3-acetyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3- Ethoxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-benzyloxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-methoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin (7-(diethylamino)coumarin-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester), N-phenyl-N'-ethylethanolamine, N-phenyldiethanolamine, N-p-toluenediethanolamine, N-phenylethanolamine, 4-phenoxybenzophenone, isoamyl dimethylaminobenzoate , isoamyl diethylaminobenzoate, 2-benzimidazole, 1-phenyl-5-benzyltetrazolyl, 2-benzthiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyrene)benzoxazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyrene)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyrene)naphthalene (1,2-d)thiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminobenzyl)styrene, diphenylacetylamide, benzanilide, N-methylacetylanilide, 3',4'-dimethylacetylanilide, etc. Other sensitizing dyes can be used. For details of sensitizing dyes, please refer to paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-027357, which is incorporated into this specification.
當樹脂組成物含有增感劑時,相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,增感劑的含量為0.01~20質量%為較佳,0.1~15質量%為更佳,0.5~10質量%為進一步較佳。增感劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。When the resin composition contains a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 15 mass %, and even more preferably 0.5 to 10 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. The sensitizer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
〔鏈轉移劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物可以含有鏈轉移劑。鏈轉移劑例如在高分子詞典第三版(高分子學會(The Society of Polymer Science,Japan)編,2005年)683-684頁中有定義。作為鏈轉移劑,例如,可以使用在分子內具有-S-S-、-SO 2-S-、-N-O-、SH、PH、SiH及GeH之化合物群、用於RAFT(Reversible Addition Fragmentation chain Transfer:可逆加成碎斷鏈轉移)聚合之具有硫代羰基硫基之二硫苯甲酸酯、三硫碳酸酯、二硫胺甲酸酯、黃原酸酯化合物等。該等向低活性自由基供給氫而生成自由基,或者可藉由經氧化之後去質子而生成自由基。尤其,能夠較佳地使用硫醇化合物。 [Chain transfer agent] The resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent. Chain transfer agents are defined, for example, in the third edition of the Polymer Dictionary (edited by The Society of Polymer Science, Japan, 2005), pages 683-684. As chain transfer agents, for example, a group of compounds having -SS-, -SO 2 -S-, -NO-, SH, PH, SiH and GeH in the molecule, dithiobenzoate, trithiocarbonate, dithiocarbamate, xanthate compounds having a thiocarbonylthio group used for RAFT (Reversible Addition Fragmentation chain Transfer) polymerization, etc. can be used. These can generate free radicals by donating hydrogen to low-activity free radicals, or can generate free radicals by deprotonating after oxidation. In particular, a thiol compound can be preferably used.
又,鏈轉移劑亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0152~0153段中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0152 to 0153 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be used as chain transfer agents, and the contents are incorporated into this specification.
當樹脂組成物具有鏈轉移劑時,相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分100質量份,鏈轉移劑的含量為0.01~20質量份為較佳,0.1~10質量份為更佳,0.5~5質量份為進一步較佳。鏈轉移劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。當鏈轉移劑為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When the resin composition contains a chain transfer agent, the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the resin composition. The chain transfer agent may be only one or two or more. When there are two or more chain transfer agents, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
又,聚合起始劑為光酸產生劑為較佳。作為光酸產生劑,產生自由基之光酸產生劑為較佳。 具體而言,吸收光進行分解而產生自由基並且從溶劑或酸產生劑本身等提取氫而產生酸之化合物為較佳。 In addition, the polymerization initiator is preferably a photoacid generator. As the photoacid generator, a photoacid generator that generates free radicals is preferred. Specifically, a compound that absorbs light and decomposes to generate free radicals and extracts hydrogen from a solvent or the acid generator itself to generate an acid is preferred.
作為光酸產生劑,例如,可以列舉醌二疊氮化合物、肟磺酸鹽化合物、有機鹵化化合物、有機硼酸鹽化合物、二碸化合物、鎓鹽等,鎓鹽為較佳。 作為鎓鹽,可以列舉重氮鹽、鏻鹽、鋶鹽、錪鹽等。 As the photoacid generator, for example, quinone diazide compounds, oxime sulfonate compounds, organic halogenated compounds, organic borate compounds, disulfonium compounds, onium salts, etc. can be listed, and onium salts are preferred. As the onium salt, diazonium salts, phosphonium salts, selenium salts, iodonium salts, etc. can be listed.
又,鎓鹽為具有鎓結構之陽離子與陰離子的鹽,上述陽離子與陰離子可以經由共價鍵鍵結,亦可以不經由共價鍵鍵結。 亦即,鎓鹽可以為在相同分子結構內具有陽離子部與陰離子部之分子內鹽,亦可以為分別為不同的分子之陽離子分子與陰離子分子進行離子鍵結而成之分子間鹽,但分子間鹽為較佳。又,在本發明的組成物中,上述陽離子部或陽離子分子與上述陰離子部或陰離子分子可以藉由離子鍵而鍵結,亦可以解離。 Furthermore, the onium salt is a salt of a cation and anion having an onium structure, and the cation and anion may be bonded by covalent bonding or not. That is, the onium salt may be an intramolecular salt having a cation part and anion part in the same molecular structure, or an intermolecular salt formed by ionic bonding between cation molecules and anion molecules of different molecules, but intermolecular salts are preferred. Furthermore, in the composition of the present invention, the cation part or cation molecule and the anion part or anion molecule may be bonded by ionic bonding or may be dissociated.
〔鋶鹽〕 在本發明中,鋶鹽表示鋶陽離子與陰離子的鹽。 [Sirconium salt] In the present invention, the term "sirconium salt" refers to a salt of a cation and an anion of zinc.
-鋶陽離子- 作為鋶陽離子,三級鋶陽離子為較佳,三芳基鋶陽離子為更佳。 又,作為鋶陽離子,下述式(103)所表示之陽離子為較佳。 [化學式44] - Copper cation - As the copper cation, a tertiary copper cation is preferred, and a triaryl copper cation is more preferred. In addition, as the copper cation, a cation represented by the following formula (103) is preferred. [Chemical formula 44]
式(103)中,R 8~R 10分別獨立地表示烴基。 R 8~R 10分別獨立地為烷基或芳基為較佳,碳數1~10的烷基或碳數6~12的芳基為更佳,碳數6~12的芳基為進一步較佳,苯基為進一步較佳。 R 8~R 10亦可以具有取代基,作為取代基的例子,可以列舉羥基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、芳基羰基、烷基羰基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、醯氧基等。該等中,作為取代基,具有烷基或烷氧基為較佳,具有支鏈烷基或烷氧基為更佳,具有碳數3~10的支鏈烷基或碳數1~10的烷氧基為進一步較佳。 R 8~R 10可以為相同的基,亦可以為不同的基,就合成適性上的方面而言,相同的基為較佳。 In formula (103), R 8 to R 10 each independently represent a alkyl group. R 8 to R 10 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably a phenyl group. R 8 to R 10 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and an acyloxy group. Among these, as a substituent, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group is preferred, a branched alkyl group or an alkoxy group is more preferred, and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferred. R 8 to R 10 may be the same group or different groups, but the same group is preferred in terms of synthetic suitability.
-陰離子- 關於陰離子並無特別限定,考慮所產生之酸而選擇即可,但可以列舉B(C 6F 5) 4 -、BF 4 -等硼系陰離子、(Rf) nPF 6-n -、PF 3(C 2F 5) 3 -、PF 6 -等磷系陰離子、SbF 6 -等銻系陰離子、其他羧酸陰離子、磺酸陰離子等。 -Anions- There are no particular limitations on the anions and they may be selected in consideration of the acid to be generated. Examples of the anions include boron anions such as B(C 6 F 5 ) 4 - , BF 4 - , phosphorus anions such as (Rf) n PF 6-n - , PF 3 (C 2 F 5 ) 3 - , PF 6 - , antimony anions such as SbF 6 - , other carboxylic acid anions, sulfonic acid anions, and the like.
〔錪鹽〕 在本發明中,錪鹽表示錪陽離子與陰離子的鹽。作為陰離子,可以例示與上述鋶鹽中的陰離子相同者,且較佳態樣亦相同。 [Iodine salt] In the present invention, an iodine salt refers to a salt of an iodine cation and an anion. Examples of the anion include the same anions as those in the above-mentioned zirconia salt, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
-錪陽離子- 作為錪陽離子,二芳基錪陽離子為較佳。 又,作為錪陽離子,下述式(104)所表示之陽離子為較佳。 [化學式45] -Ion cation- As the iodine cation, a diaryl iodine cation is preferred. Also, as the iodine cation, a cation represented by the following formula (104) is preferred. [Chemical Formula 45]
式(104)中,R 11及R 12分別獨立地表示烴基。 R 11及R 12分別獨立地為烷基或芳基為較佳,碳數1~10的烷基或碳數6~12的芳基為更佳,碳數6~12的芳基為進一步較佳,苯基為進一步較佳。 R 11及R 12亦可以具有取代基,作為取代基的例子,可以列舉羥基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、芳基羰基、烷基羰基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、醯氧基等。該等中,作為取代基,具有烷基或烷氧基為較佳,具有支鏈烷基或烷氧基為更佳,具有碳數3~10的支鏈烷基或碳數1~10的烷氧基為進一步較佳。 R 11及R 12可以為相同的基,亦可以為不同的基,就合成適性上的方面而言,相同的基為較佳。 In formula (104), R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a alkyl group. R 11 and R 12 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably a phenyl group. R 11 and R 12 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and an acyloxy group. Among these, as a substituent, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group is preferred, a branched alkyl group or an alkoxy group is more preferred, and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferred. R 11 and R 12 may be the same group or different groups, but the same group is preferred in terms of synthetic suitability.
〔鏻鹽〕 在本發明中,鏻鹽表示鏻陽離子與陰離子的鹽。作為陰離子,可以例示與上述鋶鹽中的陰離子相同者,且較佳態樣亦相同。 [Phosphonium salt] In the present invention, phosphonium salt means a salt of a phosphonium cation and an anion. Examples of the anion include the same anions as those in the above-mentioned zirconia salt, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
-鏻陽離子- 作為鏻陽離子,四級鏻陽離子為較佳,可以列舉四烷基鏻陽離子、三芳基單烷基鏻陽離子等。 又,作為鏻陽離子,下述式(105)所表示之陽離子為較佳。 [化學式46] -Phosphonium cation- As the phosphonium cation, a quaternary phosphonium cation is preferred, and examples thereof include tetraalkylphosphonium cations and triarylmonoalkylphosphonium cations. Furthermore, as the phosphonium cation, a cation represented by the following formula (105) is preferred. [Chemical Formula 46]
式(105)中,R 13~R 16分別獨立地表示氫原子或烴基。 R 13~R 16分別獨立地為烷基或芳基為較佳,碳數1~10的烷基或碳數6~12的芳基為更佳,碳數6~12的芳基為進一步較佳,苯基為進一步較佳。 R 13~R 16亦可以具有取代基,作為取代基的例子,可以列舉羥基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、芳基羰基、烷基羰基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、醯氧基等。該等中,作為取代基,具有烷基或烷氧基為較佳,具有支鏈烷基或烷氧基為更佳,具有碳數3~10的支鏈烷基或碳數1~10的烷氧基為進一步較佳。 R 13~R 16可以為相同的基,亦可以為不同的基,就合成適性上的方面而言,相同的基為較佳。 In formula (105), R 13 to R 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a alkyl group. R 13 to R 16 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably a phenyl group. R 13 to R 16 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and an acyloxy group. Among these, as a substituent, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group is preferred, a branched alkyl group or an alkoxy group is more preferred, and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferred. R 13 to R 16 may be the same group or different groups, but the same group is preferred in terms of synthetic suitability.
相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,光酸產生劑的含量為0.1~20質量%為較佳,0.5~18質量%為更佳,0.5~10質量%為進一步較佳,0.5~3質量%為更進一步較佳,0.5~1.2質量%為再進一步較佳。 光酸產生劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以組合使用複數種。當組合使用複數種時,該等的合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 又,為了對所期望的光源賦予感光性,與增感劑併用亦較佳。 The content of the photoacid generator relative to the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 20 mass %, more preferably 0.5 to 18 mass %, further preferably 0.5 to 10 mass %, further preferably 0.5 to 3 mass %, and further preferably 0.5 to 1.2 mass %. The photoacid generator can be used alone or in combination. When multiple types are used in combination, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range. In addition, in order to impart photosensitivity to the desired light source, it is also preferred to use it in combination with a sensitizer.
又,本發明的樹脂組成物含有2種以上的聚合起始劑作為聚合起始劑亦為本發明的較佳態樣之一。 具體而言,本發明的樹脂組成物含有光聚合起始劑及後述熱聚合起始劑或含有上述光自由基聚合起始劑及上述光酸產生劑為較佳。 In addition, the resin composition of the present invention contains two or more polymerization initiators as polymerization initiators, which is also one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention. Specifically, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator and the thermal polymerization initiator described below, or contains the above-mentioned photoradical polymerization initiator and the above-mentioned photoacid generator.
藉由含有光聚合起始劑及後述熱聚合起始劑,有時能夠進行利用曝光之圖案形成且在利用後述加熱步驟進行硬化時亦容易進行自由基聚合並且提高耐藥品性等性能。 作為含有光聚合起始劑及後述熱聚合起始劑時的含有比率,相對於光聚合起始劑及熱聚合起始劑的合計含量,熱聚合起始劑的含量為20~70質量%為較佳,30~60質量%為更佳。 By containing a photopolymerization initiator and a thermal polymerization initiator described later, it is sometimes possible to form a pattern by exposure and to easily perform free radical polymerization during curing by the heating step described later, thereby improving performance such as chemical resistance. As the content ratio when containing a photopolymerization initiator and a thermal polymerization initiator described later, the content of the thermal polymerization initiator is preferably 20 to 70 mass % relative to the total content of the photopolymerization initiator and the thermal polymerization initiator, and more preferably 30 to 60 mass %.
藉由含有光自由基聚合起始劑及光酸產生劑,有時提高解析度等性能。 作為含有光聚合起始劑及光酸產生劑時的含有比率,相對於光聚合起始劑及光酸產生劑的合計含量,光酸產生劑的含量為20~70質量%為較佳,30~60質量%為更佳。 By containing a photo-radical polymerization initiator and a photo-acid generator, performance such as resolution may be improved. As for the content ratio when a photo-polymerization initiator and a photo-acid generator are contained, the content of the photo-acid generator is preferably 20 to 70 mass %, and more preferably 30 to 60 mass %, relative to the total content of the photo-polymerization initiator and the photo-acid generator.
〔熱聚合起始劑〕 作為熱聚合起始劑,例如,可以列舉熱自由基聚合起始劑。熱自由基聚合起始劑係藉由熱能而產生自由基,並引發或促進具有聚合性之化合物的聚合反應之化合物。藉由添加熱自由基聚合起始劑,亦能夠進行樹脂及聚合性化合物的聚合反應,因此能夠進一步提高耐溶劑性。 [Thermal polymerization initiator] As a thermal polymerization initiator, for example, a thermal free radical polymerization initiator can be cited. A thermal free radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates free radicals by heat energy and initiates or promotes the polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. By adding a thermal free radical polymerization initiator, the polymerization reaction of the resin and the polymerizable compound can also be carried out, thereby further improving the solvent resistance.
作為熱自由基聚合起始劑,具體而言,可以列舉日本特開2008-063554號公報的0074~0118段中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。Specific examples of the thermal radical polymerization initiator include compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of JP-A-2008-063554, the contents of which are incorporated into the present specification.
當樹脂組成物含有熱聚合起始劑時,相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,其含量為0.1~30質量%為較佳,0.1~20質量%為更佳,0.5~15質量%為進一步較佳。熱聚合起始劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。當含有2種以上的熱聚合起始劑時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。When the resin composition contains a thermal polymerization initiator, the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass %, and even more preferably 0.5 to 15 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. The thermal polymerization initiator may contain only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds of thermal polymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<溶劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物含有溶劑為較佳。 溶劑能夠任意使用公知的溶劑。溶劑較佳為有機溶劑。作為有機溶劑,可以列舉酯類、醚類、酮類、環狀烴類、亞碸類、醯胺類、脲類、醇類等化合物。 <Solvent> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. Any known solvent can be used as the solvent. The solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of organic solvents include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, cyclic hydrocarbons, sulfones, amides, ureas, and alcohols.
作為酯類,例如,可以列舉乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸己酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、γ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如,烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯、己酸乙酯、庚酸乙酯、丙二酸二甲酯、丙二酸二乙酯等作為較佳者。Examples of the esters include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, γ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxyacetates (e.g., methyl alkoxyacetate, ethyl alkoxyacetate, butyl alkoxyacetate (e.g., methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.)), alkyl 3-alkoxypropionates (e.g., methyl 3-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkoxypropionate, etc. (e.g., methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.) ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, etc.)), alkyl 2-alkoxypropionates (e.g., methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, etc. (e.g., methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate)), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (e.g., methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetylacetate, ethyl acetylacetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl hexanoate, ethyl heptanoate, dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, etc. are preferred.
作為醚類,例如,可以列舉乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇乙基甲醚、二乙二醇丁基甲醚、三乙二醇二甲醚、四乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇二甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇乙基甲醚、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇二甲醚等作為較佳者。As the ethers, for example, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, diethylene glycol butyl methyl ether, triethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetraethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl thiourea acetate, ethyl thiourea acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether and the like can be listed as preferred ones.
作為酮類,例如,可以列舉甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、3-甲基環己酮、左旋葡萄糖酮(levoglucosenone)、二氫左旋葡萄糖酮等作為較佳者。As the ketones, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, levoglucosenone, dihydrolevoglucosenone and the like are preferably mentioned.
作為環狀烴類,例如,可以列舉甲苯、二甲苯、苯甲醚等芳香族烴類、檸檬烯等環式萜烯類作為較佳者。Preferred examples of the cyclic hydrocarbons include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and anisole, and cyclic terpenes such as limonene.
作為亞碸類,例如,可以列舉二甲基亞碸作為較佳者。As the sulfoxides, for example, dimethyl sulfoxide can be cited as a preferred one.
作為醯胺類,可以列舉N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-乙基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-環己基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基異丁醯胺、3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、3-丁氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、N-甲醯基𠰌啉、N-乙醯基𠰌啉等作為較佳者。As the amides, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylisobutyramide, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, N-formylthiophene, N-acetylthiophene and the like are preferably mentioned.
作為脲類,可以列舉N,N,N’,N’-四甲基脲、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮等作為較佳者。As the urea, N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like are preferred.
作為醇類,可以列舉甲醇、乙醇、1-丙醇、2-丙醇、1-丁醇、1-戊醇、1-己醇、苯甲醇、乙二醇單甲醚、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、2-乙氧基乙醇、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單己醚、三乙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單甲醚、聚乙二醇單甲醚、聚丙二醇、四乙二醇、乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單苄醚、乙二醇單苯醚、甲基苯甲醇、正戊醇、甲基戊醇及二丙酮醇等。As alcohols, there may be mentioned methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-pentanol, 1-hexanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monohexyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, polypropylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobenzyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether, methylbenzyl alcohol, n-pentanol, methylpentanol and diacetone alcohol.
就塗布面性狀的改善等方面而言,溶劑為混合2種以上之形態亦較佳。In terms of improving the properties of the coated surface, it is also preferred that the solvent be in the form of a mixture of two or more solvents.
在本發明中,選自3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、γ-戊內酯、3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、甲苯、二甲基亞碸、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、丙二醇甲醚、丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯、左旋葡萄糖酮及二氫左旋葡萄糖酮中之1種溶劑或由2種以上構成之混合溶劑為較佳。併用二甲基亞碸與γ-丁內酯、併用二甲基亞碸與γ-戊內酯、併用3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺與γ-丁內酯、併用3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺與γ-丁內酯與二甲基亞碸、或者併用N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮與乳酸乙酯為尤佳。在併用該等之溶劑中進一步添加相對於溶劑的總質量為1~10質量%左右的甲苯之態樣亦為本發明的較佳態樣之一。 尤其,就樹脂組成物的保存穩定性等方面而言,含有γ-戊內酯作為溶劑之態樣亦為本發明的較佳態樣之一。在此種態樣中,相對於溶劑的總質量之γ-戊內酯的含量為50質量%以上為較佳,60質量%以上為更佳,70質量%以上為進一步較佳。又,上述含量的上限並無特別限定,可以為100質量%。上述含量考慮樹脂組成物中所含之特定樹脂等成分的溶解度等來確定即可。 又,當併用二甲基亞碸和γ-戊內酯時,相對於溶劑的總質量,含有60~90質量%的γ-戊內酯和10~40質量%的二甲基亞碸為較佳,含有70~90質量%的γ-戊內酯和10~30質量%的二甲基亞碸為更佳,含有75~85質量%的γ-戊內酯和15~25質量%的二甲基亞碸為進一步較佳。 In the present invention, one solvent selected from the group consisting of methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl celulose acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, γ-valerolactone, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, toluene, dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol methyl ether, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, levulose ketone and dihydrolevulose ketone, or a mixed solvent consisting of two or more of the above is preferred. It is particularly preferred to use dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-valerolactone, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide and γ-butyrolactone, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, γ-butyrolactone and dimethyl sulfoxide together, or N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl lactate together. It is also one of the better aspects of the present invention to further add about 1 to 10% by mass of toluene relative to the total mass of the solvent to the solvent used in combination. In particular, in terms of the storage stability of the resin composition, the aspect containing γ-valerolactone as a solvent is also one of the better aspects of the present invention. In this embodiment, the content of γ-valerolactone relative to the total mass of the solvent is preferably 50 mass% or more, more preferably 60 mass% or more, and even more preferably 70 mass% or more. In addition, the upper limit of the above content is not particularly limited and can be 100 mass%. The above content can be determined by considering the solubility of the specific resin and other components contained in the resin composition. Furthermore, when dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-valerolactone are used together, relative to the total mass of the solvent, it is preferred that the solvent contains 60-90 mass% of γ-valerolactone and 10-40 mass% of dimethyl sulfoxide, more preferably 70-90 mass% of γ-valerolactone and 10-30 mass% of dimethyl sulfoxide, and even more preferably 75-85 mass% of γ-valerolactone and 15-25 mass% of dimethyl sulfoxide.
就塗布性的方面而言,溶劑的含量設為本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分濃度達到5~80質量%之量為較佳,設為總固體成分濃度達到5~75質量%之量為更佳,設為總固體成分濃度達到10~70質量%之量為進一步較佳,設為總固體成分濃度達到20~70質量%之量為更進一步較佳。關於溶劑含量,只要依據塗膜的所期望的厚度和塗布方法進行調節即可。當含有2種以上的溶劑時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。In terms of coating properties, the content of the solvent is preferably set to an amount where the total solid content concentration of the resin composition of the present invention reaches 5 to 80 mass %, more preferably 5 to 75 mass %, more preferably 10 to 70 mass %, and even more preferably 20 to 70 mass %. The solvent content can be adjusted according to the desired thickness of the coating and the coating method. When two or more solvents are contained, it is preferably that the total is within the above range.
<金屬接著性改良劑> 就提高與在電極或配線等中使用之金屬材料的接著性的方面而言,本發明的樹脂組成物含有金屬接著性改良劑為較佳。作為金屬接著性改良劑,可以列舉具有烷氧基矽基之矽烷偶合劑、鋁系接著助劑、鈦系接著助劑、具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲結構之化合物、磷酸衍生物化合物、β-酮酸酯化合物、胺基化合物等。 <Metal Adhesion Improver> In terms of improving adhesion to metal materials used in electrodes or wiring, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a metal adhesion improver. Examples of metal adhesion improvers include silane coupling agents having alkoxysilyl groups, aluminum-based adhesion promoters, titanium-based adhesion promoters, compounds having sulfonamide structures and compounds having thiourea structures, phosphoric acid derivative compounds, β-ketoester compounds, and amino compounds.
〔矽烷偶合劑〕 作為矽烷偶合劑,例如,可以列舉國際公開第2021/112189號的0316段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2018-173573的0067~0078段中所記載之化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。又,如日本特開2011-128358號公報的0050~0058段中所記載,使用不同的2種以上的矽烷偶合劑亦較佳。矽烷偶合劑使用下述化合物亦較佳。以下式中,Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基。又,下述R可以列舉源於封閉異氰酸酯基中的封端劑的結構。作為封端劑,依據脫去溫度選擇即可,可以列舉醇化合物、酚化合物、吡唑化合物、三唑化合物、內醯胺化合物、活性亞甲基化合物等。例如,就欲將脫去溫度設為160~180℃之方面而言,己內醯胺等為較佳。作為此種化合物的市售品,可以列舉X-12-1293(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)等。 [Silane coupling agent] As a silane coupling agent, for example, the compound described in paragraph 0316 of International Publication No. 2021/112189 and the compound described in paragraphs 0067 to 0078 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2018-173573 can be listed, and these contents are incorporated into this specification. In addition, as described in paragraphs 0050 to 0058 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-128358, it is also preferred to use two or more different silane coupling agents. It is also preferred to use the following compounds as silane coupling agents. In the following formula, Me represents a methyl group and Et represents an ethyl group. In addition, the following R can list the structure of the end-capping agent derived from the blocked isocyanate group. As the end-capping agent, it can be selected according to the stripping temperature, and alcohol compounds, phenol compounds, pyrazole compounds, triazole compounds, lactam compounds, active methylene compounds, etc. can be listed. For example, in terms of setting the stripping temperature to 160 to 180°C, caprolactam is preferred. As a commercial product of such a compound, X-12-1293 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) can be listed.
[化學式47] [化學式48] [Chemical formula 47] [Chemical formula 48]
作為其他矽烷偶合劑,例如,可以列舉乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、對苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三乙氧基矽基-N-(1,3-二甲基-亞丁基)丙胺、N-苯基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、三-(三甲氧基矽基丙基)異氰脲酸酯、3-脲基丙基三烷氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-異氰酸酯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基矽基丙基琥珀酸酐。該等能夠單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 又,作為矽烷偶合劑,亦能夠使用具有複數個烷氧基矽基之寡聚物類型的化合物。 作為此種寡聚物類型的化合物,可以列舉含有下述式(S-1)所表示之重複單元之化合物等。 [化學式49] 式(S-1)中,R S1表示一價有機基,R S2表示氫原子、羥基或烷氧基,n表示0~2的整數。 R S1為含有聚合性基之結構為較佳。作為聚合性基,可以列舉具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基、環氧基、氧雜環丁烷基、苯并㗁唑基、封閉異氰酸酯基、胺基等。作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基,可以列舉乙烯基、烯丙基、異烯丙基、2-甲基烯丙基、具有與乙烯基直接鍵結之芳香環之基(例如,乙烯基苯基等)、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基等,乙烯基苯基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基或(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為較佳,乙烯基苯基或(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為更佳,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為進一步較佳。 R S2為烷氧基為較佳,甲氧基或乙氧基為更佳。 n表示0~2的整數,1為較佳。 在此,寡聚物類型的化合物中所含之複數個式(S-1)所表示之重複單元的結構分別可以相同。 在此,寡聚物類型的化合物中所含之複數個式(S-1)所表示之重複單元中的至少1個中n為1或2為較佳,至少2個中n為1或2為更佳,至少2個中n為1為進一步較佳。 作為此種寡聚物類型的化合物,能夠使用市售品,作為市售品,例如可以列舉KR-513(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)。 As other silane coupling agents, for example, vinyl trimethoxysilane, vinyl triethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxyhexyl)ethyl trimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyl methyl dimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyl trimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyl methyl diethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyl triethoxysilane, p-phenylene trimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl methyl dimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl trimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl methyl diethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl triethoxysilane, 3-acryloxypropyl Oxypropyltrimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N-(1,3-dimethyl-butylene)propylamine, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, tris-(trimethoxysilylpropyl)isocyanurate, 3-ureidopropyltrialkoxysilane, 3-butylenepropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-butylenepropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-isocyanatepropyltriethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more. In addition, as a silane coupling agent, an oligomer-type compound having a plurality of alkoxysilyl groups can also be used. As such an oligomer-type compound, there can be listed compounds containing a repeating unit represented by the following formula (S-1). [Chemical Formula 49] In formula (S-1), RS1 represents a monovalent organic group, RS2 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group, and n represents an integer of 0 to 2. RS1 preferably has a structure containing a polymerizable group. Examples of the polymerizable group include a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, an epoxide group, an oxacyclobutane group, a benzoxazolyl group, a blocked isocyanate group, an amine group, and the like. As the group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond, there can be mentioned a vinyl group, an allyl group, an isoallyl group, a 2-methylallyl group, a group having an aromatic ring directly bonded to a vinyl group (e.g., vinylphenyl, etc.), a (meth)acrylamide group, a (meth)acryloxy group, etc., preferably a vinylphenyl group, a (meth)acrylamide group or a (meth)acryloxy group, more preferably a vinylphenyl group or a (meth)acryloxy group, and further preferably a (meth)acryloxy group. RS2 is preferably an alkoxy group, more preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group. n represents an integer of 0 to 2, preferably 1. Here, the structures of the multiple repeating units represented by the formula (S-1) contained in the oligomer type compound may be the same. Here, in the oligomer type compound, it is preferred that n is 1 or 2 in at least one of the multiple repeating units represented by the formula (S-1), more preferably 1 or 2 in at least two of them, and even more preferably 1 in at least two of them. As such an oligomer type compound, a commercially available product can be used, and as a commercially available product, for example, KR-513 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) can be cited.
〔鋁系接著助劑〕 作為鋁系接著助劑,例如,能夠列舉三(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鋁、三(乙醯丙酮)鋁、乙醯乙酸乙酯二異丙酯鋁等。 [Aluminum-based bonding aid] Examples of aluminum-based bonding aids include tri(ethyl acetylacetate)aluminum, tri(acetylacetone)aluminum, and diisopropyl ethyl acetylacetate aluminum.
作為其他金屬接著性改良劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2014-186186號公報的0046~0049段中記載之化合物、日本特開2013-072935號公報的0032~0043段中記載之硫醚系化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。As other metal adhesion improvers, compounds described in paragraphs 0046 to 0049 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-186186 and sulfide compounds described in paragraphs 0032 to 0043 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-072935 can also be used, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.
相對於特定樹脂100質量份,金屬接著性改良劑的含量為0.01~30質量份為較佳,0.1~10質量份為更佳,0.5~5質量份為進一步較佳。藉由設為上述下限值以上,圖案與金屬層的接著性變得良好,藉由設為上述上限值以下,圖案的耐熱性、機械特性變得良好。金屬接著性改良劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。當使用2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the metal adhesion improver is preferably 0.01 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. By setting it to above the lower limit, the adhesion between the pattern and the metal layer becomes good, and by setting it to below the upper limit, the heat resistance and mechanical properties of the pattern become good. The metal adhesion improver can be only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferably that the total is within the above range.
<遷移抑制劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物進一步含有遷移抑制劑為較佳。藉由含有遷移抑制劑,例如,在將樹脂組成物應用於金屬層(或金屬配線)而形成膜時,能夠有效地抑制源於金屬層(或金屬配線)之金屬離子向膜內移動。 <Migration inhibitor> The resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a migration inhibitor. By containing a migration inhibitor, for example, when the resin composition is applied to a metal layer (or metal wiring) to form a film, it is possible to effectively inhibit metal ions originating from the metal layer (or metal wiring) from migrating into the film.
作為遷移抑制劑,並無特別限制,可以列舉具有雜環(吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異㗁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、𠰌啉環、2H-哌喃環及6H-哌喃環、三𠯤環)之化合物、具有硫脲類及氫硫基之化合物、受阻酚系化合物、水楊酸衍生物系化合物、醯肼衍生物系化合物。尤其,能夠較佳地使用1,2,4-三唑、苯并三唑、3-胺基-1,2,4-三唑、3,5-二胺基-1,2,4-三唑等三唑系化合物、1H-四唑、5-苯基四唑、5-胺基-1H-四唑等四唑系化合物。Migration inhibitors are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include compounds having a heterocyclic ring (pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxadiazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoxadiazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring, piperidine ring, oxadiazole ring, 2H-pyranyl ring, 6H-pyranyl ring, trioxadiazole ring), compounds having thiourea and thiohydrin, hindered phenol compounds, salicylic acid derivative compounds, and hydrazide derivative compounds. In particular, triazole compounds such as 1,2,4-triazole, benzotriazole, 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole, and 3,5-diamino-1,2,4-triazole, and tetrazole compounds such as 1H-tetrazole, 5-phenyltetrazole, and 5-amino-1H-tetrazole can be preferably used.
該等中,本發明的樹脂組成物含有唑化合物為較佳。 唑化合物為含有唑結構之化合物,唑結構係指含有氮原子作為環員之5員環結構,含有2個以上的氮原子作為環員之5員環結構為較佳。具體而言,唑結構可以列舉咪唑結構、三唑結構、四唑結構等。如苯并咪唑、苯并三唑等,該等結構藉由縮合等可以與其他環結構形成多環。 又,作為具有唑結構之化合物,下述式(R-1)或下述式(R-2)所表示之基直接與唑結構鍵結而成之化合物亦較佳。 [化學式50] 式(R-1)中,R 1表示一價有機基,*表示與唑結構的鍵結部位。 式(R-2)中,R 2表示氫原子或一價有機基,R 3表示一價有機基,*表示與唑結構的鍵結部位。 式(R-1)中,R 1為烴基或由烴基與選自由-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O) 2-及-NR N-組成之群組中之至少1種基的鍵結來表示之基為較佳。R N如上所述。 作為上述烴基,脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴基或由該等的組合表示之基為較佳。 又,R 1的總碳數為1~30為較佳,2~25為較佳,3~20為更佳。 R 1中的與式(R-1)中的羰基的鍵結部位為烴基或-NR N-為較佳。 式(R-1)中,*表示與唑結構的鍵結部位,與作為唑結構的環員之碳原子的鍵結部位為較佳。 式(R-2)中,R 2為氫原子為較佳。 當R 2為一價有機基時,R 2為烴基或由烴基與選自由-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O) 2-及-NR N-組成之群組中之至少1種基的鍵結來表示之基為較佳。R N如上所述。 作為上述烴基,脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴基或由該等的組合表示之基為較佳。 又,當R 2為一價有機基時的總碳數為1~30為較佳,2~25為較佳,3~20為更佳。 當R 2為一價有機基時,R 2中的與式(R-2)中的氮原子的鍵結部位為烴基或-C(=O)-為較佳。 式(R-2)中,R 3為烴基或由烴基與選自由-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O) 2-及-NR N-組成之群組中之至少1種基的鍵結來表示之基為較佳。R N表示氫原子或烴基,氫原子為較佳。 作為上述烴基,脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴基或由該等的組合表示之基為較佳。 又,當R 3為一價有機基時的總碳數為1~30為較佳,2~25為較佳,3~20為更佳。 R 3中的與式(R-2)中的氮原子的鍵結部位為烴基或-C(=O)-為較佳。 式(R-2)中,*表示與唑結構的鍵結部位,與作為唑結構的環員之碳原子的鍵結部位為較佳。 Among them, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains an azole compound. An azole compound is a compound containing an azole structure, and an azole structure refers to a five-membered ring structure containing a nitrogen atom as a ring member, and a five-membered ring structure containing two or more nitrogen atoms as ring members is preferred. Specifically, the azole structure can be exemplified by an imidazole structure, a triazole structure, a tetrazole structure, etc. Such as benzimidazole, benzotriazole, etc., these structures can form polycyclic rings with other ring structures by condensation, etc. In addition, as a compound having an azole structure, a compound in which a group represented by the following formula (R-1) or the following formula (R-2) is directly bonded to the azole structure is also preferred. [Chemical Formula 50] In formula (R-1), R 1 represents a monovalent organic group, and * represents a bonding site with the azole structure. In formula (R-2), R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R 3 represents a monovalent organic group, and * represents a bonding site with the azole structure. In formula (R-1), R 1 is preferably a alkyl group or a group represented by a bond between a alkyl group and at least one group selected from the group consisting of -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, -S(=O) 2 -, and -NR N -. RN is as described above. As the above-mentioned alkyl group, an aliphatic alkyl group, an aromatic alkyl group, or a group represented by a combination thereof is preferred. Moreover, the total carbon number of R 1 is preferably 1 to 30, preferably 2 to 25, and more preferably 3 to 20. The bonding site of R 1 to the carbonyl group in formula (R-1) is preferably a alkyl group or -NR N -. In formula (R-1), * represents the bonding site to the azole structure, and the bonding site to the carbon atom which is a ring member of the azole structure is preferred. In formula (R-2), R 2 is preferably a hydrogen atom. When R 2 is a monovalent organic group, R 2 is preferably a alkyl group or a group represented by a bond between a alkyl group and at least one group selected from the group consisting of -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, -S(=O) 2 - and -NR N -. RN is as described above. As the above-mentioned alkyl group, an aliphatic alkyl group, an aromatic alkyl group or a group represented by a combination thereof is preferred. When R 2 is a monovalent organic group, the total carbon number is preferably 1 to 30, preferably 2 to 25, and more preferably 3 to 20. When R 2 is a monovalent organic group, the bonding site of R 2 to the nitrogen atom in formula (R-2) is preferably a alkyl group or -C(=O)-. In formula (R-2), R 3 is preferably a alkyl group or a group represented by a bond between a alkyl group and at least one group selected from the group consisting of -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, -S(=O) 2 -, and -NR N -. RN represents a hydrogen atom or a alkyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom. As the above-mentioned alkyl group, an aliphatic alkyl group, an aromatic alkyl group, or a group represented by a combination thereof is preferred. When R 3 is a monovalent organic group, the total carbon number is preferably 1 to 30, preferably 2 to 25, and more preferably 3 to 20. The bonding site of R 3 to the nitrogen atom in formula (R-2) is preferably a alkyl group or -C(=O)-. In formula (R-2), * represents the bonding site to the azole structure, and the bonding site to the carbon atom that is a ring member of the azole structure is preferably.
作為遷移抑制劑,亦能夠使用捕捉鹵素離子等陰離子之離子捕捉劑。As a migration inhibitor, an ion capture agent that captures anions such as halogen ions can also be used.
作為其他遷移抑制劑,能夠使用日本特開2013-015701號公報的0094段中所記載之防銹劑、日本特開2009-283711號公報的0073~0076段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2011-059656號公報的0052段中所記載之化合物、日本特開2012-194520號公報的0114段、0116段及0118段中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/199219號的0166段中所記載之化合物等,該內容被編入本說明書中。As other migration inhibitors, the rust inhibitor described in paragraph 0094 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-015701, the compound described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-283711, the compound described in paragraph 0052 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-059656, the compound described in paragraphs 0114, 0116 and 0118 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-194520, the compound described in paragraph 0166 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, etc. can be used, and the contents are incorporated into this specification.
作為遷移抑制劑的具體例,能夠列舉下述化合物。As specific examples of migration inhibitors, the following compounds can be cited.
[化學式51] [Chemical formula 51]
當本發明的樹脂組成物具有遷移抑制劑時,相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,遷移抑制劑的含量為0.01~5.0質量%為較佳,0.05~2.0質量%為更佳,0.1~1.0質量%為進一步較佳。When the resin composition of the present invention contains a migration inhibitor, the content of the migration inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5.0 mass %, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0 mass %, and even more preferably 0.1 to 1.0 mass %, relative to the total solid content of the resin composition.
遷移抑制劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。當遷移抑制劑為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The number of migration inhibitors may be one or more. When there are two or more migration inhibitors, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<光吸收劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物含有因曝光而使其曝光波長的吸光度變小的化合物(光吸收劑)亦較佳。 作為光吸收劑,可以列舉國際公開第2022/202647號的0159~0183段中記載之化合物、日本特開2019-206689號公報的0088~0108段中記載之化合物等。該等內容被編入本說明書中。 <Light absorber> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a compound (light absorber) whose absorbance at the exposure wavelength decreases due to exposure. As light absorbers, compounds described in paragraphs 0159 to 0183 of International Publication No. 2022/202647 and compounds described in paragraphs 0088 to 0108 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2019-206689 can be cited. These contents are incorporated into this specification.
尤其,就提高與基材的密接性之方面而言,本發明的樹脂組成物進一步含有上述唑化合物及上述矽烷偶合劑為較佳。藉由含有該等化合物,尤其,即使在硬化物暴露於高溫高濕條件之後,亦容易維持與基材的密接性。In particular, in terms of improving the adhesion to the substrate, the resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains the above-mentioned azole compound and the above-mentioned silane coupling agent. By containing these compounds, it is easy to maintain the adhesion to the substrate even after the cured product is exposed to high temperature and high humidity conditions.
<聚合抑制劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物含有聚合抑制劑為較佳。作為聚合抑制劑,可以列舉酚系化合物、醌系化合物、胺基系化合物、N-氧自由基系化合物、硝基系化合物、亞硝基系化合物、雜芳香環系化合物、金屬化合物等。 <Polymerization inhibitor> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include phenolic compounds, quinone compounds, amino compounds, N-oxyl radical compounds, nitro compounds, nitroso compounds, heteroaromatic ring compounds, and metal compounds.
作為聚合抑制劑的具體的化合物,可以列舉國際公開第2021/112189的0310段中所記載之化合物、對氫醌、鄰氫醌、4-羥基-2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧自由基、啡㗁𠯤、1,4,4-三甲基-2,3-二吖雙環[3.2.2]壬-2-烯-N,N-二氧化物等。該內容被編入本說明書中。Specific examples of the polymerization inhibitor include compounds described in paragraph 0310 of International Publication No. 2021/112189, p-hydroquinone, o-hydroquinone, 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidinyl-1-oxyl radical, phenanthroline, 1,4,4-trimethyl-2,3-diazabicyclo[3.2.2]non-2-ene-N,N-dioxide, etc. The contents are incorporated into this specification.
當本發明的樹脂組成物具有聚合抑制劑時,相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,聚合抑制劑的含量為0.01~20質量%為較佳,0.02~15質量%為更佳,0.05~10質量%為進一步較佳。When the resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass %, more preferably 0.02 to 15 mass %, and even more preferably 0.05 to 10 mass %, relative to the total solid content of the resin composition.
聚合抑制劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。當聚合抑制劑為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The polymerization inhibitor may be one or more. When the polymerization inhibitor is two or more, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<其他添加劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物可以依據需要在獲得本發明的效果之範圍內含有各種添加物,例如,界面活性劑、高級脂肪酸衍生物、熱聚合起始劑、無機粒子、紫外線吸收劑、有機鈦化合物、抗氧化劑、光酸產生劑、鹼產生劑、抗凝聚劑、酚系化合物、其他高分子化合物、可塑劑及其他助劑類(例如,消泡劑、阻燃劑等)等。藉由適當地含有該等成分,能夠調整膜物理性質等性質。關於該等成分,例如,能夠參閱日本特開2012-003225號公報的0183段以後(對應之美國專利申請公開第2013/0034812號說明書的0237段)的記載、日本特開2008-250074號公報的0101~0104、0107~0109段等的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。當摻合該等添加劑時,將其合計含量設為本發明的樹脂組成物的固體成分的3質量%以下為較佳。 <Other additives> The resin composition of the present invention may contain various additives as needed within the scope of obtaining the effects of the present invention, such as surfactants, higher fatty acid derivatives, thermal polymerization initiators, inorganic particles, ultraviolet absorbers, organic titanium compounds, antioxidants, photoacid generators, alkali generators, anti-agglomeration agents, phenolic compounds, other polymer compounds, plasticizers and other additives (e.g., defoamers, flame retardants, etc.). By appropriately containing these ingredients, the properties of the film such as physical properties can be adjusted. For these components, for example, reference can be made to paragraphs 0183 and later of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-003225 (paragraph 0237 of the corresponding U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812), paragraphs 0101 to 0104, 0107 to 0109 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2008-250074, etc., and these contents are incorporated into this specification. When these additives are blended, it is preferred that their total content be set to 3% by mass or less of the solid content of the resin composition of the present invention.
〔無機粒子〕 作為無機粒子,具體而言,可以列舉碳酸鈣、磷酸鈣、二氧化矽、高嶺土、滑石、二氧化鈦、氧化鋁、硫酸鋇、氟化鈣、氟化鋰、沸石、硫化鉬、玻璃等。 [Inorganic particles] Specific examples of inorganic particles include calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, silicon dioxide, kaolin, talc, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, barium sulfate, calcium fluoride, lithium fluoride, zeolite, molybdenum sulfide, and glass.
無機粒子的平均粒徑為0.01~2.0μm為較佳,0.02~1.5μm為更佳,0.03~1.0μm為進一步較佳,0.04~0.5μm為尤佳。 無機粒子的上述平均粒徑為一次粒徑,並且為體積平均粒徑。體積平均粒徑例如能夠藉由基於Nanotrac WAVE II EX-150(NIKKISO CO.,LTD.製造)之動態光散射法進行測定。 當難以進行上述測定時,亦能夠藉由離心沉降透光法、X射線透射法、雷射繞射/散射法進行測定。 The average particle size of the inorganic particles is preferably 0.01 to 2.0 μm, more preferably 0.02 to 1.5 μm, further preferably 0.03 to 1.0 μm, and particularly preferably 0.04 to 0.5 μm. The above average particle size of the inorganic particles is a primary particle size and a volume average particle size. The volume average particle size can be measured, for example, by a dynamic light scattering method based on Nanotrac WAVE II EX-150 (manufactured by NIKKISO CO., LTD.). When the above measurement is difficult to perform, it can also be measured by a centrifugal sedimentation light transmission method, an X-ray transmission method, or a laser diffraction/scattering method.
〔有機鈦化合物〕 藉由樹脂組成物含有有機鈦化合物,即使在低溫下硬化,亦能夠形成耐藥品性優異的樹脂層。 [Organic titanium compound] By including an organic titanium compound in the resin composition, a resin layer with excellent chemical resistance can be formed even when hardening at low temperatures.
作為能夠使用之有機鈦化合物,可以列舉有機基經由共價鍵或離子鍵與鈦原子鍵結者。 在以下I)~VII)中示出有機鈦化合物的具體例: I)鈦螯合化合物:就樹脂組成物的保存穩定性良好且可獲得良好的硬化圖案之方面而言,具有2個以上的烷氧基之鈦螯合化合物為更佳。具體例為雙(三乙醇胺)二異丙氧基鈦、二(正丁氧基)雙(2,4-戊二酸酯)鈦、二異丙氧基雙(2,4-戊二酸酯)鈦、二異丙氧基雙(四甲基庚二酸酯)鈦、二異丙氧基雙(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦等。 II)四烷氧基鈦化合物:例如為四(正丁氧基)鈦、四乙氧基鈦、四(2-乙基己氧基)鈦、四異丁氧基鈦、四異丙氧基鈦、四甲氧基鈦、四甲氧基丙氧基鈦、四甲基苯氧基鈦、四(正壬氧基)鈦、四(正丙氧基)鈦、四硬脂氧基鈦、四[雙{2,2-(烯丙氧基甲基)丙氧基}]鈦等。 III)二茂鈦化合物:例如為五甲基環戊二烯三甲氧基鈦、雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟苯基)鈦、雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)苯基)鈦等。 IV)單烷氧基鈦化合物:例如為三(磷酸二辛酯)異丙氧基鈦、三(苯磺酸十二酯)異丙氧基鈦等。 V)氧化鈦化合物:例如為雙(戊二酸酯)氧化鈦、雙(四甲基庚二酸酯)氧化鈦、酞菁氧化鈦等。 VI)四乙醯丙酮鈦化合物:例如為四乙醯丙酮鈦等。 VII)鈦酸酯偶合劑:例如為異丙基三十二基苯磺醯基鈦酸酯等。 As the organic titanium compounds that can be used, organic groups bonded to titanium atoms via covalent bonds or ionic bonds can be listed. Specific examples of organic titanium compounds are shown in the following I) to VII): I) Titanium chelate compounds: In terms of good storage stability of the resin composition and the ability to obtain a good curing pattern, titanium chelate compounds having two or more alkoxy groups are more preferred. Specific examples are bis(triethanolamine)diisopropoxytitanium, di(n-butoxy)bis(2,4-pentanedioate)titanium, diisopropoxybis(2,4-pentanedioate)titanium, diisopropoxybis(tetramethylpimelate)titanium, diisopropoxybis(ethyl acetylacetate)titanium, etc. II) Tetraalkoxy titanium compounds: for example, tetra(n-butoxy)titanium, tetraethoxytitanium, tetra(2-ethylhexyloxy)titanium, tetraisobutoxytitanium, tetraisopropoxytitanium, tetramethoxytitanium, tetramethoxypropoxytitanium, tetramethylphenoxytitanium, tetra(n-nonyloxy)titanium, tetra(n-propoxy)titanium, tetrastearyloxytitanium, tetra[bis{2,2-(allyloxymethyl)propoxy}]titanium, etc. III) Titanium cyclopentadiene compounds: for example, pentamethylcyclopentadiene trimethoxytitanium, bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadiene-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluorophenyl)titanium, bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadiene-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)titanium, etc. IV) Monoalkoxy titanium compounds: for example, tris(dioctyl phosphate)isopropoxytitanium, tris(dodecyl benzenesulfonate)isopropoxytitanium, etc. V) Titanium oxide compounds: for example, bis(glutaric acid ester) titanium oxide, bis(tetramethyl pimelate) titanium oxide, phthalocyanine titanium oxide, etc. VI) Titanium tetraacetylacetonate compounds: for example, titanium tetraacetylacetonate, etc. VII) Titanium ester coupling agent: for example, isopropyl tridodecylbenzenesulfonyl titanium ester, etc.
其中,作為有機鈦化合物,就更良好的耐藥品性的方面而言,選自由上述I)鈦螯合化合物、II)四烷氧基鈦化合物及III)二茂鈦化合物組成之群組中之至少1種化合物為較佳。尤其,二異丙氧基雙(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦、四(正丁氧基)鈦及雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)苯基)鈦為較佳。Among them, as an organic titanium compound, in terms of better chemical resistance, at least one compound selected from the group consisting of I) titanium chelate compounds, II) tetraalkoxy titanium compounds and III) titanocene compounds is preferred. In particular, diisopropoxybis(ethyl acetylacetate)titanium, tetra(n-butoxy)titanium and bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)titanium are preferred.
又,作為有機鈦化合物或代替有機鈦化合物,含有下述式(T-1)所表示之化合物亦較佳。 [化學式52] 式(T-1)中,M為鈦、鋯或鉿,l1為0~2的整數,l2為0或1,l1+l2×2為0~2的整數,m為0~4的整數,n為0~2的整數,l1+l2+m+n×2=4,R 11各自獨立地為經取代或未經取代之環戊二烯基、經取代或未經取代之烷氧基或經取代或未經取代之苯氧基,R 12為經取代或未經取代之烴基,R 2各自獨立地為含有下述式(T-2)所表示之結構之基,R 3各自獨立地為含有下述式(T-2)所表示之結構之基,X A分別獨立地為氧原子或硫原子。 [化學式53] 式(T-2)中,X 1~X 3分別獨立地表示-C(-*)=或-N=,*分別表示與其他結構的鍵結部位,#表示與金屬原子的鍵結部位。 Furthermore, as an organic titanium compound or in place of the organic titanium compound, a compound represented by the following formula (T-1) is also preferably contained. [Chemical Formula 52] In formula (T-1), M is titanium, zirconium or eurium, l1 is an integer from 0 to 2, l2 is 0 or 1, l1+l2×2 is an integer from 0 to 2, m is an integer from 0 to 4, n is an integer from 0 to 2, l1+l2+m+n×2=4, R11 is each independently a substituted or unsubstituted cyclopentadienyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group or a substituted or unsubstituted phenoxy group, R12 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, R2 is each independently a group having a structure represented by the following formula (T-2), R3 is each independently a group having a structure represented by the following formula (T-2), and XA is each independently an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. [Chemical Formula 53] In formula (T-2), X 1 to X 3 each independently represent -C(-*)= or -N=, * represents a bonding site with other structures, and # represents a bonding site with a metal atom.
式(T-1)中,就組成物的保存穩定性的方面而言,M較佳為鈦。 式(T-1)中,l1及l2為0的態樣亦為本發明的較佳態樣之一。 式(T-1)中,m為2或4為較佳,2為更佳。 式(T-1)中,n為1或2為較佳,1為更佳。 在此,式(T-1)中,l1及l2為0且m為0、2或4亦較佳。 In formula (T-1), M is preferably titanium in terms of storage stability of the composition. In formula (T-1), the state in which l1 and l2 are 0 is also one of the preferred states of the present invention. In formula (T-1), m is preferably 2 or 4, and 2 is more preferred. In formula (T-1), n is preferably 1 or 2, and 1 is more preferred. Here, in formula (T-1), l1 and l2 are 0 and m is also preferably 0, 2 or 4.
式(T-1)中,就特定金屬錯合物的穩定性的方面而言,R 11為經取代或未經取代之環戊二烯配位體為較佳。 又,R 11中的環戊二烯基、烷氧基及苯氧基可以被取代,但未經取代之態樣亦為本發明的較佳態樣之一。 In formula (T-1), R 11 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted cyclopentadienyl ligand from the perspective of the stability of the specific metal complex. The cyclopentadienyl, alkoxy and phenoxy groups in R 11 may be substituted, but the unsubstituted aspect is also one of the preferred aspects of the present invention.
式(T-1)中,R 12為碳數1~20的烴基為較佳,碳數2~10的烴基為更佳。 作為R 12中的烴基,可以為脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴基中的任一種,芳香族烴基為較佳。 作為脂肪族烴基,可以為飽和脂肪族烴基,亦可以為不飽和脂肪族烴基,但飽和脂肪族烴基為較佳。 作為芳香族烴基,碳數6~20的芳香族烴基為較佳,碳數6~10的芳香族烴基為更佳,伸苯基為進一步較佳。 作為R 12中的取代基,一價取代基為較佳,可以列舉鹵素原子等。又,當R 12為芳香族烴基時,可以具有烷基作為取代基。 在該等中,式(T-1)中,R 12為未經取代之伸苯基為較佳。又,R 12中的伸苯基為1,2-伸苯基為較佳。 In formula (T-1), R 12 is preferably a alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a alkyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkyl group in R 12 may be any of an aliphatic alkyl group and an aromatic alkyl group, and an aromatic alkyl group is preferred. The aliphatic alkyl group may be a saturated aliphatic alkyl group or an unsaturated aliphatic alkyl group, but a saturated aliphatic alkyl group is preferred. The aromatic alkyl group is preferably an aromatic alkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aromatic alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a phenylene group. As a substituent in R 12 , a monovalent substituent is preferred, and a halogen atom or the like can be mentioned. When R 12 is an aromatic alkyl group, it may have an alkyl group as a substituent. In the formula (T-1), R 12 is preferably an unsubstituted phenylene group. In the formula (T-1), the phenylene group in R 12 is preferably a 1,2-phenylene group.
式(T-1)中,m為2以上,當含有2個以上的R 2時,該2個以上的R 2的結構可以分別相同,亦可以不同。 式(T-1)中,n為2以上,當含有2個以上的R 3時,該2個以上的R 3的結構可以分別相同,亦可以不同。 In formula (T-1), m is 2 or more, and when there are 2 or more R 2 , the structures of the 2 or more R 2 may be the same or different. In formula (T-1), n is 2 or more, and when there are 2 or more R 3 , the structures of the 2 or more R 3 may be the same or different.
式(T-2)中,X 1~X 3分別獨立地表示-C(-*)=或-N=,至少1個表示-C(-*)=為較佳,至少2個表示-C(-*)=為更佳。 In formula (T-2), X 1 to X 3 each independently represent -C(-*)= or -N=, preferably at least one represents -C(-*)=, and more preferably at least two represent -C(-*)=.
作為式(T-1)所表示之化合物的具體例,可以列舉對應於實施例中的I-5~I-8之化合物,但並不限定於該等。Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (T-1) include compounds corresponding to I-5 to I-8 in Examples, but are not limited thereto.
當樹脂組成物含有有機鈦化合物時,相對於特定樹脂100質量份,其含量為0.05~10質量份為較佳,0.1~5質量份為更佳。當含量為0.05質量份以上時,所獲得之硬化圖案的耐熱性及耐藥品性變得更良好,當為10質量份以下時,組成物的保存穩定性更優異。When the resin composition contains an organic titanium compound, the content is preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. When the content is 0.05 parts by mass or more, the heat resistance and chemical resistance of the obtained hardened pattern become better, and when it is 10 parts by mass or less, the storage stability of the composition is better.
當含有有機鈦化合物時,相對於特定樹脂100質量份,其含量為0.05~10質量份為較佳,0.1~2質量份為更佳。當含量為0.05質量份以上時,所獲得之硬化圖案的耐熱性及耐藥品性變得更良好,當為10質量份以下時,組成物的保存穩定性更優異。 作為其他添加劑,可以列舉國際公開第2022/145355號的0249~0282段、0316~0358段中所記載之化合物。上述記載被編入本說明書中。 When an organic titanium compound is contained, the content is preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 2 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. When the content is 0.05 parts by mass or more, the heat resistance and chemical resistance of the obtained hardened pattern become better, and when it is 10 parts by mass or less, the storage stability of the composition is better. As other additives, the compounds described in paragraphs 0249 to 0282 and paragraphs 0316 to 0358 of International Publication No. 2022/145355 can be listed. The above description is incorporated into this specification.
<樹脂組成物的特性> 本發明的樹脂組成物的黏度能夠藉由樹脂組成物的固體成分濃度來調整。就塗布膜厚的方面而言,1,000mm 2/s~12,000mm 2/s為較佳,2,000mm 2/s~10,000mm 2/s為更佳,2,500mm 2/s~8,000mm 2/s為進一步較佳。只要在上述範圍內,則容易獲得均勻性高的塗布膜。若為1,000mm 2/s以上,則例如容易以作為再配線用絕緣膜所需的膜厚塗布,若為12,000mm 2/s以下,則可獲得塗布面狀優異的塗膜。 <Characteristics of the resin composition> The viscosity of the resin composition of the present invention can be adjusted by adjusting the solid content concentration of the resin composition. In terms of the coating film thickness, 1,000 mm 2 /s to 12,000 mm 2 /s is preferred, 2,000 mm 2 /s to 10,000 mm 2 /s is more preferred, and 2,500 mm 2 /s to 8,000 mm 2 /s is further preferred. Within the above range, a highly uniform coating film can be easily obtained. If it is 1,000 mm 2 /s or more, it is easy to apply the film with the required film thickness as an insulating film for redistribution wiring, for example, and if it is 12,000 mm 2 /s or less, a coating film with excellent coating surface appearance can be obtained.
<對樹脂組成物的含有物質的限制> 本發明的樹脂組成物的含水率未達2.0質量%為較佳,未達1.5質量%為更佳,未達1.0質量%為進一步較佳。若未達2.0%,則樹脂組成物的保存穩定性提高。 作為維持水分的含量之方法,可以列舉調整保管條件下的濕度、降低保管時的收容容器的孔隙率等。 <Restrictions on the substances contained in the resin composition> The water content of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 2.0 mass %, more preferably less than 1.5 mass %, and even more preferably less than 1.0 mass %. If it is less than 2.0%, the storage stability of the resin composition is improved. As a method for maintaining the water content, it can be listed that the humidity under the storage conditions is adjusted, the porosity of the storage container during storage is reduced, etc.
就絕緣性的方面而言,本發明的樹脂組成物的金屬含量未達5質量ppm(parts per million(百萬分率))為較佳,未達1質量ppm為更佳,未達0.5質量ppm為進一步較佳。作為金屬,可以列舉鈉、鉀、鎂、鈣、鐵、銅、鉻、鎳等,但作為有機化合物與金屬的錯合物而包含之金屬除外。當含有複數種金屬時,該等金屬的合計在上述範圍內為較佳。In terms of insulation, the metal content of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 mass ppm (parts per million), more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and even more preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm. Examples of metals include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, copper, chromium, nickel, etc., but exclude metals contained as complexes of organic compounds and metals. When multiple metals are contained, the total of the metals is preferably within the above range.
又,作為減少意外地包含在本發明的樹脂組成物中的金屬雜質之方法,能夠列舉如下方法:選擇金屬含量少的原料作為構成本發明的樹脂組成物之原料,對構成本發明的樹脂組成物之原料進行過濾器過濾,用聚四氟乙烯等對裝置內進行內襯而在盡可能抑制污染的條件下進行蒸餾等。Furthermore, as a method for reducing the metal impurities accidentally contained in the resin composition of the present invention, the following methods can be cited: selecting a raw material with a low metal content as a raw material constituting the resin composition of the present invention, filtering the raw material constituting the resin composition of the present invention through a filter, lining the inside of the device with polytetrafluoroethylene or the like and performing distillation under conditions that suppress contamination as much as possible, etc.
關於本發明的樹脂組成物,若考慮作為半導體材料的用途,則就配線腐蝕性的方面而言,鹵素原子的含量未達500質量ppm為較佳,未達300質量ppm為更佳,未達200質量ppm為進一步較佳。其中,以鹵素離子的狀態存在者未達5質量ppm為較佳,未達1質量ppm為更佳,未達0.5質量ppm為進一步較佳。作為鹵素原子,可以列舉氯原子及溴原子。氯原子及溴原子或氯離子及溴離子的合計分別在上述範圍內為較佳。 作為調節鹵素原子的含量之方法,可較佳地列舉離子交換處理等。 Regarding the resin composition of the present invention, if the use as a semiconductor material is considered, the content of halogen atoms is preferably less than 500 mass ppm, more preferably less than 300 mass ppm, and more preferably less than 200 mass ppm in terms of wiring corrosion. Among them, the content of halogen ions is preferably less than 5 mass ppm, more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and more preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm. As halogen atoms, chlorine atoms and bromine atoms can be listed. It is preferred that the total of chlorine atoms and bromine atoms or chlorine ions and bromine ions are respectively within the above range. As a method for adjusting the content of halogen atoms, ion exchange treatment, etc. can be preferably listed.
作為本發明的樹脂組成物的收容容器,能夠使用以往公知的收容容器。作為收容容器,以抑制雜質混入原材料或本發明的樹脂組成物中為目的,使用由6種6層樹脂構成容器內壁之多層瓶、以6種樹脂形成7層結構之瓶亦較佳。作為此種容器,例如可以列舉日本特開2015-123351號公報中所記載之容器。As a container for the resin composition of the present invention, a conventionally known container can be used. As a container, in order to suppress the mixing of impurities into the raw materials or the resin composition of the present invention, it is also preferable to use a multi-layer bottle having an inner wall of the container composed of six types of six layers of resins or a bottle having a seven-layer structure formed of six types of resins. As such a container, for example, the container described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2015-123351 can be cited.
<樹脂組成物的硬化物> 藉由硬化本發明的樹脂組成物,能夠獲得樹脂組成物的硬化物。 本發明的硬化物為將樹脂組成物硬化而成之硬化物。 樹脂組成物的硬化藉由加熱進行為較佳,加熱溫度為120℃~400℃為更佳,140℃~380℃為進一步較佳,170℃~350℃為尤佳。樹脂組成物的硬化物的形態並無特別限定,能夠依據用途選擇膜狀、棒狀、球狀、顆粒狀等。在本發明中,硬化物為膜狀為較佳。藉由樹脂組成物的圖案加工,亦能夠依據在壁面形成保護膜、形成導通用通孔、調整阻抗、靜電電容或內部應力、賦予散熱功能等用途來選擇硬化物的形狀。硬化物(由硬化物構成之膜)的膜厚為0.5μm以上且150μm以下為較佳。 硬化本發明的樹脂組成物時的收縮率為50%以下為較佳,45%以下為更佳,40%以下為進一步較佳。在此,收縮率係指樹脂組成物的硬化前後的體積變化的百分率,能夠依據下述式算出。 收縮率[%]=100-(硬化後的體積÷硬化前的體積)×100 <Cured resin composition> By curing the resin composition of the present invention, a cured resin composition can be obtained. The cured resin composition of the present invention is a cured resin composition. The curing of the resin composition is preferably performed by heating, and the heating temperature is preferably 120°C to 400°C, more preferably 140°C to 380°C, and particularly preferably 170°C to 350°C. The shape of the cured resin composition is not particularly limited, and can be selected from a film, rod, spherical, granular, etc. according to the application. In the present invention, the cured product is preferably a film. By patterning the resin composition, the shape of the cured product can be selected according to the purpose of forming a protective film on the wall, forming a conductive through hole, adjusting impedance, electrostatic capacitance or internal stress, and providing a heat dissipation function. The film thickness of the cured product (film composed of the cured product) is preferably 0.5μm or more and 150μm or less. The shrinkage rate when curing the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 50% or less, 45% or less is more preferably, and 40% or less is further preferably. Here, the shrinkage rate refers to the percentage of the volume change of the resin composition before and after curing, which can be calculated according to the following formula. Shrinkage rate [%] = 100-(volume after curing ÷ volume before curing) × 100
<樹脂組成物的硬化物的特性> 本發明的樹脂組成物的硬化物的醯亞胺化反應率為70%以上為較佳,80%以上為更佳,90%以上為進一步較佳。若為70%以上,則有時會成為機械特性優異的硬化物。 本發明的樹脂組成物的硬化物的斷裂伸長率為30%以上為較佳,40%以上為更佳,50%以上為進一步較佳。 本發明的樹脂組成物的硬化物的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)為180℃以上為較佳,210℃以上為更佳,230℃以上為進一步較佳。 <Characteristics of the cured product of the resin composition> The imidization reaction rate of the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and even more preferably 90% or more. If it is 70% or more, it may become a cured product with excellent mechanical properties. The elongation at break of the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 40% or more, and even more preferably 50% or more. The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 180°C or more, more preferably 210°C or more, and even more preferably 230°C or more.
硬化物在波長365nm下的透光率為15%以上為較佳,20%以上為更佳,25%以上為更佳。 上述透射率的上限並無特別限定,可以為100%。 上述透射率使用公知的分光光度計進行測定。 The transmittance of the cured product at a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably 15% or more, more preferably 20% or more, and more preferably 25% or more. The upper limit of the above transmittance is not particularly limited and can be 100%. The above transmittance is measured using a known spectrophotometer.
<樹脂組成物的製備> 本發明的樹脂組成物能夠藉由混合上述各成分來製備。混合方法並無特別限定,能夠藉由以往公知的方法來進行。 作為混合方法,可以列舉利用攪拌葉片之混合、利用球磨機之混合、使罐旋轉之混合等。 混合中的溫度為10~30℃為較佳,15~25℃為更佳。 <Preparation of resin composition> The resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. The mixing method is not particularly limited, and can be performed by a conventionally known method. As the mixing method, mixing using a stirring blade, mixing using a ball mill, mixing by rotating a tank, etc. can be listed. The temperature during mixing is preferably 10 to 30°C, and more preferably 15 to 25°C.
以去除本發明的樹脂組成物中的灰塵或微粒等異物為目的,進行使用過濾器之過濾為較佳。關於過濾器孔徑,例如5μm以下為較佳,1μm以下為更佳,0.5μm以下為進一步較佳,0.1μm以下為更進一步較佳。過濾器的材質為聚四氟乙烯、聚乙烯或尼龍為較佳。當過濾器的材質為聚乙烯時,HDPE(高密度聚乙烯)為更佳。過濾器可以使用用有機溶劑預先洗淨者。在過濾器的過濾步驟中,可以將複數種過濾器串聯或並聯連接而使用。當使用複數種過濾器時,可以組合使用孔徑或材質不同的過濾器。作為連接態樣,例如,可以列舉如下態樣:將孔徑1μm的HDPE過濾器作為第一段,將孔徑0.2μm的HDPE過濾器作為第二段,將兩者串聯連接。又,可以將各種材料過濾複數次。當過濾複數次時,可以為循環過濾。又,可以進行加壓過濾。當進行加壓過濾時,所加壓之壓力例如為0.01MPa以上且1.0MPa以下為較佳,0.03MPa以上且0.9MPa以下為更佳,0.05MPa以上且0.7MPa以下為進一步較佳,0.05MPa以上且0.5MPa以下為更進一步較佳。 除了使用過濾器之過濾以外,亦可以進行使用吸附材料之雜質的去除處理。亦可以組合過濾器過濾和使用吸附材料之雜質去除處理。作為吸附材料,能夠使用公知的吸附材料。例如,可以列舉矽膠、沸石等無機系吸附材料、活性碳等有機系吸附材料。 在用過濾器進行過濾之後,可以實施將填充於瓶中的樹脂組成物放置於減壓下進行脫氣之步驟。 For the purpose of removing foreign matter such as dust or particles in the resin composition of the present invention, it is preferred to perform filtering using a filter. Regarding the pore size of the filter, for example, 5 μm or less is preferred, 1 μm or less is more preferred, 0.5 μm or less is further preferred, and 0.1 μm or less is further preferred. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon. When the material of the filter is polyethylene, HDPE (high-density polyethylene) is more preferred. The filter can be pre-cleaned with an organic solvent. In the filtering step of the filter, multiple filters can be connected in series or in parallel for use. When using multiple filters, filters with different pore sizes or materials can be used in combination. As a connection example, for example, the following example can be listed: a HDPE filter with a pore size of 1 μm is used as the first stage, and a HDPE filter with a pore size of 0.2 μm is used as the second stage, and the two are connected in series. In addition, various materials can be filtered multiple times. When filtering is repeated multiple times, it can be cycle filtering. In addition, pressure filtering can be performed. When performing pressurized filtration, the applied pressure is preferably, for example, 0.01 MPa or more and 1.0 MPa or less, 0.03 MPa or more and 0.9 MPa or less, 0.05 MPa or more and 0.7 MPa or less, and 0.05 MPa or more and 0.5 MPa or less. In addition to filtering using a filter, impurity removal using an adsorbent can also be performed. Filtering and impurity removal using an adsorbent can also be combined. As an adsorbent, a known adsorbent can be used. For example, inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon can be listed. After filtering with a filter, a step of placing the resin composition filled in the bottle under reduced pressure for degassing may be performed.
(硬化物的製造方法) 本發明的硬化物的製造方法包括將樹脂組成物應用於基材上而形成膜之膜形成步驟為較佳。 硬化物的製造方法包括上述膜形成步驟、選擇性地對藉由膜形成步驟而形成之膜進行曝光之曝光步驟、及使用顯影液對藉由曝光步驟曝光之膜進行顯影而形成圖案之顯影步驟為更佳。 硬化物的製造方法包括上述膜形成步驟、上述曝光步驟、上述顯影步驟、以及對藉由顯影步驟而獲得之圖案進行加熱之加熱步驟及對藉由顯影步驟而獲得之圖案進行曝光之顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者為尤佳。 又,硬化物的製造方法包括上述膜形成步驟及加熱上述膜之步驟亦較佳。 以下,對各步驟的詳細內容進行說明。 (Method for producing a cured product) The method for producing a cured product of the present invention preferably includes a film forming step of applying a resin composition to a substrate to form a film. The method for producing a cured product preferably includes the film forming step, an exposure step of selectively exposing the film formed by the film forming step, and a developing step of developing the film exposed by the exposure step with a developer to form a pattern. The method for producing a cured product preferably includes at least one of the film forming step, the exposure step, the developing step, a heating step of heating the pattern obtained by the developing step, and a post-development exposure step of exposing the pattern obtained by the developing step. Furthermore, it is also preferred that the method for producing a cured product includes the above-mentioned film forming step and the step of heating the above-mentioned film. The details of each step are described below.
<膜形成步驟> 本發明的樹脂組成物能夠在將其應用於基材上以形成膜之膜形成步驟中使用。 本發明的硬化物的製造方法包括將樹脂組成物應用於基材上而形成膜之膜形成步驟為較佳。 <Film-forming step> The resin composition of the present invention can be used in a film-forming step of applying it to a substrate to form a film. The method for producing a cured product of the present invention preferably includes a film-forming step of applying the resin composition to a substrate to form a film.
〔基材〕 基材的種類能夠依據用途適當確定,並無特別限定。作為基材,例如,可以列舉矽、氮化矽、多晶矽、氧化矽、非晶矽等半導體製作基材、石英、玻璃、光學膜、陶瓷材料、蒸鍍膜、磁性膜、反射膜、Ni、Cu、Cr、Fe等金屬基材(例如,可以為由金屬形成之基材及例如藉由鍍覆或蒸鍍等形成有金屬層之基材中的任一者)、紙、SOG(Spin On Glass:旋塗式玻璃)、TFT(薄膜電晶體)陣列基材、模製(mold)基材、電漿顯示面板(PDP)的電極板等。基材尤其為半導體製作基材為較佳,矽基材、Cu基材及模製基材為更佳。 可以在該等基材的表面上設置有由六甲基二矽氮烷(HMDS)等形成之密接層或氧化層等層。 基材的形狀並無特別限定,可以為圓形形狀,亦可以為矩形形狀。 關於基材的尺寸,若為圓形形狀,則例如直徑為100~450mm為較佳,200~450mm為更佳。若為矩形形狀,則例如短邊的長度為100~1000mm為較佳,200~700mm為更佳。 作為基材,例如可以使用板狀,較佳為使用面板狀基材(基板)。 [Substrate] The type of substrate can be appropriately determined according to the application and is not particularly limited. Examples of the substrate include semiconductor substrates such as silicon, silicon nitride, polycrystalline silicon, silicon oxide, and amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical films, ceramic materials, evaporated films, magnetic films, reflective films, metal substrates such as Ni, Cu, Cr, and Fe (for example, any of a substrate formed of metal and a substrate having a metal layer formed by plating or evaporation, etc.), paper, SOG (Spin On Glass), TFT (Thin Film Transistor) array substrate, mold substrate, and electrode plates of a plasma display panel (PDP). The substrate is preferably a semiconductor substrate, and a silicon substrate, a Cu substrate, and a mold substrate are more preferably. A bonding layer or an oxide layer formed of hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) or the like may be provided on the surface of the substrate. The shape of the substrate is not particularly limited, and may be circular or rectangular. Regarding the size of the substrate, if it is circular, for example, the diameter is preferably 100 to 450 mm, and 200 to 450 mm is more preferred. If it is rectangular, for example, the length of the short side is preferably 100 to 1000 mm, and 200 to 700 mm is more preferred. As the substrate, for example, a plate-shaped substrate may be used, and a panel-shaped substrate (substrate) is preferably used.
當在樹脂層(例如,由硬化物構成之層)的表面或金屬層的表面上應用樹脂組成物而形成膜時,樹脂層或金屬層成為基材。When a resin composition is applied to the surface of a resin layer (eg, a layer composed of a hardened material) or the surface of a metal layer to form a film, the resin layer or the metal layer becomes a base.
作為將樹脂組成物應用於基材上之方法,塗布為較佳。 作為所應用之方法,具體而言,可以列舉浸塗法、氣刀塗布法、簾塗法、線棒塗布法、凹版塗布法、擠壓塗布法、噴塗法、旋塗法、狹縫塗布法及噴墨法等。就膜厚度的均勻性的方面而言,旋塗法、狹縫塗布法、噴塗法或噴墨法為較佳,就膜厚度的均勻性的方面及生產性的方面而言,旋塗法及狹縫塗布法為更佳。依據所應用之方法來調整樹脂組成物的固體成分濃度或塗布條件,藉此能夠獲得所期望的厚度的膜。又,亦能夠依據基材的形狀適當選擇塗布方法,若為晶圓等圓形基材,則旋塗法或噴塗法、噴墨法等為較佳,若為矩形基材,則狹縫塗布法、噴塗法、噴墨法等為較佳。在旋塗法之情況下,例如,能夠以500~3,500rpm的轉速應用10秒鐘~3分鐘左右。 又,亦能夠應用將預先藉由上述賦予方法賦予並形成於偽支撐體上之塗膜轉印到基材上之方法。 關於轉印方法,亦能夠較佳地使用日本特開2006-023696號公報的0023、0036~0051段或日本特開2006-047592號公報的0096~0108段中所記載之製作方法。 又,亦可以進行在基材的端部去除多餘膜之步驟。關於此種步驟的例子,可以列舉邊珠沖洗(edge bead rinse:EBR)、背面沖洗等。 亦可以採用如下預濕步驟:在將樹脂組成物塗布於基材之前,在基材上塗布各種溶劑以提高基材的潤濕性之後塗布樹脂組成物。 As a method of applying the resin composition to the substrate, coating is preferred. As the method to be applied, specifically, dip coating, air knife coating, curtain coating, wire rod coating, gravure coating, extrusion coating, spray coating, spin coating, slit coating and inkjet coating can be listed. In terms of uniformity of film thickness, spin coating, slit coating, spray coating or inkjet coating is preferred, and in terms of uniformity of film thickness and productivity, spin coating and slit coating are more preferred. By adjusting the solid content concentration of the resin composition or the coating conditions according to the method used, a film of the desired thickness can be obtained. In addition, the coating method can be appropriately selected according to the shape of the substrate. If it is a circular substrate such as a wafer, spin coating, spray coating, inkjet method, etc. are preferred. If it is a rectangular substrate, slit coating, spray coating, inkjet method, etc. are preferred. In the case of spin coating, for example, it can be applied at a rotation speed of 500 to 3,500 rpm for about 10 seconds to 3 minutes. In addition, a method of transferring the coating film previously applied by the above-mentioned applying method and formed on the pseudo support to the substrate can also be applied. Regarding the transfer method, the production method described in paragraphs 0023, 0036 to 0051 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2006-023696 or paragraphs 0096 to 0108 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2006-047592 can also be preferably used. In addition, a step of removing excess film at the end of the substrate can also be performed. Examples of such a step include edge bead rinse (EBR) and back rinse. The following pre-wetting step can also be adopted: before applying the resin composition to the substrate, various solvents are applied to the substrate to improve the wettability of the substrate and then the resin composition is applied.
<乾燥步驟> 在膜形成步驟(層形成步驟)之後,為了去除溶劑,上述膜可以供於對所形成之膜(層)進行乾燥之步驟(乾燥步驟)。 亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括對藉由膜形成步驟形成之膜進行乾燥之乾燥步驟。 上述乾燥步驟在膜形成步驟之後且曝光步驟之前進行為較佳。 乾燥步驟中的膜的乾燥溫度為50~150℃為較佳,70℃~130℃為更佳,90℃~110℃為進一步較佳。又,可以藉由減壓來進行乾燥。作為乾燥時間,可以例示30秒鐘~20分鐘,1分鐘~10分鐘為較佳,2分鐘~7分鐘為更佳。 <Drying step> After the film forming step (layer forming step), the film may be subjected to a step of drying the formed film (layer) in order to remove the solvent (drying step). That is, the method for producing a hardened product of the present invention may include a drying step of drying the film formed by the film forming step. The drying step is preferably performed after the film forming step and before the exposure step. The drying temperature of the film in the drying step is preferably 50 to 150°C, more preferably 70 to 130°C, and even more preferably 90 to 110°C. In addition, drying may be performed by reducing the pressure. The drying time may be 30 seconds to 20 minutes, preferably 1 minute to 10 minutes, and more preferably 2 minutes to 7 minutes.
<曝光步驟> 上述膜可以供於選擇性地對膜進行曝光之曝光步驟。 硬化物的製造方法可以包括選擇性地對藉由膜形成步驟形成之膜進行曝光之曝光步驟。 選擇性曝光係指對膜的一部分進行曝光。又,藉由選擇性曝光,在膜上形成經曝光之區域(曝光部)及未曝光之區域(非曝光部)。 曝光量只要能夠硬化本發明的樹脂組成物,則並無特別限定,例如,以波長365nm處的曝光能量換算計,50~10,000mJ/cm 2為較佳,200~8,000mJ/cm 2為更佳。 <Exposure step> The above-mentioned film can be provided for an exposure step of selectively exposing the film. The method for manufacturing a cured product may include an exposure step of selectively exposing the film formed by the film forming step. Selective exposure refers to exposing a portion of the film. In addition, by selective exposure, an exposed area (exposed portion) and an unexposed area (non-exposed portion) are formed on the film. The exposure amount is not particularly limited as long as it can cure the resin composition of the present invention. For example, when converted to exposure energy at a wavelength of 365nm, 50 to 10,000mJ/ cm2 is preferred, and 200 to 8,000mJ/ cm2 is more preferred.
曝光波長能夠在190~1,000nm的範圍內適當確定,240~550nm為較佳。The exposure wavelength can be appropriately determined within the range of 190 to 1,000 nm, preferably 240 to 550 nm.
關於曝光波長,若以與光源的關係而言,則可以列舉(1)半導體雷射(波長830nm、532nm、488nm、405nm、375nm、355nm等)、(2)金屬鹵化物燈、(3)高壓水銀燈、g射線(波長436nm)、h射線(波長405nm)、i射線(波長365nm)、寬波長(g、h、i射線3種波長)、(4)準分子雷射、KrF準分子雷射(波長248nm)、ArF準分子雷射(波長193nm)、F 2準分子雷射(波長157nm)、(5)極紫外線;EUV(波長13.6nm)、(6)電子束、(7)YAG雷射的二次諧波532nm、三次諧波355nm等。關於本發明的樹脂組成物,尤其利用高壓水銀燈之曝光為較佳,就曝光靈敏度的方面而言,利用i射線之曝光為更佳。 曝光的方式並無特別限定,只要為對由本發明的樹脂組成物構成之膜的至少一部分進行曝光之方式即可,但可以列舉使用了光罩之曝光、利用雷射直接成像法之曝光等。 Regarding exposure wavelength, in terms of its relationship with the light source, we can cite (1) semiconductor lasers (wavelengths of 830nm, 532nm, 488nm, 405nm, 375nm, 355nm, etc.), (2) metal halide lamps, (3) high-pressure mercury lamps, g-rays (wavelength 436nm), h-rays (wavelength 405nm), i-rays (wavelength 365nm), wide wavelengths (3 wavelengths of g, h, and i-rays), (4) excimer lasers, KrF excimer lasers (wavelength 248nm), ArF excimer lasers (wavelength 193nm), F 2 Excimer laser (wavelength 157nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet light; EUV (wavelength 13.6nm), (6) electron beam, (7) secondary harmonic 532nm, third harmonic 355nm of YAG laser, etc. With regard to the resin composition of the present invention, exposure using a high-pressure mercury lamp is particularly preferred, and exposure using i-rays is more preferred in terms of exposure sensitivity. The exposure method is not particularly limited as long as it is a method of exposing at least a portion of the film composed of the resin composition of the present invention, but examples thereof include exposure using a mask, exposure using a laser direct imaging method, etc.
<曝光後加熱步驟> 上述膜可以供於在曝光後進行加熱之步驟(曝光後加熱步驟)。 亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括對藉由曝光步驟被曝光之膜進行加熱之曝光後加熱步驟。 曝光後加熱步驟能夠在曝光步驟之後且顯影步驟之前進行。 曝光後加熱步驟中的加熱溫度為50℃~140℃為較佳,60℃~120℃為更佳。 曝光後加熱步驟中的加熱時間為30秒鐘~300分鐘為較佳,1分鐘~10分鐘為更佳。 曝光後加熱步驟中的升溫速度從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度為1~12℃/分鐘為較佳,2~10℃/分鐘為更佳,3~10℃/分鐘為進一步較佳。 又,升溫速度可以在加熱過程中適當變更。 作為曝光後加熱步驟中的加熱方法,並無特別限定,能夠使用公知的加熱板、烘箱、紅外線加熱器等。 又,在加熱時,藉由使氮氣、氦氣、氬氣等非活性氣體流通,在低氧濃度的環境下進行亦較佳。 <Post-exposure heating step> The above-mentioned film can be provided for a step of heating after exposure (post-exposure heating step). That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a post-exposure heating step of heating the film exposed by the exposure step. The post-exposure heating step can be performed after the exposure step and before the development step. The heating temperature in the post-exposure heating step is preferably 50°C to 140°C, and more preferably 60°C to 120°C. The heating time in the post-exposure heating step is preferably 30 seconds to 300 minutes, and more preferably 1 minute to 10 minutes. The heating rate in the post-exposure heating step is preferably 1 to 12°C/minute from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, more preferably 2 to 10°C/minute, and even more preferably 3 to 10°C/minute. In addition, the heating rate can be appropriately changed during the heating process. There is no particular limitation on the heating method in the post-exposure heating step, and a known heating plate, oven, infrared heater, etc. can be used. In addition, when heating, it is also preferable to circulate an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, and argon in an environment with a low oxygen concentration.
<顯影步驟> 曝光後的上述膜可以供於使用顯影液進行顯影而形成圖案之顯影步驟。 亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括使用顯影液對藉由曝光步驟被曝光之膜進行顯影而形成圖案之顯影步驟。 藉由進行顯影,去除膜的曝光部及非曝光部中的一者而形成圖案。 在此,將藉由顯影步驟去除膜的非曝光部之顯影稱為負型顯影,將藉由顯影步驟去除膜的曝光部之顯影稱為正型顯影。 <Developing step> The film after exposure can be subjected to a developing step of forming a pattern by developing with a developer. That is, the method for producing a hardened product of the present invention may include a developing step of forming a pattern by developing the film exposed by the exposure step with a developer. The pattern is formed by removing one of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion of the film by developing. Here, the development of removing the non-exposed portion of the film by the developing step is referred to as negative development, and the development of removing the exposed portion of the film by the developing step is referred to as positive development.
〔顯影液〕 作為顯影步驟中使用之顯影液,可以列舉鹼水溶液或含有有機溶劑之顯影液。 [Developer] As the developer used in the developing step, there can be exemplified an alkaline aqueous solution or a developer containing an organic solvent.
當顯影液為鹼水溶液時,作為鹼水溶液能夠含有之鹼性化合物,可以列舉無機鹼類、一級胺類、二級胺類、三級胺類、四級銨鹽,較佳為TMAH(氫氧化四甲銨)、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、氫氧化鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉、氨、乙胺、正丙胺、二乙胺、二正丁胺、三乙胺、甲基二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基胺、氫氧化四丁基胺、氫氧化四戊基胺、氫氧化四己基胺、氫氧化四辛基胺、氫氧化乙基三甲基銨、氫氧化丁基三甲基銨、氫氧化甲基三戊基銨、氫氧化二丁基二戊基銨、氫氧化二甲基雙(2-羥基乙基)銨、氫氧化三甲基苯基銨、氫氧化三甲基苄基銨、氫氧化三乙基苄基銨、吡咯、哌啶,更佳為TMAH。在顯影液總質量中,顯影液中的鹼性化合物的含量為0.01~10質量%為較佳,0.1~5質量%為更佳,0.3~3質量%為進一步較佳。When the developer is an alkaline aqueous solution, examples of alkaline compounds that can be contained in the alkaline aqueous solution include inorganic bases, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, and quaternary ammonium salts, preferably TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide), potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, ammonia, ethylamine, n-propylamine, diethylamine, di-n-butylamine, triethylamine, methyldiethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, triethanolamine, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, , tetrapropylamine hydroxide, tetrabutylamine hydroxide, tetrapentylamine hydroxide, tetrahexylamine hydroxide, tetraoctylamine hydroxide, ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, butyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, methyltripentylammonium hydroxide, dibutyldipentylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium hydroxide, trimethylphenylammonium hydroxide, trimethylbenzylammonium hydroxide, triethylbenzylammonium hydroxide, pyrrole, piperidine, and more preferably TMAH. The content of the alkaline compound in the developer is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, and even more preferably 0.3 to 3% by mass, based on the total mass of the developer.
當顯影液含有有機溶劑時,作為有機溶劑,能夠使用國際公開第2021/112189號的0387段中所記載之化合物。該內容被編入本說明書中。又,作為醇類,亦可較佳地列舉甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、丁醇、戊醇、辛醇、二乙二醇、丙二醇、甲基異丁基甲醇、三乙二醇等,作為醯胺類,亦可較佳地列舉N-甲基吡咯啶酮、N-乙基吡咯啶酮、二甲基甲醯胺等。When the developer contains an organic solvent, the compounds described in paragraph 0387 of International Publication No. 2021/112189 can be used as the organic solvent. The contents are incorporated into this specification. In addition, as alcohols, preferably methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, pentanol, octanol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, methyl isobutyl carbinol, triethylene glycol, etc. can also be listed, and as amides, preferably N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, dimethylformamide, etc. can also be listed.
當顯影液含有有機溶劑時,有機溶劑能夠使用1種或混合使用2種以上。在本發明中,尤其含有選自由環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮及環己酮組成之群組中之至少1種之顯影液為較佳,含有選自由環戊酮、γ-丁內酯及二甲基亞碸組成之群組中之至少1種之顯影液為更佳,含有環戊酮之顯影液為尤佳。When the developer contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent can be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the present invention, a developer containing at least one selected from the group consisting of cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and cyclohexanone is preferred, a developer containing at least one selected from the group consisting of cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone and dimethyl sulfoxide is more preferred, and a developer containing cyclopentanone is particularly preferred.
當顯影液含有有機溶劑時,相對於顯影液的總質量之有機溶劑的含量為50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,80質量%以上為進一步較佳,90質量%以上為尤佳。又,上述含量亦可以為100質量%。When the developer contains an organic solvent, the content of the organic solvent relative to the total mass of the developer is preferably 50 mass % or more, more preferably 70 mass % or more, further preferably 80 mass % or more, and particularly preferably 90 mass % or more. Furthermore, the above content may also be 100 mass %.
顯影液可以進一步含有其他成分。 作為其他成分,例如,可以列舉公知的界面活性劑或公知的消泡劑等。 The developer may further contain other components. As other components, for example, a known surfactant or a known defoaming agent can be listed.
〔顯影液的供給方法〕 只要能夠形成所期望的圖案,則顯影液的供給方法並無特別限制,有如下方法:將形成有膜之基材浸漬於顯影液中之方法、使用噴嘴對形成於基材上之膜供給顯影液之旋覆浸沒顯影或連續供給顯影液之方法。噴嘴的種類並無特別限制,可以列舉直噴嘴、噴淋噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等。 就顯影液的滲透性、非圖像部的去除性、製造上的效率的方面而言,將顯影液用直噴嘴供給之方法或用噴霧噴嘴連續供給之方法為較佳,就顯影液對圖像部的滲透性的方面而言,用噴霧噴嘴供給之方法為更佳。 又,可以採用如下步驟:用直噴嘴連續供給顯影液之後,旋轉基材以從基材上去除顯影液,旋轉乾燥後再度用直噴嘴連續供給顯影液之後,旋轉基材以從基材上去除顯影液,亦可以將該步驟重複複數次。 作為顯影步驟中的顯影液的供給方法,可以列舉:向基材連續供給顯影液之步驟、在基材上使顯影液以大致靜止狀態保持之步驟、利用超音波等使顯影液在基材上振動之步驟及將該等組合之步驟等。 [Developer supply method] As long as the desired pattern can be formed, there is no particular limitation on the developer supply method, and there are the following methods: a method of immersing a substrate formed with a film in the developer, a method of supplying the developer to the film formed on the substrate using a nozzle for immersion development, or a method of continuously supplying the developer. There is no particular limitation on the type of nozzle, and examples include a straight nozzle, a shower nozzle, and a mist nozzle. In terms of the permeability of the developer, the removability of the non-image area, and the efficiency in manufacturing, the method of supplying the developer with a straight nozzle or the method of continuously supplying the developer with a mist nozzle is preferred, and in terms of the permeability of the developer to the image area, the method of supplying the developer with a mist nozzle is more preferred. In addition, the following steps may be adopted: after continuously supplying the developer with a direct nozzle, the substrate is rotated to remove the developer from the substrate, and after rotating and drying, the developer is continuously supplied with a direct nozzle again, and the substrate is rotated to remove the developer from the substrate. This step may also be repeated several times. As a method for supplying the developer in the developing step, there can be listed: a step of continuously supplying the developer to the substrate, a step of keeping the developer on the substrate in a substantially static state, a step of vibrating the developer on the substrate using ultrasound or the like, and a step of combining these steps, etc.
作為顯影時間,10秒鐘~10分鐘為較佳,20秒鐘~5分鐘為更佳。顯影時的顯影液的溫度並無特別限定,10~45℃為較佳,18℃~30℃為更佳。The developing time is preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, more preferably 20 seconds to 5 minutes. The temperature of the developer during the developing process is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 45°C, more preferably 18 to 30°C.
在顯影步驟中,可以在使用顯影液進行處理之後進一步進行利用沖洗液之圖案的洗淨(沖洗)。又,亦可以採用在與圖案接觸之顯影液未完全乾燥之前供給沖洗液等方法。In the developing step, the pattern may be cleaned (rinsed) with a rinse solution after being treated with a developer. Alternatively, a rinse solution may be supplied before the developer in contact with the pattern is completely dried.
〔沖洗液〕 當顯影液為鹼水溶液時,作為沖洗液,例如能夠使用水。當顯影液為含有有機溶劑之顯影液時,作為沖洗液,例如,能夠使用與顯影液中所含之溶劑不同的溶劑(例如,水、與顯影液中所含之有機溶劑不同的有機溶劑)。 [Rinsing liquid] When the developer is an alkaline aqueous solution, water, for example, can be used as the rinse liquid. When the developer is a developer containing an organic solvent, a solvent different from the solvent contained in the developer (for example, water, an organic solvent different from the organic solvent contained in the developer) can be used as the rinse liquid.
作為在沖洗液含有有機溶劑時的有機溶劑,可以列舉與在上述顯影液含有有機溶劑時所例示之有機溶劑相同的有機溶劑。 沖洗液中所含之有機溶劑為與顯影液中所含之有機溶劑不同的有機溶劑為較佳,與顯影液中所含之有機溶劑相比,圖案的溶解度小的有機溶劑為更佳。 As the organic solvent when the rinse liquid contains an organic solvent, the same organic solvent as the organic solvent exemplified when the developer contains an organic solvent can be listed. It is preferable that the organic solvent contained in the rinse liquid is different from the organic solvent contained in the developer, and it is more preferable that the organic solvent has a lower solubility in the pattern than the organic solvent contained in the developer.
當沖洗液含有有機溶劑時,有機溶劑能夠使用1種或混合使用2種以上。有機溶劑為環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基吡咯啶酮、環己酮、PGMEA、PGME為較佳,環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、PGMEA、PGME為更佳,環己酮、PGMEA為進一步較佳。When the rinse solution contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The organic solvent is preferably cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, cyclohexanone, PGMEA, PGME, more preferably cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, PGMEA, PGME, and even more preferably cyclohexanone and PGMEA.
當沖洗液含有有機溶劑時,相對於沖洗液的總質量,有機溶劑為50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,90質量%以上為進一步較佳。又,相對於沖洗液的總質量,有機溶劑可以為100質量%。When the rinse liquid contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent is preferably 50 mass % or more, more preferably 70 mass % or more, and even more preferably 90 mass % or more relative to the total mass of the rinse liquid. Alternatively, the organic solvent may be 100 mass % relative to the total mass of the rinse liquid.
沖洗液可以進一步含有其他成分。 作為其他成分,例如,可以列舉公知的界面活性劑或公知的消泡劑等。 The rinse solution may further contain other components. As other components, for example, a known surfactant or a known defoaming agent can be listed.
〔沖洗液的供給方法〕 只要能夠形成所期望的圖案,則沖洗液的供給方法並無特別限制,有如下方法:將基材浸漬於沖洗液中之方法、藉由液堆向基材供給沖洗液之方法、藉由噴淋向基材供給沖洗液之方法、藉由直噴嘴等方法向基材上連續供給沖洗液之方法。 就沖洗液的滲透性、非圖像部的去除性、製造上的效率的方面而言,有利用噴淋噴嘴、直噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等供給沖洗液之方法,利用噴霧噴嘴連續供給之方法為較佳,就沖洗液對圖像部的滲透性的方面而言,利用噴霧噴嘴供給之方法為更佳。噴嘴的種類並無特別限制,可以列舉直噴嘴、噴淋噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等。 亦即,沖洗步驟為利用直噴嘴對上述曝光後的膜供給或連續供給沖洗液之步驟為較佳,藉由噴霧噴嘴供給沖洗液之步驟為更佳。 作為沖洗步驟中的沖洗液的供給方法,能夠採用向基材連續供給沖洗液之步驟、在基材上以大致靜止狀態保持沖洗液之步驟、在基材上用超音波等使沖洗液振動之步驟及將該等組合之步驟等。 [Method for supplying the rinse liquid] As long as the desired pattern can be formed, there is no particular limitation on the method for supplying the rinse liquid. The following methods are available: a method of immersing the substrate in the rinse liquid, a method of supplying the rinse liquid to the substrate by a liquid pile, a method of supplying the rinse liquid to the substrate by spraying, a method of continuously supplying the rinse liquid to the substrate by a straight nozzle, etc. In terms of the permeability of the rinse liquid, the removal of the non-image area, and the efficiency in manufacturing, there are methods of supplying the rinse liquid using a shower nozzle, a straight nozzle, a spray nozzle, etc. The method of continuous supply using a spray nozzle is preferred. In terms of the permeability of the rinse liquid to the image area, the method of supplying using a spray nozzle is more preferred. There is no particular limitation on the type of nozzle, and straight nozzles, shower nozzles, spray nozzles, etc. can be listed. That is, the rinsing step is preferably a step of supplying or continuously supplying the rinsing liquid to the film after exposure using a direct nozzle, and more preferably a step of supplying the rinsing liquid using a spray nozzle. As a method of supplying the rinsing liquid in the rinsing step, there can be adopted a step of continuously supplying the rinsing liquid to the substrate, a step of keeping the rinsing liquid in a substantially static state on the substrate, a step of vibrating the rinsing liquid on the substrate using ultrasound or the like, and a step of combining these.
作為沖洗時間,10秒鐘~10分鐘為較佳,20秒鐘~5分鐘為更佳。沖洗時的沖洗液的溫度並無特別限定,但10~45℃為較佳,18℃~30℃為更佳。The rinsing time is preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, more preferably 20 seconds to 5 minutes. The temperature of the rinsing liquid during rinsing is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 45°C, more preferably 18 to 30°C.
<加熱步驟> 藉由顯影步驟獲得之圖案(當進行沖洗步驟時為沖洗後的圖案)可以供於對藉由上述顯影獲得之圖案進行加熱之加熱步驟。 亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括對藉由顯影步驟獲得之圖案進行加熱之加熱步驟。 又,本發明的硬化物的製造方法亦可以包括對未進行顯影步驟而藉由其他方法來獲得之圖案或藉由膜形成步驟獲得之膜進行加熱之加熱步驟。 在加熱步驟中,使聚醯亞胺前驅物等樹脂環化而成為聚醯亞胺等樹脂。 又,亦進行特定樹脂或除了特定樹脂以外的交聯劑中的未反應的交聯性基的交聯等。 作為加熱步驟中的加熱溫度(最高加熱溫度),50~450℃為較佳,150~350℃為更佳,150~250℃為進一步較佳,160~250℃為更進一步較佳,160~230℃為尤佳。 <Heating step> The pattern obtained by the developing step (the pattern after washing when the washing step is performed) can be subjected to a heating step of heating the pattern obtained by the above-mentioned development. That is, the method for producing a hardened product of the present invention may include a heating step of heating the pattern obtained by the developing step. Furthermore, the method for producing a hardened product of the present invention may also include a heating step of heating a pattern obtained by other methods without the developing step or a film obtained by the film forming step. In the heating step, a resin such as a polyimide precursor is cyclized to become a resin such as a polyimide. In addition, crosslinking of unreacted crosslinking groups in the specific resin or the crosslinking agent other than the specific resin is also performed. As the heating temperature (maximum heating temperature) in the heating step, 50 to 450°C is preferred, 150 to 350°C is more preferred, 150 to 250°C is further preferred, 160 to 250°C is further preferred, and 160 to 230°C is particularly preferred.
加熱步驟為藉由加熱並利用由上述鹼產生劑產生之鹼等的作用,在上述圖案內促進上述聚醯亞胺前驅物的環化反應之步驟為較佳。The heating step is preferably a step of promoting the cyclization reaction of the polyimide precursor in the pattern by heating and utilizing the action of the alkali generated by the alkali generator.
加熱步驟中的加熱以1~12℃/分鐘的升溫速度從加熱開始時的溫度進行至最高加熱溫度為較佳。上述升溫速度為2~10℃/分鐘為更佳,3~10℃/分鐘為進一步較佳。藉由將升溫速度設為1℃/分鐘以上,能夠確保生產性,並且防止酸或溶劑的過度揮發,藉由將升溫速度設為12℃/分鐘以下,能夠緩和硬化物的殘存應力。 此外,在能夠急速加熱的烘箱的情況下,從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度,以1~8℃/秒鐘的升溫速度進行為較佳,2~7℃/秒鐘為更佳,3~6℃/秒鐘為進一步較佳。 The heating in the heating step is preferably performed at a heating rate of 1 to 12°C/min from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature. The above heating rate is preferably 2 to 10°C/min, and 3 to 10°C/min is further preferred. By setting the heating rate to 1°C/min or more, productivity can be ensured and excessive volatilization of acid or solvent can be prevented. By setting the heating rate to 12°C/min or less, the residual stress of the hardened material can be alleviated. In addition, in the case of an oven capable of rapid heating, it is preferably performed at a heating rate of 1 to 8°C/sec from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, 2 to 7°C/sec is further preferred, and 3 to 6°C/sec is further preferred.
加熱開始時的溫度為20℃~150℃為較佳,20℃~130℃為更佳,25℃~120℃為進一步較佳。加熱開始時的溫度係指開始加熱至最高加熱溫度之步驟時的溫度。例如,將本發明的樹脂組成物應用於基材上之後使其乾燥的情況下為該乾燥後的膜(層)的溫度,例如,使其從比樹脂組成物中所含之溶劑的沸點低30~200℃的溫度開始升溫為較佳。The temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20°C to 150°C, more preferably 20°C to 130°C, and even more preferably 25°C to 120°C. The temperature at the start of heating refers to the temperature at the start of the step of heating to the maximum heating temperature. For example, when the resin composition of the present invention is applied to a substrate and then dried, it is the temperature of the dried film (layer). For example, it is preferred to start heating from a temperature 30 to 200°C lower than the boiling point of the solvent contained in the resin composition.
加熱時間(最高加熱溫度下的加熱時間)為5~360分鐘為較佳,10~300分鐘為更佳,15~240分鐘為進一步較佳。The heating time (heating time at the highest heating temperature) is preferably 5 to 360 minutes, more preferably 10 to 300 minutes, and further preferably 15 to 240 minutes.
尤其,當形成多層積層體時,就層間密接性的方面而言,加熱溫度為30℃以上為較佳,80℃以上為更佳,100℃以上為進一步較佳,120℃以上為尤佳。 上述加熱溫度的上限為350℃以下為較佳,250℃以下為更佳,240℃以下為進一步較佳。 In particular, when forming a multi-layer laminate, in terms of inter-layer adhesion, the heating temperature is preferably 30°C or higher, 80°C or higher, 100°C or higher, and 120°C or higher. The upper limit of the above heating temperature is preferably 350°C or lower, 250°C or lower, and 240°C or lower.
加熱可以分階段進行。作為例子,可以進行如下步驟:以3℃/分鐘從25℃升溫至120℃且在120℃保持60分鐘,以2℃/分鐘從120℃升溫至180℃且在180℃保持120分鐘。又,如美國專利第9159547號說明書中所記載,照射紫外線的同時進行處理亦較佳。藉由此種預處理步驟能夠提高膜的特性。預處理步驟在10秒鐘~2小時左右的短時間內進行即可,15秒鐘~30分鐘為更佳。預處理步驟可以設為2階段以上的步驟,例如,可以為在100~150℃的範圍內進行第1階段的預處理步驟,之後在150~200℃的範圍內進行第2階段的預處理步驟。 進而,可以在加熱之後進行冷卻,作為此時的冷卻速度,1~5℃/分鐘為較佳。 Heating can be performed in stages. For example, the following steps can be performed: heating from 25°C to 120°C at 3°C/min and maintaining at 120°C for 60 minutes, heating from 120°C to 180°C at 2°C/min and maintaining at 180°C for 120 minutes. In addition, as described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 9159547, it is also preferred to perform the treatment while irradiating with ultraviolet rays. This pretreatment step can improve the properties of the membrane. The pretreatment step can be performed in a short time of about 10 seconds to 2 hours, and 15 seconds to 30 minutes is more preferred. The pretreatment step can be set as a step of more than two stages. For example, the first stage pretreatment step can be carried out in the range of 100 to 150°C, and then the second stage pretreatment step can be carried out in the range of 150 to 200°C. Furthermore, cooling can be carried out after heating, and the cooling speed at this time is preferably 1 to 5°C/minute.
關於加熱步驟,就防止特定樹脂的分解的方面而言,藉由使氮氣、氦氣、氬氣等非活性氣體流通及在減壓下進行等,在低氧濃度的環境下進行為較佳。氧濃度為50ppm(體積比)以下為較佳,20ppm(體積比)以下為更佳。 作為加熱步驟中的加熱方法,並無特別限定,例如,可以列舉加熱板、紅外爐、電熱式烘箱、熱風式烘箱、紅外線烘箱等。 Regarding the heating step, in order to prevent the decomposition of the specific resin, it is preferable to conduct the heating step in a low oxygen concentration environment by circulating an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, or argon and conducting the heating step under reduced pressure. The oxygen concentration is preferably 50 ppm (volume ratio) or less, and more preferably 20 ppm (volume ratio) or less. The heating method in the heating step is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a heating plate, an infrared furnace, an electric oven, a hot air oven, an infrared oven, and the like.
<顯影後曝光步驟> 藉由顯影步驟獲得之圖案(當進行沖洗步驟時為沖洗後的圖案)亦可以代替上述加熱步驟或除了上述加熱步驟以外,亦可以供於對顯影步驟之後的圖案進行曝光之顯影後曝光步驟。 亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括對藉由顯影步驟獲得之圖案進行曝光之顯影後曝光步驟。本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟,亦可以僅包括加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的任一者。 在顯影後曝光步驟中,例如,能夠促進藉由光鹼產生劑的感光進行聚醯亞胺前驅物等的環化之反應、藉由光酸產生劑的感光進行酸分解性基的脫去之反應等。 在顯影後曝光步驟中,只要顯影步驟中獲得之圖案的至少一部分被曝光即可,但上述圖案全部被曝光為較佳。 以感光性化合物具有靈敏度之波長處的曝光能量換算計,顯影後曝光步驟中的曝光量為50~20,000mJ/cm 2為較佳,100~15,000mJ/cm 2為更佳。 關於顯影後曝光步驟,例如,能夠使用上述曝光步驟中的光源來進行,使用寬頻光為較佳。 <Post-development exposure step> The pattern obtained by the development step (the pattern after washing when the washing step is performed) may be subjected to a post-development exposure step for exposing the pattern after the development step, instead of or in addition to the heating step. That is, the method for producing a hardened product of the present invention may include a post-development exposure step for exposing the pattern obtained by the development step. The method for producing a hardened product of the present invention may include a heating step and a post-development exposure step, or may include only one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step. In the post-development exposure step, for example, the cyclization reaction of the polyimide precursor by the photosensitization of the photobase generator, the removal reaction of the acid-decomposable group by the photosensitization of the photoacid generator, etc. can be promoted. In the post-development exposure step, at least a part of the pattern obtained in the development step is sufficient to be exposed, but it is preferred that the entire pattern is exposed. The exposure amount in the post-development exposure step is preferably 50 to 20,000 mJ/ cm2 , and more preferably 100 to 15,000 mJ/ cm2 , calculated as the exposure energy at the wavelength where the photosensitive compound has sensitivity. Regarding the post-development exposure step, for example, it can be performed using the light source in the above-mentioned exposure step, preferably using broadband light.
<金屬層形成步驟> 藉由顯影步驟獲得之圖案(供於加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者之圖案為較佳)亦可以供於在圖案上形成金屬層之金屬層形成步驟。 亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法包括在藉由顯影步驟獲得之圖案(供於加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者之圖案為較佳)上形成金屬層之金屬層形成步驟為較佳。 <Metal layer forming step> The pattern obtained by the developing step (preferably the pattern provided for at least one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step) can also be provided for the metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the pattern. That is, the method for producing a hardened product of the present invention preferably includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the pattern obtained by the developing step (preferably the pattern provided for at least one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step).
作為金屬層,並無特別限定,能夠使用現有的金屬種類,可以例示銅、鋁、鎳、釩、鈦、鉻、鈷、金、鎢、錫、銀及包含該等金屬之合金,銅及鋁為更佳,銅為進一步較佳。The metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing metals can be used. Examples thereof include copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold, tungsten, tin, silver, and alloys containing these metals. Copper and aluminum are more preferred, and copper is further preferred.
金屬層的形成方法並無特別限定,能夠應用現有的方法。例如,能夠使用日本特開2007-157879號公報、日本特表2001-521288號公報、日本特開2004-214501號公報、日本特開2004-101850號公報、美國專利第7888181B2、美國專利第9177926B2中所記載之方法。例如,可以考慮光微影、PVD(物理沉積法)、CVD(化學氣相沉積法)、剝離(lift off)、電鍍、無電鍍、蝕刻、印刷及組合該等之方法等。更具體而言,可以列舉組合濺鍍、光微影及蝕刻之圖案化方法、組合光微影與電鍍之圖案化方法。作為鍍覆的較佳態樣,可以列舉使用了硫酸銅鍍液或氰化銅鍍液之電鍍。The method for forming the metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing methods can be applied. For example, methods described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2007-157879, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2001-521288, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-214501, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-101850, U.S. Patent No. 7888181B2, and U.S. Patent No. 9177926B2 can be used. For example, photolithography, PVD (physical deposition), CVD (chemical vapor deposition), lift-off, electroplating, electroless plating, etching, printing, and a combination of these methods can be considered. More specifically, a patterning method combining sputtering, photolithography, and etching, and a patterning method combining photolithography and electroplating can be cited. As a preferred embodiment of the coating, electroplating using a copper sulfate plating solution or a copper cyanide plating solution can be cited.
作為金屬層的厚度,以最厚的部分計,0.01~50μm為較佳,1~10μm為更佳。The thickness of the metal layer is preferably 0.01 to 50 μm, more preferably 1 to 10 μm, based on the thickest portion.
<用途> 作為能夠應用本發明的硬化物的製造方法或硬化物之領域,可以列舉電子元件的絕緣膜、再配線層用層間絕緣膜、應力緩衝膜等。除此以外,可以列舉密封膜、基板材料(可撓性印刷基板的基膜或覆蓋膜、層間絕緣膜)或藉由蝕刻在上述之類的安裝用途的絕緣膜上形成圖案之情況等。關於該等用途,例如,能夠參閱Science & Technology Co.,Ltd.“聚醯亞胺的高功能化和應用技術”2008年4月、柿本雅明/監修、CMC技術圖書館“聚醯亞胺材料的基礎和開發”2011年11月發行,日本聚醯亞胺・芳香族系高分子研究會/編“最新聚醯亞胺 基礎和應用”NTS,2010年8月等。 <Application> As the manufacturing method of the cured product of the present invention or the field of the cured product, insulating films for electronic components, interlayer insulating films for redistribution layers, stress buffer films, etc. can be listed. In addition, sealing films, substrate materials (base films or cover films of flexible printed circuit boards, interlayer insulating films) or the formation of patterns by etching on insulating films for mounting purposes such as the above can be listed. For such uses, for example, you can refer to Science & Technology Co., Ltd. "High-functionalization and application technology of polyimide" April 2008, Kakimoto Masaaki/supervised, CMC Technical Library "Basics and development of polyimide materials" November 2011, Japan Polyimide and Aromatic Polymer Research Association/ed. "Latest Polyimide Fundamentals and Applications" NTS, August 2010, etc.
本發明的硬化物的製造方法或本發明的硬化物亦能夠用於膠印版面或網版版面等版面的製造、對成形零件的蝕刻的使用、電子、尤其微電子中的保護漆及介電層的製造等。The method for producing the cured product of the present invention or the cured product of the present invention can also be used for producing offset printing plates or screen plates, etching of formed parts, and producing protective varnishes and dielectric layers in electronics, especially microelectronics.
(積層體及積層體的製造方法) 本發明的積層體係指具有複數層由本發明的硬化物構成之層之結構體。 積層體為包含2層以上的由硬化物構成之層之積層體,亦可以為積層3層以上而成之積層體。 上述積層體中所含之2層以上的由上述硬化物構成之層中,至少1層為由本發明的硬化物構成之層,就抑制硬化物的收縮或伴隨上述收縮之硬化物的變形等之方面而言,上述積層體中所含之由硬化物構成之層全部為由本發明的硬化物構成之層亦較佳。 (Laminar body and method for manufacturing the laminated body) The laminated body of the present invention refers to a structure having a plurality of layers composed of the hardened material of the present invention. The laminated body is a laminated body including two or more layers composed of hardened materials, and may also be a laminated body including three or more layers. Among the two or more layers composed of the hardened materials contained in the laminated body, at least one layer is a layer composed of the hardened material of the present invention. In terms of suppressing the shrinkage of the hardened material or deformation of the hardened material accompanying the shrinkage, it is also preferred that all the layers composed of hardened materials contained in the laminated body are layers composed of the hardened material of the present invention.
亦即,本發明的積層體的製造方法包括本發明的硬化物的製造方法為較佳,包括重複複數次本發明的硬化物的製造方法為更佳。That is, the method for manufacturing the laminate of the present invention preferably includes the method for manufacturing the hardened product of the present invention, and more preferably includes repeating the method for manufacturing the hardened product of the present invention several times.
本發明的積層體包含2層以上的由硬化物構成之層,並且在上述由硬化物構成之層彼此的任意層之間包含金屬層之態樣為較佳。上述金屬層藉由上述金屬層形成步驟形成為較佳。 亦即,本發明的積層體的製造方法在進行複數次硬化物的製造方法之間進一步包括在由硬化物構成之層上形成金屬層之金屬層形成步驟為較佳。金屬層形成步驟的較佳態樣如上所述。 作為上述積層體,例如,可以列舉至少包含依序積層有由第一硬化物構成之層、金屬層、由第二硬化物構成之層這3個層之層結構之積層體作為較佳者。 上述由第一硬化物構成之層及上述由第二硬化物構成之層均為由本發明的硬化物構成之層為較佳。用於形成上述由第一硬化物構成之層之本發明的樹脂組成物和用於形成上述由第二硬化物構成之層之本發明的樹脂組成物,可以為組成相同的組成物,亦可以為組成不同的組成物。本發明的積層體中的金屬層可較佳地用作再配線層等金屬配線。 The laminate of the present invention preferably includes two or more layers consisting of a hardened material, and preferably includes a metal layer between any of the layers consisting of the hardened material. The metal layer is preferably formed by the metal layer forming step. That is, the method for manufacturing the laminate of the present invention preferably further includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the layer consisting of a hardened material between multiple hardened material manufacturing methods. The preferred embodiment of the metal layer forming step is as described above. As the above-mentioned laminate, for example, a laminate having a layer structure including at least three layers, namely, a layer composed of a first hardened material, a metal layer, and a layer composed of a second hardened material, can be cited as a preferred one. It is preferred that both the layer composed of the first hardened material and the layer composed of the second hardened material are layers composed of the hardened material of the present invention. The resin composition of the present invention used to form the layer composed of the first hardened material and the resin composition of the present invention used to form the layer composed of the second hardened material may be compositions of the same composition or compositions of different compositions. The metal layer in the laminate of the present invention can be preferably used as metal wiring such as a redistribution layer.
<積層步驟> 本發明的積層體的製造方法包括積層步驟為較佳。 積層步驟為包括在圖案(樹脂層)或金屬層的表面,再度依序進行(a)膜形成步驟(層形成步驟)、(b)曝光步驟、(c)顯影步驟、(d)加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者之一系列的步驟。但是,可以為重複(a)膜形成步驟、(d)加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者之態樣。又,可以在(d)加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者之後包括(e)金屬層形成步驟。積層步驟中當然可以適當地進一步包括上述乾燥步驟等。 <Lamination step> The method for manufacturing a laminated body of the present invention preferably includes a lamination step. The lamination step is a series of steps including performing (a) a film forming step (layer forming step), (b) an exposure step, (c) a developing step, (d) a heating step, and at least one of a post-development exposure step on the surface of a pattern (resin layer) or a metal layer in sequence again. However, it is possible to repeat at least one of (a) a film forming step, (d) a heating step, and a post-development exposure step. Furthermore, it is possible to include (e) a metal layer forming step after at least one of (d) a heating step and a post-development exposure step. The layering step may of course further include the above-mentioned drying step, etc. as appropriate.
當在積層步驟之後進一步進行積層步驟時,可以在上述曝光步驟之後、上述加熱步驟之後或上述金屬層形成步驟之後進一步進行表面活化處理步驟。作為表面活化處理,例示電漿處理。關於表面活化處理的詳細內容,留待後述。When a further layering step is performed after the layering step, a surface activation treatment step may be further performed after the exposure step, after the heating step, or after the metal layer forming step. Plasma treatment is exemplified as the surface activation treatment. Details of the surface activation treatment will be described later.
上述積層步驟進行2~20次為較佳,進行2~9次為更佳。 例如,如樹脂層/金屬層/樹脂層/金屬層/樹脂層/金屬層,將樹脂層設為2層以上且20層以下的結構為較佳,設為2層以上且9層以下的結構為進一步較佳。 上述各層的組成、形狀、膜厚等可以相同,亦可以不同。 The above-mentioned lamination step is preferably performed 2 to 20 times, and more preferably 2 to 9 times. For example, in the case of resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer, it is preferred that the resin layer has a structure of more than 2 layers and less than 20 layers, and it is further preferred that the resin layer has a structure of more than 2 layers and less than 9 layers. The composition, shape, film thickness, etc. of the above-mentioned layers may be the same or different.
在本發明中,尤其在設置金屬層之後,進一步形成上述本發明的樹脂組成物的硬化物(樹脂層)以覆蓋上述金屬層之態樣為較佳。具體而言,可以列舉以(a)膜形成步驟、(b)曝光步驟、(c)顯影步驟、(d)加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者、(e)金屬層形成步驟的順序重複之態樣、或者以(a)膜形成步驟、(d)加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者、(e)金屬層形成步驟的順序重複之態樣。藉由交替進行積層本發明的樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)之積層步驟與金屬層形成步驟,能夠交替積層本發明的樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)與金屬層。In the present invention, after the metal layer is provided, it is preferred that a cured product (resin layer) of the resin composition of the present invention is further formed to cover the metal layer. Specifically, there can be cited an embodiment in which the following sequence of (a) film forming step, (b) exposure step, (c) development step, (d) heating step and at least one of the post-development exposure step, and (e) metal layer forming step is repeated, or an embodiment in which the following sequence of (a) film forming step, (d) heating step and at least one of the post-development exposure step, and (e) metal layer forming step is repeated. By alternately performing the step of laminating the resin composition layer (resin layer) of the present invention and the step of forming the metal layer, the resin composition layer (resin layer) of the present invention and the metal layer can be alternately laminated.
(表面活化處理步驟) 本發明的積層體的製造方法包括對上述金屬層及樹脂組成物層的至少一部分進行表面活化處理之表面活化處理步驟為較佳。 表面活化處理步驟通常在金屬層形成步驟之後進行,但亦可以在上述顯影步驟之後(較佳為加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者之後)、對樹脂組成物層進行表面活化處理步驟之後進行金屬層形成步驟。 表面活化處理可以僅對金屬層的至少一部分進行,亦可以僅對曝光後的樹脂組成物層的至少一部分進行,亦可以對金屬層及曝光後的樹脂組成物層這兩者各自的至少一部分進行。表面活化處理對金屬層的至少一部分進行為較佳,對金屬層中在表面形成樹脂組成物層之區域的一部分或全部進行表面活化處理為較佳。如此,藉由對金屬層的表面進行表面活化處理,能夠提高與設置於其表面之樹脂組成物層(膜)的密接性。 表面活化處理亦對曝光後的樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)的一部分或全部進行為較佳。如此,藉由對樹脂組成物層的表面進行表面活化處理,能夠提高與設置於經表面活化處理之表面之金屬層或樹脂層的密接性。尤其,在進行負型顯影之情況等樹脂組成物層被硬化之情況下,不易因表面處理而受損,從而容易提高密接性。 表面活化處理例如能夠藉由國際公開第2021/112189號的0415段中記載之方法實施。該內容被編入本說明書中。 (Surface activation treatment step) The method for manufacturing a laminate of the present invention preferably includes a surface activation treatment step of performing surface activation treatment on at least a portion of the above-mentioned metal layer and the resin composition layer. The surface activation treatment step is usually performed after the metal layer forming step, but the metal layer forming step can also be performed after the above-mentioned development step (preferably after at least one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step) and after performing the surface activation treatment step on the resin composition layer. The surface activation treatment can be performed only on at least a portion of the metal layer, or only on at least a portion of the resin composition layer after exposure, or on at least a portion of each of the metal layer and the resin composition layer after exposure. It is preferred to perform the surface activation treatment on at least a portion of the metal layer, and it is preferred to perform the surface activation treatment on a portion or all of the area of the metal layer where the resin composition layer is formed on the surface. In this way, by performing the surface activation treatment on the surface of the metal layer, the adhesion with the resin composition layer (film) disposed on the surface can be improved. It is also preferred to perform the surface activation treatment on a portion or all of the resin composition layer (resin layer) after exposure. In this way, by performing a surface activation treatment on the surface of the resin composition layer, the adhesion with the metal layer or resin layer provided on the surface after the surface activation treatment can be improved. In particular, when the resin composition layer is hardened, such as when negative development is performed, it is not easy to be damaged by the surface treatment, so that the adhesion is easily improved. The surface activation treatment can be implemented, for example, by the method described in paragraph 0415 of International Publication No. 2021/112189. This content is incorporated into this specification.
(半導體元件及其製造方法) 本發明亦揭示了包含本發明的硬化物或積層體之半導體元件。 又,本發明亦揭示了包括本發明的硬化物的製造方法或積層體的製造方法之半導體元件的製造方法。 作為將本發明的樹脂組成物用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜之半導體元件的具體例,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0213~0218段的記載及圖1的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。 [實施例] (Semiconductor device and method for manufacturing the same) The present invention also discloses a semiconductor device including the cured product or laminate of the present invention. Furthermore, the present invention also discloses a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device including a method for manufacturing the cured product or laminate of the present invention. As a specific example of a semiconductor device in which the resin composition of the present invention is used to form an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer, reference can be made to paragraphs 0213 to 0218 and FIG. 1 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2016-027357, which are incorporated into this specification. [Example]
以下,列舉實施例對本發明進一步具體地進行說明。以下實施例所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理順序等,只要不脫離本發明的主旨,則能夠適當變更。因此,本發明的範圍並不限定於以下所示之具體例。只要無特別說明,則“份”、“%”為質量基準。The present invention is further specifically described below by way of examples. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents, processing sequences, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the main purpose of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. Unless otherwise specified, "parts" and "%" are mass standards.
<樹脂的合成> 〔6-順丁烯二醯亞胺己醯氯(M-1)的合成〕 在安裝有溫度計和氯化鈣管之茄形燒瓶內,將6-順丁烯二醯亞胺己酸7.92g(37.5毫莫耳)溶解於四氫呋喃30g中,並加入N,N’-二甲基甲醯胺0.1g,用磁攪拌器一邊攪拌一邊將其冷卻至0℃。繼而,滴加草醯氯4.85g(38.25毫莫耳),並在0℃~10℃攪拌了1小時。繼而,將其升溫至25℃之後,攪拌2小時而合成了6-順丁烯二醯亞胺己醯氯(M-1)。 [化學式54] <Resin Synthesis> [Synthesis of 6-cis-butenediimidohexanoyl chloride (M-1)] In an eggplant-shaped flask equipped with a thermometer and a calcium chloride tube, 7.92 g (37.5 mmol) of 6-cis-butenediimidohexanoic acid was dissolved in 30 g of tetrahydrofuran, and 0.1 g of N,N'-dimethylformamide was added. The mixture was cooled to 0°C while being stirred with a magnetic stirrer. Then, 4.85 g (38.25 mmol) of oxalyl chloride was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at 0°C to 10°C for 1 hour. Then, the temperature was raised to 25°C and stirred for 2 hours to synthesize 6-cis-butenediimidohexanoyl chloride (M-1). [Chemical formula 54]
〔M-2~M-4的合成〕 與上述6-順丁烯二醯亞胺己醯氯(M-1)相同的方法,分別合成了由下述式(M-2)、(M-3)及(M-4)表示之化合物。 [化學式55] [Synthesis of M-2 to M-4] The compounds represented by the following formulae (M-2), (M-3) and (M-4) were synthesized in the same manner as the above-mentioned 6-butene diimidoyl chloride (M-1). [Chemical Formula 55]
〔合成例SP-1:聚醯亞胺(SP-1)的合成〕 將30.0g(57.64毫莫耳)的4,4’-(4,4’-異亞丙基二苯氧基)二鄰苯二甲酸酐溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)130g中。繼而,一邊用50g的NMP沖洗一邊添加3.20g(12.39毫莫耳)的2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、7.89g(37.18毫莫耳)的間聯甲苯胺、2.78g(11.53毫莫耳)的十六胺,並在20℃~50℃的範圍內攪拌30分鐘之後,添加10g的甲苯,並且一邊流入氮氣一邊使其在200℃反應4小時,並將其冷卻至25℃。繼而,添加在上述中合成之6-順丁烯二醯亞胺己醯氯(M-1)的THF溶液(M-1的含量:37.5毫莫耳)、吡啶6.13g(77.5毫莫耳)、2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧基自由基0.10g,並在25℃使其反應2小時之後,將其升溫至45℃,進而攪拌了10小時。繼而,將反應液冷卻至25℃之後,用四氫呋喃200g進行稀釋,並且將反應液滴加到2.0L的甲醇和0.5L的水的混合液中,並攪拌15分鐘之後過濾了聚醯亞胺樹脂。接著,用1L的水對上述樹脂進行再漿化並且進行過濾之後,用1L的甲醇再度進行再漿化並且進行過濾,並在減壓下且在40℃乾燥了10小時。繼而,將上述中乾燥之樹脂溶解於四氫呋喃300g中,並添加離子交換樹脂(MB-1:ORGANO CORPORATION製造)40g,攪拌4小時,並且過濾去除離子交換樹脂之後,使聚醯亞胺樹脂在2L的甲醇中沉澱,並攪拌了15分鐘。過濾獲得聚醯亞胺樹脂,並在減壓下且在45℃乾燥1天,獲得了聚醯亞胺(SP-1)。所獲得之聚醯亞胺(SP-1)的重量平均分子量為23,700,數量平均分子量為8,900。聚醯亞胺(SP-1)為具有由下述式SP-1表示之重複單元之樹脂。由 1H-NMR光譜確定了重複單元的結構。下述結構中,括號的下標表示各結構的含有莫耳比。 [化學式56] [Synthesis Example SP-1: Synthesis of Polyimide (SP-1)] 30.0 g (57.64 mmol) of 4,4'-(4,4'-isopropylidenediphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride was dissolved in 130 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). Next, 3.20 g (12.39 mmol) of 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 7.89 g (37.18 mmol) of m-tolidine, and 2.78 g (11.53 mmol) of hexadecylamine were added while washing with 50 g of NMP, and the mixture was stirred at 20° C. to 50° C. for 30 minutes. Then, 10 g of toluene was added, and the mixture was reacted at 200° C. for 4 hours while nitrogen was flowing, and then cooled to 25° C. Then, a THF solution of 6-cis-butenediimidoyl chloride (M-1) synthesized in the above (content of M-1: 37.5 mmol), 6.13 g (77.5 mmol) of pyridine, and 0.10 g of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidinyl 1-oxyl free radical were added, and the mixture was reacted at 25°C for 2 hours, then heated to 45°C and stirred for 10 hours. Then, the reaction solution was cooled to 25°C, diluted with 200 g of tetrahydrofuran, and the reaction solution was added dropwise to a mixed solution of 2.0 L of methanol and 0.5 L of water, and the mixture was stirred for 15 minutes, and then the polyimide resin was filtered. Next, the resin was re-pulped with 1 L of water and filtered, and then re-pulped with 1 L of methanol and filtered, and dried at 40° C. under reduced pressure for 10 hours. Next, the dried resin was dissolved in 300 g of tetrahydrofuran, and 40 g of ion exchange resin (MB-1: manufactured by ORGANO CORPORATION) was added, stirred for 4 hours, and after filtering to remove the ion exchange resin, the polyimide resin was precipitated in 2 L of methanol and stirred for 15 minutes. The polyimide resin was filtered and dried at 45°C for 1 day under reduced pressure to obtain polyimide (SP-1). The weight average molecular weight of the obtained polyimide (SP-1) was 23,700 and the number average molecular weight was 8,900. Polyimide (SP-1) is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following formula SP-1. The structure of the repeating unit was determined by 1 H-NMR spectrum. In the following structure, the subscript in parentheses represents the molar ratio of each structure. [Chemical Formula 56]
〔合成例SP-2~SP-6:聚醯亞胺(SP-2~SP-6)的合成〕 適當地變更4,4’-(4,4’-異亞丙基二苯氧基)二鄰苯二甲酸酐、2,2―雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷及十六胺,使其分別成為下述結構,除此以外,藉由與SP-1相同的方法合成了SP-2~SP-6。 聚醯亞胺(SP-2)~(SP-6)分別為具有由下述式SP-2~SP-6表示之重複單元之樹脂。由 1H-NMR光譜確定了各重複單元的結構。下述結構中,括號的下標表示各結構的含有莫耳比。又,將該等樹脂的重量平均分子量及數量平均分子量記載於後述表中。 [化學式57] [化學式58] [化學式59] [化學式60] [化學式61] [Synthesis Examples SP-2 to SP-6: Synthesis of Polyimides (SP-2 to SP-6)] SP-2 to SP-6 were synthesized by the same method as SP-1 except that 4,4'-(4,4'-isopropylidene diphenoxy) diphthalic anhydride, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane and hexadecylamine were appropriately changed to have the following structures. Polyimides (SP-2) to (SP-6) are resins having repeating units represented by the following formulas SP-2 to SP-6, respectively. The structure of each repeating unit was determined by 1 H-NMR spectrum. In the following structures, the subscripts in parentheses represent the molar ratio of each structure. The weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight of these resins are shown in the table below. [Chemical formula 57] [Chemical formula 58] [Chemical formula 59] [Chemical formula 60] [Chemical formula 61]
〔合成例SP-7~SP-23:聚醯亞胺(SP-7~SP-23)的合成〕
適當地變更4,4’-(4,4’-異亞丙基二苯氧基)二鄰苯二甲酸酐、2,2―雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷及十六胺,以分別獲得下述結構的樹脂,除此以外,藉由與SP-1相同的方法合成了SP-7~SP-23。
聚醯亞胺(SP-7)~(SP-23)分別為具有由下述式SP-7~SP-23表示之重複單元之樹脂。由
1H-NMR光譜確定了各重複單元的結構。下述結構中,括號的下標表示各結構的含有莫耳比。又,將該等樹脂的重量平均分子量及數量平均分子量記載於後述表中。
[化學式62]
[化學式63]
[化學式64]
[化學式65]
[化學式66]
[化學式67]
[化學式68]
[化學式69]
[化學式70]
[化學式71]
[化學式72]
[化學式73]
[化學式74]
[表1]
〔合成例ST-1:聚醯亞胺(ST-1)的合成〕 將30.00g(57.64毫莫耳)的4,4’-(4,4’-異亞丙基二苯氧基)二鄰苯二甲酸酐溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)150g中。繼而,一邊用30g的NMP洗淨一邊添加5.36g(24.79毫莫耳)的HAB(Wakayama energy chemical industry trade corporation製造)、9.13g(24.79毫莫耳)的4,4’-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、2.51g(10.38毫莫耳)的十六胺及10g的甲苯,攪拌15分鐘之後,一邊流入氮氣一邊使其在200℃反應4小時,並將其冷卻至25℃。繼而,添加4-(氯甲基)苯乙烯15.3g(100毫莫耳)、碳酸鉀16.6g(120毫莫耳)、碘化鉀1.66g(12毫莫耳)、2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧基自由基0.1g,在95℃使其反應15小時之後,將其冷卻至25℃,並且用四氫呋喃150g進行了稀釋,並用濾紙過濾了反應液中的鹽。繼而,向1.8L的甲醇與0.6L的水的混合液中滴加反應液,攪拌15分鐘之後,過濾了聚醯亞胺樹脂。接著,用1L的水對上述樹脂進行再漿化並且進行過濾之後,用1L的甲醇再度進行再漿化並且進行過濾,並在減壓下且在40℃乾燥了8小時。繼而,將上述中乾燥之樹脂溶解於四氫呋喃300g中,並添加離子交換樹脂(MB-1:ORGANO CORPORATION製造)40g,攪拌4小時,並且過濾去除離子交換樹脂之後,使聚醯亞胺樹脂在2L的甲醇中沉澱,並攪拌了15分鐘。過濾獲得聚醯亞胺樹脂,並在減壓下且在45℃乾燥1天,獲得了聚醯亞胺樹脂(ST-1)。所獲得之聚醯亞胺樹脂ST-1的重量平均分子量為19,700,數量平均分子量為8,000。聚醯亞胺(ST-1)為具有由下述式ST-1表示之重複單元之樹脂。由 1H-NMR光譜確定了重複單元的結構。下述結構中,括號的下標表示各結構的含有莫耳比。 [化學式75] [Synthesis Example ST-1: Synthesis of polyimide (ST-1)] 30.00 g (57.64 mmol) of 4,4'-(4,4'-isopropylidene diphenyloxy) diphthalic anhydride was dissolved in 150 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). Then, 5.36 g (24.79 mmol) of HAB (manufactured by Wakayama Energy Chemical Industry Trade Corporation), 9.13 g (24.79 mmol) of 4,4'-bis(3-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, 2.51 g (10.38 mmol) of hexadecylamine and 10 g of toluene were added while washing with 30 g of NMP, and after stirring for 15 minutes, the mixture was reacted at 200°C for 4 hours while nitrogen was flowing, and then cooled to 25°C. Next, 15.3 g (100 mmol) of 4-(chloromethyl)styrene, 16.6 g (120 mmol) of potassium carbonate, 1.66 g (12 mmol) of potassium iodide, and 0.1 g of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidinyl 1-oxyl radical were added, and the mixture was reacted at 95°C for 15 hours, then cooled to 25°C, diluted with 150 g of tetrahydrofuran, and the salt in the reaction solution was filtered with filter paper. Next, the reaction solution was added dropwise to a mixture of 1.8 L of methanol and 0.6 L of water, and the mixture was stirred for 15 minutes, and then the polyimide resin was filtered. Next, the resin was re-pulped with 1 L of water and filtered, and then re-pulped with 1 L of methanol and filtered, and dried at 40° C. under reduced pressure for 8 hours. Next, the dried resin was dissolved in 300 g of tetrahydrofuran, and 40 g of ion exchange resin (MB-1: manufactured by ORGANO CORPORATION) was added, stirred for 4 hours, and after filtering to remove the ion exchange resin, the polyimide resin was precipitated in 2 L of methanol and stirred for 15 minutes. The polyimide resin was filtered and dried at 45°C for 1 day under reduced pressure to obtain a polyimide resin (ST-1). The weight average molecular weight of the obtained polyimide resin ST-1 was 19,700 and the number average molecular weight was 8,000. Polyimide (ST-1) is a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following formula ST-1. The structure of the repeating unit was determined by 1 H-NMR spectrum. In the following structure, the subscript in parentheses represents the molar ratio of each structure. [Chemical Formula 75]
〔合成例ST-2~ST-5:聚醯亞胺(ST-2)~(ST-5)的合成〕 依據下述結構適當地變更二胺原料,並將4-(氯甲基)苯乙烯變更為1-氯十二烷或3-氯丙基甲基丙烯酸酯,除此以外,藉由與ST-1相同的方法合成了ST-2~ST-5。聚醯亞胺(ST-2)~(ST-5)分別為具有由下述式ST-2~ST-5表示之重複單元之樹脂。由 1H-NMR光譜確定了各重複單元的結構。下述結構中,括號的下標表示各結構的含有莫耳比。又,將該等樹脂的重量平均分子量及數量平均分子量記載於後述表中。 [化學式76] [化學式77] [Synthesis Examples ST-2 to ST-5: Synthesis of Polyimide (ST-2) to (ST-5)] ST-2 to ST-5 were synthesized by the same method as ST-1, except that the diamine raw material was appropriately changed according to the following structure and 4-(chloromethyl)styrene was changed to 1-chlorododecane or 3-chloropropyl methacrylate. Polyimide (ST-2) to (ST-5) are resins having repeating units represented by the following formulas ST-2 to ST-5, respectively. The structure of each repeating unit was determined by 1 H-NMR spectrum. In the following structure, the subscript in parentheses represents the molar ratio of each structure. In addition, the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight of these resins are recorded in the table below. [Chemical Formula 76] [Chemical formula 77]
[表3]
<聚醯亞胺前驅物的合成> 〔合成例SA-1:聚醯亞胺前驅物(SA-1)的合成〕 將19.83g(38.1毫莫耳)的4,4’-(4,4’-異亞丙基二苯氧基)二鄰苯二甲酸酐、10.12g(77.8毫莫耳)的甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、0.05g的氫醌、13.40g(169毫莫耳)的吡啶、70g的二乙二醇單甲醚進行混合,並在60℃的溫度下攪拌5小時而製造了4,4’-(4,4’-異亞丙基二苯氧基)雙(鄰苯二甲酸酐)與二甲基丙烯酸甘油酯的二酯。接著,將混合物冷卻至-10℃之後,耗時90分鐘滴加亞硫醯氯9.53g(79.2毫莫耳),並攪拌2小時而獲得了吡啶鹽酸鹽(Pyridinium hydrochloride)的白色沉澱。接著,耗時2小時滴加了將間聯甲苯胺7.12g(33.5毫莫耳)溶解於NMP(N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮)100mL中而得之溶液。接著,加入乙醇10.0g(217毫莫耳),將混合物攪拌了2小時。接著,使聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂在4L水中沉澱,並將水-聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂混合物以500rpm的速度攪拌了15分鐘。過濾獲得聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂,並在4L水中再度攪拌30分鐘並再度進行過濾,並且在40℃乾燥了2天。繼而,將在上述中所乾燥之樹脂溶解於四氫呋喃200g中,添加離子交換樹脂(MB-1:ORGANO CORPORATION製造)50g,並攪拌了6小時。接著,使聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂在4L水中沉澱,並將水-聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂混合物以500rpm的速度攪拌了15分鐘。過濾而獲得聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂,在減壓下,並在45℃乾燥兩天而獲得了聚醯亞胺前驅物(SA-1)。所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物(SA-1)的重量平均分子量為24,600,數量平均分子量為9,400。又,聚醯亞胺前驅物(SA-1)的醯亞胺化率為3%以下。 [化學式78] <Synthesis of polyimide precursor> [Synthesis Example SA-1: Synthesis of polyimide precursor (SA-1)] 19.83 g (38.1 mmol) of 4,4'-(4,4'-isopropylenediphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride, 10.12 g (77.8 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, 13.40 g (169 mmol) of pyridine, and 70 g of diethylene glycol monomethyl ether were mixed and stirred at 60°C for 5 hours to produce a diester of 4,4'-(4,4'-isopropylenediphenoxy)bis(phthalic anhydride) and glycerol dimethacrylate. Next, after the mixture was cooled to -10°C, 9.53 g (79.2 mmol) of thionyl chloride was added dropwise over 90 minutes, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours to obtain a white precipitate of pyridinium hydrochloride. Next, a solution obtained by dissolving 7.12 g (33.5 mmol) of m-tolidine in 100 mL of NMP (N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone) was added dropwise over 2 hours. Next, 10.0 g (217 mmol) of ethanol was added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Next, the polyimide protopolymer resin was precipitated in 4 L of water, and the water-polyimide protopolymer resin mixture was stirred at 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide proto-resin was filtered, stirred again in 4 L of water for 30 minutes, filtered again, and dried at 40°C for 2 days. Next, the dried resin was dissolved in 200 g of tetrahydrofuran, 50 g of ion exchange resin (MB-1: manufactured by ORGANO CORPORATION) was added, and stirred for 6 hours. Next, the polyimide proto-resin was precipitated in 4 L of water, and the water-polyimide proto-resin mixture was stirred at 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor resin was filtered and dried at 45°C for two days under reduced pressure to obtain a polyimide precursor (SA-1). The weight average molecular weight of the obtained polyimide precursor (SA-1) was 24,600 and the number average molecular weight was 9,400. The imidization rate of the polyimide precursor (SA-1) was less than 3%. [Chemical Formula 78]
<二胺的合成> 〔二硝基體(A-1)的合成〕 在安裝有冷凝器及攪拌機之燒瓶中,將甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造)26.0g(0.2莫耳)、脫水吡啶(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造)17.4g(0.22莫耳)溶解於78g的乙酸乙酯中,並將其冷卻至5℃以下。接著,將3,5-二硝基苯甲醯氯(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)48.4g(0.21莫耳)溶解於145g的乙酸乙酯中,並使用滴液漏斗將該溶液耗時1小時滴加到燒瓶中。滴加結束之後,在10℃以下攪拌30分鐘,並升溫至25℃,攪拌了3小時。接著,用乙酸乙酯(CH 3COOEt)600mL稀釋反應液,並將其移至分液漏斗中,用水300mL、飽和碳酸氫鈉水300mL、稀鹽酸300mL、飽和食鹽水依序進行了洗淨。在分液洗淨之後,用硫酸鎂30g進行乾燥之後,使用蒸發器進行濃縮和真空乾燥而獲得了61.0g的二硝基體(A-1)。由NMR光譜確認為二硝基體(A-1)。藉由 1H-NMR對二硝基體(A-1)進行了分析。將其結果示於以下。 1H-NMR資料(氘代氯仿、400MHz、內部標準:四甲基矽烷) δ(ppm)=1.97(s、3H)、4.55-4.57(m、2H)、4.70-4.73(m、2H)、5.63(s、1H)、6.16(s、1H)、9.16-9.17(d、2H)、9.24-9.25(d、1H) <Synthesis of diamine> [Synthesis of dinitro compound (A-1)] In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, 26.0 g (0.2 mol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) and 17.4 g (0.22 mol) of dehydrated pyridine (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) were dissolved in 78 g of ethyl acetate, and the mixture was cooled to 5° C. or below. Next, 48.4 g (0.21 mol) of 3,5-dinitrobenzoyl chloride (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in 145 g of ethyl acetate, and the solution was added dropwise to the flask over 1 hour using a dropping funnel. After the addition was completed, the mixture was stirred at a temperature below 10°C for 30 minutes, and then the temperature was raised to 25°C and stirred for 3 hours. The reaction solution was then diluted with 600 mL of ethyl acetate (CH 3 COOEt), transferred to a separatory funnel, and washed with 300 mL of water, 300 mL of saturated sodium bicarbonate, 300 mL of dilute hydrochloric acid, and saturated saline, in that order. After separation and washing, the mixture was dried with 30 g of magnesium sulfate, concentrated and vacuum dried using an evaporator to obtain 61.0 g of a dinitro compound (A-1). The NMR spectrum confirmed that the compound was a dinitro compound (A-1). The dinitro compound (A-1) was analyzed by 1 H-NMR. The results are shown below. 1 H-NMR data (deuterated chloroform, 400 MHz, internal standard: tetramethylsilane) δ (ppm) = 1.97 (s, 3H), 4.55-4.57 (m, 2H), 4.70-4.73 (m, 2H), 5.63 (s, 1H), 6.16 (s, 1H), 9.16-9.17 (d, 2H), 9.24-9.25 (d, 1H)
<二胺(AA-1)的合成> 在安裝有冷凝器及攪拌機之燒瓶中,稱取還原鐵(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造)27.9g(500毫莫耳)、氯化銨(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造)5.9g(110毫莫耳)、乙酸(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造)3.0g(50毫莫耳)、2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧自由基(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)0.03g,並添加異丙醇(IPA)200mL、純水30mL進行了攪拌。 接著,耗時1小時一點一點地添加二硝基體(A-1)16.2g,並攪拌了30分鐘。接著,將外部溫度升溫至85℃並攪拌2小時,在冷卻至25℃以下之後,使用CELITE(註冊商標)進行了過濾。用旋轉蒸發儀濃縮濾液,並將其溶解於乙酸乙酯800mL中。將其移至分液漏斗中,用飽和碳酸氫鈉水300mL洗淨2次,並依序用水300mL、飽和食鹽水300mL進行了洗淨。在分液洗淨之後,用硫酸鎂30g進行乾燥之後,使用蒸發器進行濃縮和真空乾燥而獲得了11.0g的二胺(AA-1)。由NMR光譜確認為二胺(AA-1)。 1H-NMR資料(氘代氯仿、400MHz、內部標準:四甲基矽烷) δ(ppm)=1.95(s、3H)、3.68(s、4H)、4.45-4.47(m、2H)、4.50-4.53(m、2H)、5.58(s、1H)、6.14(s、1H)、6.19-6.20(t、1H)、6.77-6.78(d、2H) [化學式79] <Synthesis of diamine (AA-1)> In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, 27.9 g (500 mmol) of reduced iron (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), 5.9 g (110 mmol) of ammonium chloride (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), 3.0 g (50 mmol) of acetic acid (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), and 0.03 g of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidinyl 1-oxyl radical (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were weighed, and 200 mL of isopropyl alcohol (IPA) and 30 mL of pure water were added and stirred. Then, 16.2 g of the dinitro compound (A-1) was added little by little over 1 hour, and stirred for 30 minutes. Next, the external temperature was raised to 85°C and stirred for 2 hours. After cooling to below 25°C, the mixture was filtered using CELITE (registered trademark). The filtrate was concentrated using a rotary evaporator and dissolved in 800 mL of ethyl acetate. The mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and washed twice with 300 mL of saturated sodium bicarbonate, and then washed with 300 mL of water and 300 mL of saturated saline. After separation and washing, the mixture was dried with 30 g of magnesium sulfate, concentrated using an evaporator, and vacuum dried to obtain 11.0 g of diamine (AA-1). The NMR spectrum confirmed that the mixture was diamine (AA-1). 1 H-NMR data (deuterated chloroform, 400 MHz, internal standard: tetramethylsilane) δ (ppm) = 1.95 (s, 3H), 3.68 (s, 4H), 4.45-4.47 (m, 2H), 4.50-4.53 (m, 2H), 5.58 (s, 1H), 6.14 (s, 1H), 6.19-6.20 (t, 1H), 6.77-6.78 (d, 2H) [Chemical formula 79]
<聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂(SA-2)的合成> 在安裝有冷凝器及攪拌機之燒瓶中,一邊去除水分,一邊使氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(Oxydiphthalic dianhydride)14.1g(47.8毫莫耳)懸浮於二甘二甲醚100g中。繼而添加二乙二醇單乙醚13.4g(100毫莫耳)、吡啶16.8g(132毫莫耳),並在80℃的溫度下攪拌了5小時。接著,將混合物冷卻至-20℃之後,耗時90分鐘滴加了亞硫醯氯11.9g(100毫莫耳)。獲得了吡啶鹽酸鹽的白色沉澱。接著,將混合物加熱至室溫,攪拌2小時之後,添加N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)30mL,並耗時1小時藉由滴加添加了將二胺(AA-1)10.3g(39毫莫耳)溶解於NMP50mL中而得之溶液。添加上述二胺之期間,黏度增加。接著,加入甲醇6.0g(188毫莫耳)和2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧基自由基(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)0.05g,並將混合物攪拌了2小時。接著,使聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂在3升水中沉澱,並將水-聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂混合物以500rpm的速度攪拌了15分鐘。藉由過濾獲得聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂,並在3升水中再度攪拌30分鐘並再度進行了過濾。接著,在減壓狀態下,將所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂在45℃乾燥了1天。該聚醯亞胺前驅物(SA-2)的分子量為Mw=14,300、Mn=6,500。 聚醯亞胺前驅物(SA-2)的結構為由下述式(SA-2)表示之結構。又,聚醯亞胺前驅物(SA-2)的醯亞胺化率為3%以下。 [化學式80] <Synthesis of polyimide precursor resin (SA-2)> In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, 14.1 g (47.8 mmol) of oxydiphthalic dianhydride was suspended in 100 g of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether while removing water. Then, 13.4 g (100 mmol) of diethylene glycol monoethyl ether and 16.8 g (132 mmol) of pyridine were added and stirred at 80°C for 5 hours. Then, after the mixture was cooled to -20°C, 11.9 g (100 mmol) of thionyl chloride was added dropwise over 90 minutes. A white precipitate of pyridine hydrochloride was obtained. Next, the mixture was heated to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours, then 30 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) was added, and a solution obtained by dissolving 10.3 g (39 mmol) of diamine (AA-1) in 50 mL of NMP was added dropwise over 1 hour. During the addition of the diamine, the viscosity increased. Next, 6.0 g (188 mmol) of methanol and 0.05 g of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidinyl 1-oxyl radical (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Next, the polyimide proto-driver resin was precipitated in 3 liters of water, and the water-polyimide proto-driver resin mixture was stirred at 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor resin was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 3 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again. Then, the obtained polyimide precursor resin was dried at 45°C for 1 day under reduced pressure. The molecular weight of the polyimide precursor (SA-2) was Mw=14,300 and Mn=6,500. The structure of the polyimide precursor (SA-2) was a structure represented by the following formula (SA-2). In addition, the imidization rate of the polyimide precursor (SA-2) was less than 3%. [Chemical formula 80]
〔聚醯亞胺前驅物(SA-3)的合成〕 藉由與聚醯亞胺前驅物(SA-2)的合成相同的方法合成了聚醯亞胺前驅物(SA-3)。 聚醯亞胺前驅物(SA-3)的分子量為Mw=12,500、Mn=5,600。又,聚醯亞胺前驅物(SA-3)的醯亞胺化率為3%以下。 [化學式81] [Synthesis of polyimide precursor (SA-3)] Polyimide precursor (SA-3) was synthesized by the same method as the synthesis of polyimide precursor (SA-2). The molecular weight of polyimide precursor (SA-3) was Mw = 12,500, Mn = 5,600. In addition, the imidization rate of polyimide precursor (SA-3) was less than 3%. [Chemical formula 81]
<比較用化合物A-1的合成> 將25.6g(57.64毫莫耳)的4,4’-(六氟異亞丙基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)100g中。繼而,一邊用60g的NMP沖洗一邊添加21.3g(51.88毫莫耳)的4,4'-異亞丙基雙[(4-胺基苯氧基)苯]、0.76g(6.92毫莫耳)的對胺基苯酚,並在20℃~50℃的範圍內攪拌30分鐘之後,添加10g的甲苯,並且一邊流入氮氣一邊在200℃使其反應4小時,並將其冷卻至25℃。繼而,添加在上述中合成之6-順丁烯二醯亞胺己醯氯THF溶液(10.5毫莫耳)、吡啶1.19g(15毫莫耳)、2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧基自由基0.10g,並在25℃反應2小時之後,將其升溫至45℃,進而攪拌了10小時。繼而,將反應液冷卻至25℃之後,用四氫呋喃200g進行稀釋,並且將反應液滴加到2.0L的甲醇和0.5L的水的混合液中,並攪拌15分鐘之後過濾了聚醯亞胺樹脂。接著,用1L的水對上述樹脂進行再漿化並且進行過濾之後,用1L的甲醇再度進行再漿化並且進行過濾,並在減壓下且在40℃乾燥了10小時。繼而,將上述中乾燥之樹脂溶解於四氫呋喃300g中,並添加離子交換樹脂(MB-1:ORGANO CORPORATION製造)40g,攪拌4小時,並且過濾去除離子交換樹脂之後,使聚醯亞胺樹脂在2L的甲醇中沉澱,並攪拌了15分鐘。過濾獲得聚醯亞胺樹脂,並在減壓下且在45℃乾燥1天,獲得了聚醯亞胺樹脂(A-1)。所獲得之聚醯亞胺樹脂A-1的重量平均分子量為28,800,數量平均分子量為10,900。 [化學式82] <Synthesis of comparative compound A-1> 25.6 g (57.64 mmol) of 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)diphthalic dianhydride was dissolved in 100 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). Then, 21.3 g (51.88 mmol) of 4,4'-isopropylidenebis[(4-aminophenoxy)benzene] and 0.76 g (6.92 mmol) of p-aminophenol were added while rinsing with 60 g of NMP, and the mixture was stirred at 20°C to 50°C for 30 minutes. Then, 10 g of toluene was added, and the mixture was reacted at 200°C for 4 hours while nitrogen was flowing, and then cooled to 25°C. Then, the THF solution (10.5 mmol) of 6-butene diimide hexanoyl chloride synthesized in the above, 1.19 g (15 mmol) of pyridine, and 0.10 g of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidinyl 1-oxyl free radical were added, and the mixture was reacted at 25°C for 2 hours, then heated to 45°C and stirred for 10 hours. Then, the reaction solution was cooled to 25°C, diluted with 200 g of tetrahydrofuran, and the reaction solution was added dropwise to a mixture of 2.0 L of methanol and 0.5 L of water, and the mixture was stirred for 15 minutes, and then the polyimide resin was filtered. Next, the resin was re-pulped with 1 L of water and filtered, and then re-pulped with 1 L of methanol and filtered, and dried at 40° C. under reduced pressure for 10 hours. Next, the dried resin was dissolved in 300 g of tetrahydrofuran, and 40 g of ion exchange resin (MB-1: manufactured by ORGANO CORPORATION) was added, stirred for 4 hours, and after filtering to remove the ion exchange resin, the polyimide resin was precipitated in 2 L of methanol and stirred for 15 minutes. The polyimide resin was filtered and dried at 45°C for 1 day under reduced pressure to obtain a polyimide resin (A-1). The weight average molecular weight of the obtained polyimide resin A-1 was 28,800 and the number average molecular weight was 10,900. [Chemical Formula 82]
<比較用化合物A-2的合成> 在具備(安裝有攪拌機、冷凝器及內部溫度計之)平底接頭之乾燥反應器中,一邊去除水分一邊加入2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷44.43g(121.3mmol)和1,4-伸苯基雙(1,3-二氧基-1,3-二氫異苯并呋喃-5-羧酸)(1,4-Phenylene Bis(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-5-carboxylate))57.29g(125.0mmol),並加入γ-丁內酯492.43g,在60℃的溫度下攪拌了1.5小時。繼而,添加50mL的甲苯之後,一邊以200mL/分鐘的流量流入氮氣,一邊將溫度升溫至180℃,並攪拌3小時,將其冷卻至室溫。用丙酮稀釋所獲得之聚合溶液以製作稀釋液,接著,將稀釋液滴加到水/甲醇=3/1的混合溶液中,藉此使白色固體析出。回收所獲得之白色固體,並在溫度120℃進行真空乾燥,藉此獲得了90g的聚合物。 繼而,向具備攪拌機及冷卻管之反應容器中加入了在上述中所獲得之聚合物73.86g(以羥基換算為150.0mmol)、丙烯酸2-異氰酸乙酯(2-isocyanatoethyl acrylate)(亦示為AOI,Showa Denko K. K.製造)21.17g(150.0mmol)及γ-丁內酯(GBL)828.26g。之後,一邊攪拌一邊將溫度升至120℃,並使其反應了6小時。繼而,用丙酮稀釋所獲得之反應溶液以製作稀釋液,接著,將稀釋液滴加到水/甲醇=2/1的混合溶液中,藉此使白色固體析出。回收所獲得之白色固體,並在溫度40℃進行真空乾燥,藉此獲得了71.8g的A-2。A-2的重量平均分子量(Mw)為78,500,數量平均分子量(Mn)為30,200。關於A-2的結構,藉由 1H-NMR光譜確認到由下述式(A-2)表示之結構為主成分。由 1H-NMR的測定結果得知,交聯基的導入率為55%。 [化學式83] <Synthesis of comparative compound A-2> In a dry reactor equipped with a flat-bottom joint (equipped with a stirrer, a condenser and an internal thermometer), 44.43 g (121.3 mmol) of 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane and 57.29 g (125.0 mmol) of 1,4-Phenylene Bis(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-5-carboxylate) were added while removing water, and 492.43 g of γ-butyrolactone was added, and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 1.5 hours. Next, after adding 50 mL of toluene, nitrogen was flowed at a flow rate of 200 mL/min, while the temperature was raised to 180°C, stirred for 3 hours, and then cooled to room temperature. The obtained polymerization solution was diluted with acetone to prepare a dilution solution, and then the dilution solution was added dropwise to a mixed solution of water/methanol = 3/1, thereby precipitating a white solid. The obtained white solid was recovered and vacuum dried at a temperature of 120°C, thereby obtaining 90 g of a polymer. Next, 73.86 g (150.0 mmol in terms of hydroxyl group) of the polymer obtained above, 21.17 g (150.0 mmol) of 2-isocyanatoethyl acrylate (also referred to as AOI, manufactured by Showa Denko KK) and 828.26 g of γ-butyrolactone (GBL) were added to a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer and a cooling tube. Thereafter, the temperature was raised to 120°C while stirring, and the mixture was reacted for 6 hours. Next, the obtained reaction solution was diluted with acetone to prepare a dilution, and the dilution was then added dropwise to a mixed solution of water/methanol = 2/1, thereby precipitating a white solid. The obtained white solid was recovered and vacuum dried at 40°C to obtain 71.8 g of A-2. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of A-2 was 78,500, and the number average molecular weight (Mn) was 30,200. The structure of A-2 was confirmed by 1 H-NMR spectroscopy to be the main component of the structure represented by the following formula (A-2). The measurement results of 1 H-NMR showed that the introduction rate of the crosslinking group was 55%. [Chemical formula 83]
<實施例及比較例> 在各實施例中,分別混合下述表中所記載之成分而獲得了各樹脂組成物。又,在各比較例中,分別混合下述表中所記載之成分而獲得了各比較用組成物。 具體而言,將表中所記載之各成分的含量設為表的各欄的“添加量”欄中所記載之量(質量份)。 使用細孔寬度為0.5μm的聚四氟乙烯製過濾器,對所獲得之樹脂組成物及比較用組成物進行了加壓過濾。 又,在表中,“-”的記載表示組成物不含有對應之成分。 <Examples and Comparative Examples> In each example, the components listed in the following table were mixed to obtain each resin composition. In addition, in each comparative example, the components listed in the following table were mixed to obtain each comparative composition. Specifically, the content of each component listed in the table was set to the amount (mass parts) listed in the "addition amount" column of each column of the table. The obtained resin composition and comparative composition were pressure filtered using a polytetrafluoroethylene filter with a pore width of 0.5μm. In addition, in the table, the record of "-" indicates that the composition does not contain the corresponding component.
[表4]
[表5]
[表6]
〔樹脂(環化樹脂或其前驅物)〕 ・SP-1~SP-23:在上述中合成之SP-1~SP-23,SP-1~SP-23對應於上述樹脂A及樹脂B。 ・ST-1~ST-5:在上述中合成之ST-1~ST-5,ST-1~ST-15對應於上述樹脂A3及樹脂C。 ・SA-1~SA-3:在上述中合成之SA-1~SA-3,SA-1~SA-3對應於上述樹脂A2及樹脂C。 ・A-1~A-2:上述合成品(比較例) [Resin (cyclized resin or its precursor)] ・SP-1 to SP-23: SP-1 to SP-23 synthesized in the above, SP-1 to SP-23 correspond to the above resin A and resin B. ・ST-1 to ST-5: ST-1 to ST-5 synthesized in the above, ST-1 to ST-15 correspond to the above resin A3 and resin C. ・SA-1 to SA-3: SA-1 to SA-3 synthesized in the above, SA-1 to SA-3 correspond to the above resin A2 and resin C. ・A-1 to A-2: Synthetic product of the above (comparative example)
〔聚合性化合物〕 ・B-1:1,12-十二烷二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯(熔點:25℃以下) ・B-2:1,9-壬二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯(熔點:25℃以下) ・B-3:1,10-癸二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯(熔點:25℃以下) ・B-4:SR-209(Sartomer Company,Inc製造,熔點:25℃以下) ・B-5:ADPH:二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL Co.,Ltd.製造,熔點:25℃以下) [Polymerizable compounds] ・B-1: 1,12-dodecanediol dimethacrylate (melting point: 25°C or less) ・B-2: 1,9-nonanediol dimethacrylate (melting point: 25°C or less) ・B-3: 1,10-decanediol dimethacrylate (melting point: 25°C or less) ・B-4: SR-209 (manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc., melting point: 25°C or less) ・B-5: ADPH: dipentaethrol hexaacrylate (manufactured by SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL Co., Ltd., melting point: 25°C or less)
〔溶劑〕 ・DMSO:二甲基亞碸 ・GBL:γ-丁內酯 ・NMP:N-甲基吡咯啶酮 ・γ-V:γ-戊內酯 表中,“DMSO/GBL”的記載表示使用了將DMSO和GBL以DMSO:GBL=20:80的混合比(質量比)混合而得者,“DMSO/γ-V”的記載表示使用了將DMSO和γ-V以DMSO:γ-V=20:80的混合比(質量比)混合而得者。 [Solvent] ・DMSO: dimethyl sulfoxide ・GBL: γ-butyrolactone ・NMP: N-methylpyrrolidone ・γ-V: γ-valerolactone In the table, "DMSO/GBL" means that DMSO and GBL were mixed at a mixing ratio (mass ratio) of DMSO:GBL = 20:80, and "DMSO/γ-V" means that DMSO and γ-V were mixed at a mixing ratio (mass ratio) of DMSO:γ-V = 20:80.
〔聚合起始劑(均為商品名稱)〕 ・OXE-01:IRGACURE OXE 01(BASF公司製造) ・OXE-02:IRGACURE OXE 02(BASF公司製造) ・OXE-03:IRGACURE OXE 03(BASF公司製造) ・Irgacure784:Irgacure784(BASF公司製造) ・CPI-310B(San-Apro Ltd.製造) ・D-1:過氧化苯甲醯(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造) [Polymerization initiator (all trade names)] ・OXE-01: IRGACURE OXE 01 (manufactured by BASF) ・OXE-02: IRGACURE OXE 02 (manufactured by BASF) ・OXE-03: IRGACURE OXE 03 (manufactured by BASF) ・Irgacure784: Irgacure784 (manufactured by BASF) ・CPI-310B (manufactured by San-Apro Ltd.) ・D-1: Benzoyl peroxide (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
〔遷移抑制劑〕 ・E-1~E-7:下述結構的化合物 [化學式84] [Migration inhibitor] ・E-1 to E-7: Compounds with the following structures [Chemical formula 84]
〔金屬接著性改良劑〕 ・F-1~F-3:下述結構的化合物 [化學式85] ・F-4:X-12-1293(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造) ・F-5:KBM-51073(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造) ・F-6:X-12-1214A(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造) [Metal Adhesion Improver] ・F-1 to F-3: Compounds with the following structures [Chemical Formula 85]・F-4: X-12-1293 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) ・F-5: KBM-51073 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) ・F-6: X-12-1214A (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
〔聚合抑制劑〕 ・G-1:1,4-苯醌 ・G-2:4-甲氧基苯酚 ・G-3:1,4-二羥基苯 ・G-4:下述結構的化合物 [化學式86] ・G-5:2-亞硝基-1-萘酚(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造) [Polymerization inhibitor] ・G-1: 1,4-benzoquinone ・G-2: 4-methoxyphenol ・G-3: 1,4-dihydroxybenzene ・G-4: Compound with the following structure [Chemical formula 86]・G-5: 2-Nitroso-1-naphthol (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
〔金屬錯合物〕 ・I-1:TC-750(Matsumoto Fine Chemical Co. Ltd.製造) ・I-2:TC-401(Matsumoto Fine Chemical Co. Ltd.製造) ・I-3:下述結構的化合物 [化學式87] [Metal complex] ・I-1: TC-750 (manufactured by Matsumoto Fine Chemical Co. Ltd.) ・I-2: TC-401 (manufactured by Matsumoto Fine Chemical Co. Ltd.) ・I-3: Compound having the following structure [Chemical formula 87]
<評價> 〔透射率的評價〕 使用各實施例中所獲得之樹脂組成物形成膜厚10μm的硬化物時,上述硬化物在波長365nm下的透光率均為15%以上。 上述硬化物例如藉由如下方法來獲得:將本發明的樹脂組成物塗布於矽晶圓等基材上之後,進行乾燥,並以500mJ/cm 2的曝光能量利用i射線進行整面曝光之後,在氮氣環境下以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度升溫,並且在230℃加熱180分鐘。 <Evaluation> [Evaluation of transmittance] When the resin composition obtained in each embodiment is used to form a cured product with a film thickness of 10 μm, the transmittance of the cured product at a wavelength of 365 nm is 15% or more. The cured product is obtained, for example, by the following method: the resin composition of the present invention is applied to a substrate such as a silicon wafer, dried, and exposed to the entire surface with i-rays at an exposure energy of 500 mJ/ cm2 , and then heated at a heating rate of 10°C/min in a nitrogen environment and heated at 230°C for 180 minutes.
〔解析度的評價〕 藉由旋塗法將各實施例及各比較例中所使用之樹脂組成物分別以層狀應用於在表面形成有銅薄層之樹脂基材的銅薄層的表面上,並在100℃乾燥5分鐘,形成製膜後的膜厚為5μm的樹脂組成物層之後,使用步進機(FPA-3000 i5(Canon Inc.製造))以NA=0.50且以300mJ/cm 2進行了曝光。隔著以1μm刻度形成有直徑3~20μm的孔圖案之孔圖案遮罩,在波長365nm下進行了曝光。繼而,用表的“顯影方法(顯影液)”欄中所記載之顯影液顯影15秒鐘,並用PGMEA沖洗30秒鐘,進而在氮氣環境下以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度升溫,並且在表的“硬化條件”欄中所記載之溫度及硬化時間內進行加熱獲得了直徑3~20μm的孔圖案。藉由下述評價基準評價了已形成之孔圖案。將評價結果記載於表的“解析度”欄中。藉由SEM(掃描式電子顯微鏡)進行圖像分析,當孔底部的殘膜率為1%以下時,判斷為能夠解析。可以說,愈能夠形成直徑小的孔圖案,解析度愈優異,例如為A、B或C為較佳。又,對未進行評價之例子,在表的“解析度”欄中記載為“-”。 -評價基準- A:能夠解析直徑3μm為止的孔圖案。 B:能夠解析直徑5μm的孔圖案,但無法解析直徑3μm的孔圖案。 C:能夠解析直徑7μm的孔圖案,但無法解析直徑5μm的孔圖案。 D:能夠解析直徑10μm的孔圖案,但無法解析直徑7μm的孔圖案。 E:無法解析直徑10μm的孔圖案。 [Evaluation of resolution] The resin composition used in each of the examples and the comparative examples was applied in layers on the surface of the copper thin layer of the resin substrate on which the copper thin layer was formed by the spin coating method, and dried at 100°C for 5 minutes to form a resin composition layer with a film thickness of 5 μm. Then, exposure was performed using a stepper (FPA-3000 i5 (manufactured by Canon Inc.) at NA = 0.50 and 300 mJ/cm 2. Exposure was performed at a wavelength of 365 nm through a hole pattern mask having a hole pattern with a diameter of 3 to 20 μm formed at a scale of 1 μm. Next, develop with the developer listed in the "Developing Method (Developer)" column of the table for 15 seconds, rinse with PGMEA for 30 seconds, and then heat at a rate of 10°C/min in a nitrogen environment, and heat at the temperature and curing time listed in the "Curing Conditions" column of the table to obtain a hole pattern with a diameter of 3 to 20μm. The formed hole pattern was evaluated using the following evaluation criteria. The evaluation results are recorded in the "Resolution" column of the table. Image analysis was performed using SEM (scanning electron microscope), and when the residual film rate at the bottom of the hole was less than 1%, it was judged to be resolvable. It can be said that the smaller the hole pattern can be formed, the better the resolution is, for example, A, B or C is better. In addition, for examples that were not evaluated, "-" is recorded in the "Resolution" column of the table. -Evaluation Criteria- A: Able to resolve hole patterns with diameters up to 3μm. B: Able to resolve hole patterns with a diameter of 5μm, but unable to resolve hole patterns with a diameter of 3μm. C: Able to resolve hole patterns with a diameter of 7μm, but unable to resolve hole patterns with a diameter of 5μm. D: Able to resolve hole patterns with a diameter of 10μm, but unable to resolve hole patterns with a diameter of 7μm. E: Unable to resolve hole patterns with a diameter of 10μm.
〔平坦性的評價〕 在各實施例及各比較例中,分別藉由旋塗法將樹脂組成物或比較用組成物塗布於形成有高度15μm、寬度20μm的1:1L/S(線寬與間距)圖案、錐角85度的銅配線之矽晶圓上以形成了樹脂組成物層。在加熱板上將應用了所獲得之樹脂組成物層之矽晶圓進行乾燥,從而在矽晶圓上獲得了銅配線的空間部的膜厚為約20μm的均勻厚度的樹脂組成物層。 在氮氣環境下,以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度升溫上述樹脂組成物層,並在表的“硬化條件”的“溫度”欄中所記載之溫度下,在表的“硬化條件”的“硬化時間”欄中所記載之時間內進行加熱獲得了硬化物。 用掃描式電子顯微鏡(S-4800)(Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation製造)對所獲得之硬化物測定銅配線的空間部中的硬化物的凹痕X(μm),並藉由下述基準進行了評價。評價結果記載於表的“平坦性”欄中。 圖1中示出在形成有銅配線之矽晶圓上形成有硬化物之狀態的概略剖面圖。圖1中的矽晶圓16具備銅配線14,又,在矽晶圓16上形成有硬化物12。在此,矽晶圓16上的未形成銅配線14之區域中的硬化物12具有Xμm的凹痕18。銅配線的空間部的寬度W為20μm,銅配線的錐角θ為85°。例如,可以觀察到凹痕18為銅配線中央位置處的硬化物和銅配線的合計厚度h1與銅配線空間部的中央位置處的硬化物的厚度h2之差。 凹痕18(X)愈小平坦性愈優異,因此較佳,例如評價為A、B或C為較佳。 -評價基準- A:X為1μm以下。 B:X超過1μm且為2μm以下。 C:X超過2μm且為3μm以下。 D:X超過3μm。 [Evaluation of Flatness] In each embodiment and each comparative example, a resin composition or a comparative composition was applied by spin coating on a silicon wafer having a 1:1 L/S (line width and spacing) pattern with a height of 15 μm and a width of 20 μm and a taper angle of 85 degrees to form a resin composition layer. The silicon wafer to which the obtained resin composition layer was applied was dried on a heating plate, thereby obtaining a resin composition layer with a uniform film thickness of about 20 μm in the space portion of the copper wiring on the silicon wafer. The resin composition layer was heated at a rate of 10°C/min in a nitrogen atmosphere, and heated at the temperature listed in the "Temperature" column of the "Curing Conditions" in the table for the time listed in the "Curing Time" column of the "Curing Conditions" in the table to obtain a hardened material. The hardened material obtained was measured for the indentation X (μm) of the hardened material in the space portion of the copper wiring using a scanning electron microscope (S-4800) (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation), and evaluated using the following criteria. The evaluation results are listed in the "Flatness" column of the table. FIG1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a state where a hardened material is formed on a silicon wafer having copper wiring formed thereon. The silicon wafer 16 in FIG. 1 has a copper wiring 14, and a hardened material 12 is formed on the silicon wafer 16. Here, the hardened material 12 in the area on the silicon wafer 16 where the copper wiring 14 is not formed has a dent 18 of Xμm. The width W of the space portion of the copper wiring is 20μm, and the taper angle θ of the copper wiring is 85°. For example, it can be observed that the dent 18 is the difference between the total thickness h1 of the hardened material and the copper wiring at the center of the copper wiring and the thickness h2 of the hardened material at the center of the copper wiring space. The smaller the dent 18 (X), the better the flatness, and therefore, the better the evaluation, for example, A, B or C is better. -Evaluation criteria- A: X is 1μm or less. B: X exceeds 1μm and is 2μm or less. C: X exceeds 2μm and is less than 3μm. D: X exceeds 3μm.
〔介電常數、介電損耗正切的評價〕 藉由旋塗法將在各實施例及比較例中所製備之各樹脂組成物或比較用組成物分別應用於12英吋的矽晶圓上,藉此形成了樹脂組成物層。在加熱板上將應用了所獲得之樹脂組成物層之矽晶圓在100℃乾燥5分鐘,從而在矽晶圓上形成了15μm的均勻厚度的樹脂組成物層。使用步進機(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C),以500mJ/cm 2的曝光能量,對矽晶圓上的樹脂組成物層進行整面曝光,將經曝光之樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)在氮氣環境下以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度升溫,在表的“硬化條件”的“溫度”一欄中記載之溫度下,在表的“硬化條件”的“硬化時間”欄中記載之時間內進行加熱,以獲得了樹脂組成物層的硬化層(樹脂層)。 將硬化後的硬化層(樹脂膜)浸漬於4.9質量%氫氟酸水溶液中,從矽晶圓剝離了硬化膜。 對薄膜樣品藉由共振器攝動法(Resonator perturbation method)測定了28GHz下的相對介電常數(Dk)和介電損耗正切(Df)。 <測定方法> 分離式圓筒共振器(split cylinder resonator)(CR-728) (裝置結構) 網路分析儀:N5230A(KEYSIGHT公司製造) (評價基準) 相對介電常數(Dk) A:膜的相對介電常數(Dk)未達2.9。 B:膜的相對介電常數(Dk)未達2.9~3.0。 C:膜的相對介電常數(Dk)未達3.0~3.2。 D:膜的相對介電常數(Dk)為3.2以上。 [Evaluation of Dielectric Constant and Dielectric Loss Tangent] Each resin composition or comparative composition prepared in each embodiment and comparative example was applied to a 12-inch silicon wafer by spin coating, thereby forming a resin composition layer. The silicon wafer to which the obtained resin composition layer was applied was dried at 100°C for 5 minutes on a heating plate, thereby forming a resin composition layer with a uniform thickness of 15 μm on the silicon wafer. The resin composition layer on the silicon wafer was exposed to light with an exposure energy of 500 mJ/cm 2 using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C). The exposed resin composition layer (resin layer) was heated at a heating rate of 10°C/min in a nitrogen atmosphere. The resin composition layer (resin layer) was heated at the temperature listed in the "Temperature" column of the "Curing Conditions" in the table for the time listed in the "Curing Time" column of the "Curing Conditions" in the table to obtain a cured layer (resin layer) of the resin composition layer. The cured layer (resin film) was immersed in a 4.9 mass% hydrofluoric acid aqueous solution, and the cured film was peeled off from the silicon wafer. The relative dielectric constant (Dk) and dielectric loss tangent (Df) of the thin film samples at 28 GHz were measured by the resonator perturbation method. <Measurement method> Split cylinder resonator (CR-728) (Device structure) Network analyzer: N5230A (manufactured by KEYSIGHT) (Evaluation standard) Relative dielectric constant (Dk) A: The relative dielectric constant (Dk) of the film is less than 2.9. B: The relative dielectric constant (Dk) of the film is less than 2.9 to 3.0. C: The relative dielectric constant (Dk) of the film is less than 3.0 to 3.2. D: The relative dielectric constant (Dk) of the film is 3.2 or more.
介電損耗正切(Df) A:介電損耗正切(Df)未達0.06。 B:介電損耗正切(Df)未達0.06~0.08。 C:介電損耗正切(Df)未達0.08~0.010。 D:介電損耗正切(Df)為0.010以上。 Dielectric loss tangent (Df) A: Dielectric loss tangent (Df) is less than 0.06. B: Dielectric loss tangent (Df) is less than 0.06 to 0.08. C: Dielectric loss tangent (Df) is less than 0.08 to 0.010. D: Dielectric loss tangent (Df) is greater than 0.010.
〔耐濕性的評價〕 分別藉由旋塗法將各實施例及比較例中所製備之樹脂組成物或比較用組成物以層狀應用於銅基板上而形成了樹脂組成物層或比較用組成物層。將形成有所獲得之樹脂組成物層或比較用組成物層之銅基板在加熱板上以100℃乾燥5分鐘,並且在銅基板上形成了5μm的厚度且厚度均勻的樹脂組成物層或比較用組成物層。使用步進機(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C),以500mJ/cm 2的曝光能量,使用形成有100μm見方的正方形的非遮罩部之光罩,利用i射線對銅基板上的樹脂組成物層或比較用組成物層進行曝光,然後用表的“顯影方法(顯影液)”欄中記載之顯影液顯影60秒鐘,並使用丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)進行沖洗,藉此獲得了100μm見方的正方形的樹脂層。進而,在氮氣環境下,在表的“硬化條件”的“溫度”欄中所記載之溫度下,在表的“硬化條件”的“硬化時間”欄中所記載之時間內,使用加熱式烘箱進行加熱以形成了樹脂層(圖案)。 使上述樹脂組成物層及銅基板在溫度100℃/濕度100%RH的槽內經過了100小時。實施剖面SEM(掃描式顯微鏡)測定,並評價了銅基板與樹脂層之間的空隙面積率。藉由下述式算出了空隙面積率。 空隙面積率(%)=(藉由SEM測定觀察到的空隙部的面積)/(樹脂層的總面積)×100 依據所獲得之空隙面積率的值,按照下述評價基準進行了評價。可以說,空隙面積率愈小,硬化膜的PCT(濕熱)耐性愈優異,可以說,即使經過長時間後,在金屬層與硬化物之間不易產生空隙。 A:空隙面積率為0.2%以下。 B:空隙面積率超過0.2%且為0.5%以下。 C:空隙面積率超過0.5%且為1%以下。 D:空隙面積率超過了1%。 [Evaluation of moisture resistance] The resin composition or comparative composition prepared in each embodiment and comparative example was applied in layers on a copper substrate by spin coating to form a resin composition layer or a comparative composition layer. The copper substrate on which the resin composition layer or the comparative composition layer was formed was dried on a heating plate at 100°C for 5 minutes, and a resin composition layer or a comparative composition layer having a thickness of 5 μm and a uniform thickness was formed on the copper substrate. The resin composition layer or the comparative composition layer on the copper substrate was exposed to i-rays at an exposure energy of 500 mJ/ cm2 using a mask having a square non-mask portion of 100 μm square, and then developed for 60 seconds using the developer listed in the "Developing method (Developer)" column of the table and rinsed with propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), thereby obtaining a square resin layer of 100 μm square. Furthermore, in a nitrogen environment, at the temperature listed in the "Temperature" column of the "Curing Conditions" in the table, and for the time listed in the "Curing Time" column of the "Curing Conditions" in the table, a resin layer (pattern) was formed by heating using a heating oven. The above-mentioned resin composition layer and the copper substrate were placed in a tank at a temperature of 100°C/humidity of 100%RH for 100 hours. A cross-sectional SEM (scanning microscope) measurement was performed, and the void area ratio between the copper substrate and the resin layer was evaluated. The void area ratio was calculated by the following formula. Void area ratio (%) = (area of voids observed by SEM measurement) / (total area of resin layer) × 100 Based on the obtained void area ratio value, the evaluation was performed according to the following evaluation criteria. It can be said that the smaller the void area ratio, the better the PCT (wet heat) resistance of the cured film, and it can be said that even after a long time, voids are unlikely to form between the metal layer and the cured product. A: The void area ratio is 0.2% or less. B: The void area ratio exceeds 0.2% and is 0.5% or less. C: The void area ratio exceeds 0.5% and is 1% or less. D: The void area ratio exceeds 1%.
由以上結果可知,藉由本發明之樹脂組成物獲得之硬化物具有低介電損耗正切。可知與其相比,相對於樹脂A的質量,由式(A-1)表示之結構的含量未達0.2mmol/g,並且由不含由式(1-1)表示之重複單元之比較例1及2之組成物而獲得之硬化物的介電損耗正切高。From the above results, it can be seen that the cured product obtained by the resin composition of the present invention has a low dielectric loss tangent. It can be seen that the content of the structure represented by formula (A-1) relative to the mass of resin A is less than 0.2 mmol/g, and the cured products obtained by the compositions of Comparative Examples 1 and 2 that do not contain the repeating unit represented by formula (1-1) have a high dielectric loss tangent.
<實施例101> 藉由旋塗法將在實施例1中所使用之樹脂組成物以層狀應用於表面形成有銅薄層之樹脂基材的銅薄層表面上,在100℃乾燥4分鐘而形成膜厚20μm的樹脂組成物層之後,使用步進機(Nikon Corporation製造,NSR1505 i6)進行了曝光。隔著遮罩(圖案為1:1線寬與間距,線寬為10μm的二元遮罩),在波長365nm下進行了曝光。曝光後,在100℃加熱了4分鐘。上述加熱後,用環己酮顯影2分鐘,並且用PGMEA沖洗30秒鐘而獲得了層的圖案。 接著,在氮氣環境下,以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度升溫,達到230℃後,在230℃維持3小時而形成了再配線層用層間絕緣膜。該再配線層用層間絕緣膜的絕緣性優異。 又,使用該等再配線層用層間絕緣膜製造半導體元件之結果,確認到正常工作。 <Example 101> The resin composition used in Example 1 was applied in layers to the copper thin layer surface of the resin substrate having the copper thin layer formed on the surface by spin coating, and after drying at 100°C for 4 minutes to form a resin composition layer with a film thickness of 20 μm, it was exposed using a stepper (manufactured by Nikon Corporation, NSR1505 i6). Exposure was performed at a wavelength of 365 nm through a mask (a binary mask with a pattern of 1:1 line width and spacing and a line width of 10 μm). After exposure, heating was performed at 100°C for 4 minutes. After the above heating, development was performed with cyclohexanone for 2 minutes, and rinsing was performed with PGMEA for 30 seconds to obtain a layer pattern. Then, in a nitrogen environment, the temperature was raised at a rate of 10°C/min to 230°C, and then maintained at 230°C for 3 hours to form an interlayer insulating film for the redistribution layer. The interlayer insulating film for the redistribution layer has excellent insulation properties. In addition, the results of using the interlayer insulating film for the redistribution layer to manufacture semiconductor devices confirmed that they worked normally.
12:硬化物 14:銅配線 16:矽晶圓 18:凹痕 H:銅配線的高度 h1:銅配線的中央位置處的硬化物和銅配線的合計厚度 h2:銅配線的空間部的中央位置處的硬化物的厚度 W:銅配線的空間部的寬度 θ:銅配線的錐角 12: Hardened material 14: Copper wiring 16: Silicon wafer 18: Dent H: Height of copper wiring h1: Total thickness of hardened material and copper wiring at the center of copper wiring h2: Thickness of hardened material at the center of the space of copper wiring W: Width of the space of copper wiring θ: Taper angle of copper wiring
圖1係在形成有銅配線之矽晶圓上形成有硬化物之狀態的概略剖面圖。FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a state where a hardened material is formed on a silicon wafer having copper wiring formed thereon.
無。without.
Claims (25)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2023102122 | 2023-06-22 | ||
| JP2023-102122 | 2023-06-22 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| TW202506830A true TW202506830A (en) | 2025-02-16 |
Family
ID=93935891
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW113122904A TW202506830A (en) | 2023-06-22 | 2024-06-20 | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element |
Country Status (5)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (1) | JPWO2024262604A1 (en) |
| KR (1) | KR20260011177A (en) |
| CN (1) | CN121335936A (en) |
| TW (1) | TW202506830A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2024262604A1 (en) |
Family Cites Families (8)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| EP0131992B1 (en) * | 1983-07-01 | 1988-03-02 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Photosensitive polyamic acid derivative, method of manufacturing polyimide pattern on a substrate, and semiconductor device comprising a polyimide pattern obtained by using the said method |
| JPS61296032A (en) * | 1985-06-25 | 1986-12-26 | Asahi Chem Ind Co Ltd | Curable polyimide |
| JPH11282160A (en) * | 1998-03-31 | 1999-10-15 | Hitachi Chemical Dupont Microsystems Ltd | Photosensitive polyimide composition and pattern forming method and semiconductor device using it |
| CN101463115B (en) * | 2008-12-30 | 2011-05-11 | 华烁科技股份有限公司 | Thermoset polyimide resin for non-gel flexible single-side coated copper plate and use thereof |
| JP2013083958A (en) * | 2011-09-26 | 2013-05-09 | Nippon Steel & Sumikin Chemical Co Ltd | Photosensitive resin composition, and cured product and semiconductor element using the same |
| JP7212301B2 (en) * | 2018-08-30 | 2023-01-25 | 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 | Resin composition, resin sheet, multilayer printed wiring board and semiconductor device |
| US11535709B2 (en) * | 2019-03-05 | 2022-12-27 | Promerus, Llc | Reactive end group containing polyimides and polyamic acids and photosensitive compositions thereof |
| KR102635354B1 (en) * | 2019-04-02 | 2024-02-07 | 닛뽄 가야쿠 가부시키가이샤 | Bismaleimide compound and method for producing the same, photosensitive resin composition using the same, cured product thereof, and semiconductor device |
-
2024
- 2024-06-20 TW TW113122904A patent/TW202506830A/en unknown
- 2024-06-21 CN CN202480040315.0A patent/CN121335936A/en active Pending
- 2024-06-21 WO PCT/JP2024/022527 patent/WO2024262604A1/en active Pending
- 2024-06-21 JP JP2025528131A patent/JPWO2024262604A1/ja active Pending
- 2024-06-21 KR KR1020257042072A patent/KR20260011177A/en active Pending
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| KR20260011177A (en) | 2026-01-22 |
| JPWO2024262604A1 (en) | 2024-12-26 |
| WO2024262604A1 (en) | 2024-12-26 |
| CN121335936A (en) | 2026-01-13 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| TW202428707A (en) | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element | |
| TW202424058A (en) | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device | |
| TW202523739A (en) | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element | |
| TW202523740A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, multilayer body, method for producing cured product, method for producing multilayer body, method for producing semiconductor device, semiconductor device, polyimide, method for producing polyimide, and compound | |
| TW202528481A (en) | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, semiconductor element, and compound | |
| TW202444801A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element | |
| TW202442760A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element | |
| TW202424051A (en) | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element | |
| TW202419525A (en) | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element | |
| TW202429198A (en) | Resin composition, insulating film and method for producing interlayer insulating film for redistribution layers | |
| TW202506830A (en) | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element | |
| TW202506829A (en) | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, semiconductor element, and resin | |
| TW202509123A (en) | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element | |
| TW202513604A (en) | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element | |
| TW202528480A (en) | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, semiconductor element, and compound | |
| TW202528436A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element and semiconductor element, resin, method for producing resin and carboxylic acid dianhydride | |
| TW202517714A (en) | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element | |
| TW202442629A (en) | Resin composition, diamine compound, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element | |
| TW202528448A (en) | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element | |
| TW202532450A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, semiconductor element, and resin | |
| TW202525922A (en) | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, semiconductor element, and compound | |
| TW202535968A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element | |
| TW202528432A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, semiconductor element and resin | |
| TW202528441A (en) | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, method for producing semiconductor element and resin | |
| TW202513602A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element |